Category: Trade

  • MIL-OSI USA: GREAT DEAL FOR AMERICA: President Trump’s “Breakthrough” Trade Deal

    US Senate News:

    Source: The White House
    In February, President Donald J. Trump promised “a great trade agreement” with the United Kingdom — and today he delivered with a “breakthrough” trade deal that expands market access, curbs non-tariff barriers, and levels the playing field for American exporters.
    Promises made, promises kept — and he’s just getting started.
    It’s the first such deal under President Trump’s transformational plan to liberate Americans from globalist trade policies that make foreign countries rich while Americans get robbed. It’s all part of President Trump’s vision of economic prosperity: fair trade, historic tax cuts, deregulation, and a manufacturing revival that will cement America’s new Golden Age for decades to come.
    Here’s what they’re saying:
    National Cattlemen’s Beef Association President Buck Wehrbein: “With this trade deal, President Trump has delivered a tremendous win for American family farmers and ranchers. For years, American cattle producers have seen the United Kingdom as an ideal partner for trade. Between our countries’ shared history, culture, and their desire for high-quality American beef, securing a trade agreement is a natural step forward. Thank you President Trump for fighting for American cattle producers.”
    Renewable Fuels Association President and CEO Geoff Cooper: “We sincerely thank President Trump and his trade negotiators for ensuring that American-made ethanol is an important part of the trade agreement announced today with the United Kingdom. While we are still awaiting the specific details of the agreement, we are excited about the prospects of expanded market access that will help boost our farm economy, while also delivering lower-cost, cleaner fuel to UK drivers.”
    International Dairy Foods Association President and CEO Michael Dykes, D.V.M.: “On behalf of America’s dairy processors and producers, IDFA applauds President Trump’s announcement today that the United States and the United Kingdom have reached the terms for a significant trade deal between our two markets that promises to expand access for U.S. agricultural goods, reduce tariffs, and remove barriers to trade … For too long, the UK has limited America’s food and agricultural exports to the world’s sixth largest economy and now President Trump’s deal promises to level the playing field. IDFA looks forward to studying the details of this agreement as they emerge, especially specifics on relief and new market access opportunities for U.S. dairy products. The United States offers the world’s most wholesome, high-quality and affordable dairy products and IDFA is excited to work with our member companies to bring these delicious products to more consumers in the United Kingdom.”
    Growth Energy CEO Emily Skor: “In terms of trade with the UK, the American ethanol industry had its best year ever last year of exports valued at over $535 million. This trade agreement puts us on track to set another record, all to the benefit of American farmers, biofuel producers, and UK consumers. We look forward to learning more, and finding new ways to help the UK achieve its economic and environmental goals through the increased use of American biofuels. We commend the President and his team for making this deal and creating new opportunities for American ethanol and rural America.”
    Job Creators Network CEO Alfredo Ortiz: “Trump’s trade deal with the United Kingdom is a big victory for small businesses, American consumers, and the Trump administration itself. By reducing tariffs and trade barriers, American small businesses will be able to expand their markets and more easily sell to the relatively wealthy UK, whose population is 70 million. American consumers — including small businesses — will also get cheaper access to British goods. President Trump’s tough tariff stance is starting to pay dividends in the form of fairer and freer trade deals that put America first. The many more deals to come will greatly improve the small business economy, financial markets, and American prosperity.”
    Consumer Brands Association President and CEO Melissa Hockstad: “Consumer Brands commends the Trump administration’s successful completion of a comprehensive trade deal with the United Kingdom. As President Trump and his team pursues the America First Trade Policy agenda, the consumer packaged goods industry — America’s largest domestic manufacturing sector by employment — supports the creation of new opportunities for U.S. businesses and efforts to address unfair trade barriers around the world. As the administration continues to pursue deals with other countries, we encourage U.S. trade representatives to examine the needs of different manufacturing sectors and prioritize maintaining access to unavailable natural resources. Ensuring continued trade flows of those key ingredients, which are not available from U.S. sources, is critical to achieving the president’s economic vision, fighting grocery inflation and protecting the 22.3 million American jobs supported by food, beverage, household and personal care manufacturers.”
    HSBC USA President & CEO Lisa McGeough: “Today’s landmark US – UK trade agreement marks a significant step in strengthening transatlantic economic ties and expanding opportunities for businesses and investors. As a British-headquartered bank with a strong US footprint, we’re uniquely positioned to help American companies and investors seize new growth opportunities domestically, in the UK, and beyond. In the US, we stand ready to leverage our position as the world’s leading trade bank to facilitate cross-border commerce, support job creation, and drive investment. We commend the administration on the first of what we hope will be many forward-looking trade agreements.”
    American Farm Bureau Federation President Zippy Duvall: “Farm Bureau appreciates the work between the administration and the United Kingdom to secure a new trade agreement. We have long advocated for new trade deals, and this is an important first step in expanding markets in the four countries … We’re encouraged by progress to create market opportunities for farmers.”
    Nebraska Gov. Jim Pillen: “Trade matters to Nebraska because our farmers and ranchers produce the absolute best – and feed the world. America’s relationship with the U.K. is longstanding, and there is great potential for expanded trade between our countries. President Trump and his administration know that we need more trade with fewer barriers, and they are working around the clock to finalize trade deals with partners across the globe. That’s good news for Nebraska.”
    Iowa Secretary of Agriculture Mike Naig: “A new trade deal with a key ally like the United Kingdom is great news and so I am very encouraged by President Trump’s announcement today. I am particularly pleased to hear the President tout expanded market access for ethanol, beef, and, as he put it, ‘virtually all the products produced by our great farmers’ … Today’s trade announcement demonstrates that there is real progress being made toward opening additional markets for Iowa products across the globe. I hope this deal is the first of many that will be announced with other trading partners in the coming weeks and months.”
    Senate Majority Whip John Barrasso: “It’s good to have the dealmaker-in-chief back in the White House. President Trump’s historic trade deal with the U.K. will mean more jobs and increased investment right here in America. More promises kept.”
    Sen. Jim Banks: “Art of the Deal!”
    Sen. John Boozman: “I just spoke on the phone with USTR Ambassador Greer to discuss the good news. He’s doing a great job, and I look forward to working with him and @SecRollins to ensure agriculture market access remains a priority as the details continue to be worked out.”
    Sen. John Cornyn: “@POTUS Donald Trump will unveil his first post-Liberation Day trade deal this morning — a “major” agreement with the United Kingdom on rolling back tariffs.”
    Sen. Joni Ernst: “President Trump continues to deliver and is opening new markets for Iowa farmers!”
    Sen. Bill Hagerty: “No surprise that our Dealmaker-in-Chief President Donald Trump is rapidly delivering on his promise to ensure our trading partners are operating in good faith and that America is being treated fairly. The deal the President struck with the UK is proof that countries are responding to tariffs and want to enter into trade agreements with the United States that benefit both parties. I look forward to many more announcements in the near future.”
    Sen. Roger Marshall: “Promises made. Promises kept. We are opening up new markets for our world class Kansas beef! Big win.”
    Sen. Jerry Moran: “The UK offers a strategic market for American aviation & agricultural products. I introduced legislation earlier this year to lay the groundwork for a strong bilateral trade relationship, & President Trump’s announcement of a new trade agreement with the UK is a positive step forward.”
    Sen. Bernie Moreno: “An absolutely historic pro America deal by the most pro America President of my lifetime. We will no longer be ripped off and will no longer tolerate trade imbalances that have destroyed the opportunities for working Americans.”
    Sen. Eric Schmitt: “After years of getting ripped off, America is finally playing to win. More exports, more products made here, and record-breaking investment thanks to President Trump’s trade deals.”
    Sen. Rick Scott: “Great news! Thank you, President Trump, for working with our allies while putting America first and protecting American jobs!”
    Sen. Tim Sheehy: “The Art of the Deal. President Trump just delivered a huge win for hardworking Americans. Let’s keep them coming!”
    Sen. Thom Tillis: “A big win secured by @POTUS with the United Kingdom, our greatest ally and one of our largest trade partners. This is a significant step toward establishing fair and mutually beneficial trade relationships with our global partners.”
    Sen. Tommy Tuberville: “Today’s trade deal with the UK is the first of many to come. Like I always say: Never bet against @realDonaldTrump. THE ART OF THE DEAL”
    House Majority Whip Tom Emmer: “The master negotiator succeeds again. @POTUS promised to bring our trading partners to the table and secure deals that put AMERICA FIRST—and that’s exactly what he did. More to come!”
    House Republican Conference Chair Lisa McClain: “Promises Made, Promises KEPT! @POTUS brought countries to the negotiation table and has already DELIVERED a historic trade deal.”
    House Republican Leadership Chair Elise Stefanik: “President @realDonaldTrump delivers AGAIN. Thanks to his bold leadership and tough tariffs, the UK is the first to come to the table—with a new trade deal that puts American workers and businesses FIRST. This is what economic strength and real leadership looks like. Fair trade. Better deals. America wins.”
    Rep. Mark Alford: “Fact check: President Trump’s tariff strategy works. Boosting American manufacturing and fighting for our farmers. ANOTHER WIN FOR AMERICA.”
    Rep. Rick Allen: “Another VICTORY! @POTUS is bringing our trading partners to the table and securing billions in new market access for American workers, businesses, and producers. Today’s trade deal with the U.K. will be the first of many. Economic strength is national strength!”
    Rep. Don Bacon: “I congratulate @POTUS on striking a trade deal with the U.K. While we wait for the finer details of the agreement, including more than $700 million in ethanol exports and $250 million in other AG products like beef, every Nebraskan will surely feel it.”
    Rep. Aaron Bean: “President Trump announced the first historic trade deal with the UK—something the legacy media said was ‘impossible.’ Today’s deal will make our economy stronger, put American workers first, and unleash the full potential of American industry.”
    Rep. Vern Buchanan: “President Trump has once again delivered for the American people with a historic trade agreement that puts our workers and businesses first. This new deal with the United Kingdom dramatically expands access for American exports—especially agriculture—and levels the playing field for our manufacturers.”
    Rep. Tim Burchett: “.@realDonaldTrump is fulfilling his promise to protect American workers and businesses. The UK trade deal slashes tariffs against the U.S. and is Making America Prosperous Again.”
    Rep. Buddy Carter: “This new trade deal with the United Kingdom is just the start to the Golden Age of America. President Trump is keeping his promise, bringing fair trade to America by using the art of the deal!”
    Rep. Andrew Clyde: “ART OF THE DEAL in action!”
    Rep. Mike Collins: “President Trump’s tariff strategy works. Today’s trade deal with the U.K. will make our economy stronger and put American workers first. The only people upset are the Democrats and liberal media who wanted him to fail.”
    Rep. Warren Davidson: “A glaring example of why we need to trust President Trump’s tariff strategy—it’s working. Stay the course.”
    Rep. Pat Fallon: “Another day, another deal!”
    Rep. Michelle Fischbach: “More promises made and kept by @POTUS. He said he would hold our trade partners accountable and put America first, and he’s delivering. This is just the beginning!”
    Rep. Julie Fedorchak: “@POTUS is delivering exactly what our producers need. North Dakota grows and raises some of the best products in the world, and now we have greater access to one of the world’s largest markets. This is just the first of many trade victories to come under President Trump!”
    Rep. Chuck Fleischmann: “@POTUS is ending decades of unfair trade deals that have ripped off the American People and is moving at lightning speed to negotiate and deliver America First trade deals. The US-UK trade deal announced today is historic and is only just the beginning!”
    Rep. Mike Flood: “Over the last four years, President Biden did nothing on trade. Within a matter of months, President Trump’s dealmaking experience resulted in a trade deal with the United Kingdom, one of our country’s oldest allies.”
    Rep. Virginia Foxx: “The Art of The Deal.”
    Rep. Lance Gooden: “In four years, Joe Biden signed ZERO major trade deals. In just over 100 days, President Trump negotiated and signed a major trade deal with the United Kingdom. America is leading once again.”
    Rep. Mark Green: “Once again, the Negotiator-in-Chief is closing deals to safeguard American manufacturers and grow our trade bigger and better than ever. On Victory in Europe Day, there isn’t a better anniversary to solidify our partnership with the United Kingdom.”
    Rep. Marjorie Taylor Greene: “Another incredible trade deal just secured by President Trump! The Golden Age of America is here!!”
    Rep. Diana Harshbarger: “This is a HUGE WIN! Because of @POTUS’s leadership, America is securing historic economic deals—and this is just the beginning!”
    Rep. Ashley Hinson: “Huge win—and many more to come! @POTUS is fighting to right the wrongs of the past, return to fair trade, and build a more abundant America. Thank you for prioritizing new market opportunities for Iowa’s farmers and biofuels producers.”
    Rep. Richard Hudson: “This is what decisive leadership looks like. Thank you, @POTUS!”
    Rep. Wesley Hunt: “Economic Security IS National Security — and PRESIDENT TRUMP is doing it again! This HISTORIC DEAL delivers:A stronger industrial baseTougher export controlsProtection of U.S. techBoosted steel productionThis is the Art of the Deal — the world is taking notes!”
    Rep. Jim Jordan: “President Trump’s trade deal with the UK is the first of many to come. There’s no better negotiator. There’s no one better to fix Joe Biden’s broken economy.”
    Rep. Young Kim: “I’m glad to see the Trump administration work with our ally Britain to promote fair trade and expand market opportunity for U.S. agricultural producers.”
    Rep. David Kustoff: “Today, @POTUS unveiled a historic U.S.-UK trade deal. $5B in new market access, $6B in tariff revenue, and a stronger alliance! @realdonaldtrump keeps delivering on his promises! This is America First!”
    Rep. Barry Loudermilk: “America has spent far too long on the losing end of global trade. President Trump pledged to put America’s interests first, and he is doing so beginning with this trade deal with one of our oldest allies. #promiseskept.”
    Rep. Tom McClintock: “The freer the trade, the greater the benefits for all countries involved. The UK agreement takes us in the right direction. Let’s keep going toward a new golden age of global free trade and the peace and prosperity it produces.”
    Rep. Dan Meuser: “This is a strong step forward. Fairer trade, lower energy costs, and pro-growth tax policies will keep driving investment here at home. I also laid out how we can responsibly reduce spending while extending key provisions of President Trump’s Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which delivered significant benefits for families and small businesses.”
    Rep. Mary Miller: “THE ART OF THE DEAL!”
    Rep. Riley Moore: “Absolute genius to announce this deal on V-E Day!”
    Rep. Troy Nehls: President Trump is the Dealmaker in Chief. He has reached a historic trade deal with the United Kingdom. President Trump and his entire administration are working hard to protect American industries, protect American workers, and grow our economy. AMERICA FIRST!”
    Rep. Ralph Norman: “MASSIVE win for our farmers who will have the opportunity for a wider range in markets!! Art of the deal.”
    Rep. Andy Ogles: “President Trump delivers again!! This deal will bring billions home and make America stronger, richer, and more respected. A huge win for the American people.”
    Rep. Gary Palmer: A win for our nation secured by President Trump! This is what it looks like to have leadership in the White House.”
    Rep. August Pfluger: “President Trump just secured a huge trade deal—one I believe will be the first of many. This massive win for all Americans brings us one step closer to restoring fair trade policies.”
    Rep. Adrian Smith: “I’m pleased the Trump administration has struck an initial trade deal with one of our nation’s greatest trade partners and longest-standing allies. This is a significant step toward eliminating barriers to American products in foreign markets and friendshoring supply chains. I commend President Trump and his administration for conducting negotiations swiftly to the mutual benefit of our producers, job creators, and consumers. This agreement builds upon the groundwork laid in the President’s first term, and I am pleased the administration has indicated it continues to pursue dynamic dialogue with the United Kingdom to address additional concerns.”
    Rep. Marlin Stutzman: “As @POTUS says, the first of many, this is a great day for America! A combination of Trump’s trade deals and the passage of the One Big Beautiful Bill will make our country strong for generations to come.”
    Rep. Claudia Tenney: “.@POTUS is continuing to put America FIRST, working to strengthen our economy & national security by achieving historic trade deals. This is a huge win for American manufacturers & farmers, & there is only more winning to come!”
    Rep. Beth Van Duyne: “The first of many historic trade deals!! Better market access for US products!”
    Rep. Daniel Webster: Once again, @POTUS delivers for the American people by securing a historic trade deal with our key ally, the United Kingdom. This agreement lowers trade barriers, opening $5 billion of increased market access for American exports, especially for American farmers. Thank you President Trump for putting America’s farmers, businesses, and workers first!”
    Rep. Tony Wied: “The Art of the Deal.”
    Rep. Rudy Yakym: “President Trump is bringing countries to the table and securing fair trade deals. The first of many!”
    Rep. Ryan Zinke: “Great news for Montana! The UK is our 6th largest trade partner and this will help that grow!”
    House Committee on Agriculture: “This announcement is a big win for American agriculture! @POTUS is unlocking billions in new market access for U.S. exports like beef, ethanol, and more—boosting our GREAT farmers and rural economies!”
    Republican Study Committee: “Another day, another historic deal secured by President Trump! This is a MASSIVE victory for American workers. PROMISES MADE, PROMISES KEPT!”

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Russia: IMF Executive Board Concludes the 2025 Discussions on Common Policies of Member Countries of the Eastern Caribbean Currency Union

    Source: IMF – News in Russian

    May 8, 2025

    Washington, DC: The Executive Board of the International Monetary Fund (IMF) concluded the Article IV consultation[1] with member countries on common policies of the Eastern Caribbean Currency Union (ECCU). The Board considered and endorsed the staff appraisal without a meeting.[2]

    The currency union has provided a strong anchor for macroeconomic stability. In 2024, strong tourism performance and continued infrastructure investments have supported robust growth of 3.9 percent, and inflation moderated to below 2 percent in tune with global trends. This has facilitated a moderate reduction in the currency union’s fiscal and external imbalances, although public debt remains high at above 71 percent of GDP and the post-pandemic trend of narrowing of sizable current account deficits has stalled. The ECCB’s stable reserves underpin a strong currency backing ratio. The ECCU financial system has remained stable, though exhibiting legacy asset quality and credit condition weaknesses.

    The union’s recent growth momentum is projected to wane. Increasing constraints to tourism capacity and completion of major infrastructure projects are set to slow real GDP growth to around 2½ percent over the medium term. Modest growth prospects reflect weak productivity and local investment, as well as headwinds from ageing populations, a shrinking labor force, and constrained fiscal space for public investment in most union members. Fiscal and external imbalances are projected to narrow over the medium term, reflecting in part completion of import-intensive public investment projects.

    Risks to the outlook remain mostly on the downside amid a highly uncertain external environment. As reported in the April World Economic Outlook, the escalation of trade tensions and high levels of policy uncertainty are a major negative shock to global economic activity. For ECCU economies, increased global trade and geopolitical tensions could give rise to disruptions to tourism and FDI inflows and renewed inflationary pressures. High public debt, persistent current account deficits and weaknesses in the local financial system amplify vulnerability to recurrent ND shocks alongside the uncertain outlook for future citizenship-by-investment inflows.

    Executive Board Assessment[3]

    The ECCU has achieved a strong rebound from successive adverse shocks. Strong tourism performance and continued infrastructure investments have supported robust post‑pandemic growth, while inflation has moderated in tune with global trends. This has facilitated a moderate reduction in the currency union’s fiscal and external imbalances, although public debt levels and current account deficits remain high in several members. The ECCU’s external position is assessed as weaker than implied by fundamentals and desirable policies, but the current account deficits remain fully financed and the stability of the ECCB’s reserves underpin a strong currency backing ratio. The financial system has remained stable, albeit exhibiting continued asset quality and credit condition weaknesses. 

    Growth momentum is nonetheless projected to wane and risks to the outlook remain mostly on the downside. Increasing constraints to tourism capacity and completion of major infrastructure projects are set to slow growth to around 2½ percent over the medium term. This modest growth potential reflects weak productivity and local investment, as well as headwinds from ageing populations, a shrinking labor force, and constrained fiscal space for public investment in most union members. Downside risks to the outlook are significant amid a highly uncertain external environment, where increased trade and geopolitical tensions could give rise to renewed inflationary pressures and disruptions to tourism and FDI inflows. High public debt, persistent current account deficits, and weaknesses in the local financial system amplify vulnerability to recurrent natural disaster (ND) shocks alongside the uncertain outlook for future Citizenship-by-Investment (CBI) inflows.

    Achieving more robust, resilient, and inclusive long-term growth would support the currency union’s fiscal and external sustainability and raise living standards. To support this objective, common regional policies should be anchored in building economic, fiscal, and financial resilience and addressing supply bottlenecks that underpin the recent decades’ downward trend in the region’s growth potential.

    A key policy priority is alleviating the region’s structural growth impediments, which calls for a coordinated multipronged approach. Addressing frictions to employment and skills development requires a renewed effort to attune human capital to economic needs and development priorities through vocational training and modernized education systems, complemented by active labor market policies and improved access to child and elderly care. Common policies can also enhance the scale, resilience, and efficiency of the region’s capital stock by helping to accelerate energy transition to local renewables, optimize the CBI funding model, and increase ND preparedness. Substantial productivity gains may also be achieved through cooperative efforts to address bottlenecks to innovation and allocative efficiency, including by digitalizing key services, streamlining licensing and administrative processes, and strengthening financial intermediation.

    Fiscal policies should remain closely focused on rebuilding buffers, reducing public debt consistent with the regional debt anchor, and improving resilience to shocks. Region‑wide adoption of strong medium-term fiscal frameworks (MTFFs) embedded with well-designed fiscal rules and credible policy plans would support sustainability objectives and create policy space for growth-enhancing social and resilience investment. Comprehensive fiscal resilience strategies, including adequate disaster-financing frameworks, can help alleviate periodic ND disruptions to debt sustainability and support the region’s growth resilience. Strengthening fiscal management of uncertain CBI revenues can similarly alleviate risks and facilitate fiscal planning. These efforts can be supported by more institutionalized regional oversight and continued strengthening of national fiscal institutions.

    Enhancing financial system resilience and reducing persistent credit-frictions can support a more conducive environment for growth-supporting local investment. Regional policy priorities include reducing vulnerabilities from legacy bank balance sheet weaknesses, mitigating risks from rapid credit union expansion, building readiness to manage risks from high dependency on global reinsurance, and strengthening national AML/CFT frameworks. Common minimum NBFI regulatory standards under the planned Eastern Caribbean Financial Stability Board (ECFSB) will be an important step toward their more unified oversight, although a more centralized supervisory structure would better facilitate management of regional stability risks. Coordinated efforts to reduce institutional frictions in local credit markets and support small ECCU businesses’ bankability can help address structural challenges in financial intermediation, revive local credit and investment, and foster development of a more vibrant private sector.

    Strengthening economic data could significantly improve regional policy design and risk management. Priorities include addressing shortcomings in coverage, quality, and timeliness of key national and external accounts and reducing significant blind spots in areas such as the regional labor markets and CBI flows. Greater leveraging of synergies in regional data compilation and processing could help address persistent resource and capacity gaps.

    Table 1. ECCU: Selected Economic and Financial Indicators, 2020-2026 1/

       

    Est.

    Proj.

    2020

    2021

    2022

    2023

    2024

    2025

    2026

    (Annual percentage change) 

    Output and Prices

    Real GDP

    -17.6

    6.5

    11.8

    3.7

    3.9

    3.5

    2.7

    GDP deflator

    -2.2

    4.4

    4.1

    3.3

    2.7

    1.7

    2.1

    Consumer prices, average

    -0.6

    1.7

    5.6

    4.0

    2.3

    1.9

    2.0

    Monetary Sector

    Net foreign assets

    6.1

    16.5

    -0.7

    11.5

    4.8

    1.7

    4.1

      Central bank

    3.6

    11.6

    -4.8

    5.4

    12.3

    5.9

    4.4

      Commercial banks (net)

    8.5

    21.1

    2.8

    16.3

    -0.5

    -1.7

    3.7

    Net domestic assets

    -16.5

    1.2

    13.0

    -5.8

    7.9

    11.0

    6.1

      Of which: private sector credit

    -0.9

    1.5

    1.6

    3.6

    4.7

    5.1

    2.5

    Broad money (M2)

    -4.7

    10.1

    4.6

    4.3

    6.0

    5.3

    4.9

    (In percent of GDP, unless otherwise indicated)

    Public Finances

    Central government

             

      Total revenue and grants

    29.0

    30.5

    29.7

    30.0

    30.8

    28.3

    27.3

      Total expenditure and net lending

    35.8

    33.4

    32.5

    31.2

    32.2

    32.8

    27.8

    Overall balance 2/

    -6.8

    -2.9

    -2.7

    -1.3

    -1.4

    -4.5

    -0.5

      Of which: expected fiscal cost of natural disasters

    0.5

    0.4

    0.5

    0.7

    0.7

    0.7

    0.7

      Excl. Citizenship-by-Investment Programs

    -11.5

    -8.7

    -9.3

    -8.0

    -7.3

    -8.4

    -3.6

    Primary balance 2/

    -4.3

    -0.6

    -0.5

    0.9

    1.1

    -1.8

    1.7

    Total public sector debt

    89.2

    84.5

    76.2

    73.9

    71.2

    70.8

    69.9

    External Sector

    Current account balance

    -19.1

    -18.5

    -12.3

    -10.3

    -10.4

    -9.9

    -8.3

    Trade balance

    -29.5

    -30.1

    -33.3

    -32.0

    -34.2

    -34.1

    -32.7

      Exports, f.o.b. (annual percentage change)

    -28.5

    31.5

    40.5

    21.9

    -9.7

    13.9

    11.4

      Imports, f.o.b. (annual percentage change)

    -23.2

    15.2

    29.7

    5.3

    11.0

    5.8

    1.9

    Services, incomes and transfers

    10.4

    11.6

    20.9

    21.8

    23.9

    24.2

    24.5

      Of which: travel

    17.1

    20.5

    34.6

    39.8

    42.1

    42.2

    42.5

    External public debt

    47.9

    47.6

    42.6

    42.7

    42.1

    43.7

    44.8

    External debt service (percent of goods and nonfactor services)

    21.3

    14.8

    10.3

    9.0

    10.3

    9.1

    8.6

    International reserves

       In millions of U.S. dollars

    1,747

    1,952

    1,869

    1,972

    2,202

    2,332

    2,435

       In months of prospective year imports of goods and services

    5.7

    4.8

    4.0

    4.0

    4.2

    4.4

    4.4

       In percent of broad money

    28.1

    28.5

    26.1

    26.4

    27.8

    28.0

    27.9

    REER (average annual percentage change)

       

       Trade-weighted 3/

    -.07

    -2.8

    3.1

    -1.1

    -1.0

    Sources: Country authorities; and IMF staff estimates and projections.

    1/ Includes all eight ECCU members unless otherwise noted. ECCU consumer price aggregates are calculated as weighted averages of individual country data. Other ECCU aggregates are calculated by adding individual country data. The staff report projections are based on the information available as of March 31, 2025. It, therefore, does not reflect the impact of the escalation of trade tensions on and after April 2, 2025.

    2/ Projections include expected fiscal costs of natural disasters.

    3/ Excludes Anguilla and Montserrat.

    [1] Under Article IV of the IMF’s Articles of Agreement, the IMF holds bilateral discussions with members, usually every year. Staff hold separate annual discussions with the regional institutions responsible for common policies in four currency unions—the Euro Area, the Eastern Caribbean Currency Union, the Central African Economic and Monetary Union, and the West African Economic and Monetary Union. For each of the currency unions, staff teams visit the regional institutions responsible for common policies in the currency union, collects economic and financial information, and discusses with officials the currency union’s economic developments and policies. On return to headquarters, the staff prepares a report, which forms the basis of discussion by the Executive Board. Both staff’s discussions with the regional institutions and the Board discussion of the annual staff report will be considered an integral part of the Article IV consultation with each member.

    [2] The staff report reflects discussions with the authorities during January 8-16 and January 27-February 10, 2025, and is based on the information available as of March 31, 2025. It, therefore, does not reflect the impact of the escalation of trade tensions on and after April 2, 2025. Based on information available until April 29, 2025, and covered in the Staff Supplement, the thrust of the staff appraisal remains unchanged.

    [3] The Executive Board takes decisions under its lapse-of-time procedure when the Board agrees that a proposal can be considered without convening formal discussions.

    IMF Communications Department
    MEDIA RELATIONS

    PRESS OFFICER: Meera Louis

    Phone: +1 202 623-7100Email: MEDIA@IMF.org

    https://www.imf.org/en/News/Articles/2025/05/08/pr-24135-caribbean-imf-concludes-2025-discussions-on-policies-of-east-carib-currency-union

    MIL OSI

    MIL OSI Russia News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Murray, Booker, Lieu Reintroduce Legislation to Ban Conversion Therapy

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Washington State Patty Murray
    Washington, D.C. — Today, U.S. Senators Patty Murray (D-WA) and Cory Booker (D-NJ), and Congressman Ted W. Lieu (D, CA-36) reintroduced their Therapeutic Fraud Prevention Act, legislation that would ban so-called “conversion therapy,” a practice fraudulently claiming to change an individual’s sexual orientation or gender identity. The practice has been recognized by the national community of professionals in health, education, social work, and counseling as being both dangerous and useless. Senator Murray first introduced the legislation in the 114th Congress and has pushed to pass it every Congress since.
    “Conversion therapy is based on the hateful idea that being part of the LGBTQ+ community is an illness that requires treatment. It’s a dangerous sham practice that has been completely debunked and should be banned nationwide—and that’s what our legislation would do,” said Senator Murray. “Our kids deserve to be raised and taught in loving environments that affirm who they are. I’ll keep fighting for a world where every person, no matter their gender or sexual orientation, can live with dignity and without fear.”
    “There is no place in health care for practices rooted in hateful ideology that harms vulnerable children who are a part of the LGBTQ+ community,” said Senator Booker. “Being LGBTQ+ is not an illness, and conversion therapy is a fraudulent treatment that tells children their identity is an illness that must be cured. This legislation would clarify that under the FTC that ‘conversion therapy’ in exchange for monetary compensation is illegal, and ensure that no child is a victim to this discredited, harmful practice.”
    “Conversion therapy is a scam that hurts LGBTQ kids,” said Rep. Lieu. “Using fake science and unearned credentials, conversion therapists prey on vulnerable kids to convince them that who they are is not okay. Major medical organizations oppose the practice because it is harmful and ineffective. We’re overdue for a national ban and I am pleased to once again partner with Senators Murray and Booker on this bill.”
    In addition to Senators Murray and Booker, the Therapeutic Fraud Prevention Act was cosponsored by Senators Baldwin, Bennet, Blumenthal, Cantwell, Coons, Cortez-Masto, Duckworth, Durbin, Fetterman, Gillibrand, Hassan, Heinrich, Hickenlooper, Hirono, Kaine, Kelly, Kim, King, Klobuchar, Lujan, Markey, Merkley, Murphy, Padilla, Reed, Rosen, Sanders, Schiff, Shaheen, Slotkin, Smith, Van Hollen, Warren, Welch, Whitehouse, and Wyden. The legislation was introduced in the House with 70 original cosponsors.
    The Therapeutic Fraud Prevention Act is endorsed by the Congressional Equality Caucus, Human Rights Campaign, PFLAG, American Academy of Pediatrics, Equality California, National Association of School Psychologists, Christopher Street Project, and Advocates for Trans Equality.
    “The American Psychological Association thanks Representative Ted Lieu, Senator Patty Murray, and Senator Cory Booker for the reintroduction of the Therapeutic Fraud Prevention Act,” said American Psychological Association CEO Arthur C. Evans Jr., PhD. “This bill would ban so-called conversion therapy by labeling it a fraudulent practice under the Federal Trade Commission’s authority. APA has a long history of opposing sexual orientation change therapy based on peer-reviewed research studies. APA has also adopted several policies concluding that there is insufficient scientific evidence to support the use of psychological interventions to change sexual orientation. We support this bill and stand ready to advocate for its passage.”
    “The reintroduction of the Therapeutic Fraud Prevention Act is a critical step forward in protecting LGBTQ+ individuals, especially our youth, from the dangerous and discredited practice of conversion therapy. The bill affirms that no one should profit from misleading and dangerous attempts to change something that is not a choice: a person’s sexual orientation or gender identity. The scientific and medical communities have overwhelmingly rejected conversion therapy, and this bill further ensures that practices that cause real long-term harm have no place in our society. We thank Senators Murray and Booker and Representative Lieu for their leadership on this issue,” said Human Rights Campaign Director of Government Affairs Jennifer Pike Bailey.
    “We all want kids to be healthy and safe. Yet LGBTQ+ youth across the country are in crisis today as they hear messages of rejection — not just from peers or online bullies, but from adults and systems meant to protect them. All young people deserve to live authentically as who they are and be protected from dangerous, discredited conversion therapy practices that are associated with greater suicide risk and have been condemned by every major U.S. professional medical and mental health association,” said Mark Henson, Interim Vice President of Advocacy & Government Affairs, The Trevor Project. “No amount of talk or pressure can make someone change their sexual orientation or gender identity—decades of research show it simply doesn’t work . The Trevor Project applauds the reintroduction of the Therapeutic Fraud Prevention Act of 2025, which will help protect LGBTQ+ youth from being subjected to these harmful practices and instead celebrate them for who they are.”
    “Like most people with health questions, the LGBTQ+ people, parents and allies of PFLAG work together with their doctors, who follow standards of care and clinical guidelines that have been recognized as authoritative for decades by trusted mainstream medical organizations like the American Medical Association, the American Academy of Pediatrics and the American Psychological Association. These and every mainstream medical association denounce practices of so-called conversion ‘therapy’ as discredited and dangerous,” said Brian K. Bond (he/him/his), CEO of PFLAG National. “The Therapeutic Fraud Prevention Act would protect vulnerable people who are seeking trusted help from being lured into a pretense for dangerous conversion therapies. PFLAG National thanks Congressman Lieu and Senator Murray for their leadership in reintroducing this important bill.”
    Text of the legislation is available HERE.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Russia: China and Russia oppose unilateral restrictive measures in trade and finance

    Translation. Region: Russian Federal

    Source: People’s Republic of China in Russian – People’s Republic of China in Russian –

    Source: People’s Republic of China – State Council News

    MOSCOW, May 8 (Xinhua) — China and Russia have firmly opposed unilateral and illegal restrictive measures such as trade and financial restrictions.

    Both sides expressed this position in a joint statement between China and Russia on further deepening the comprehensive partnership and strategic cooperation in the new era, which was signed in Moscow on Thursday by Chinese President Xi Jinping and Russian President Vladimir Putin.

    As the parties noted, individual countries and their allies apply unilateral and illegal restrictive measures, significantly increase customs duties and use other non-market means of competition, which has a negative impact on the global economy, undermines fair competition and hinders international cooperation in overcoming common challenges facing all of humanity.

    Both countries condemned the cynical actions bypassing the UN Security Council, which violate the UN Charter and international law, obstruct the administration of justice and violate the rules of the World Trade Organization (WTO).

    China and Russia will continue to work together to counter the downward pressure on the global economy and promote the participation of more countries in the Global South in international and regional trade.

    China and Russia are willing to actively promote an open, inclusive, transparent and non-discriminatory multilateral trading system with the WTO at its core, support efforts to update WTO rules, and promote trade and investment liberalization and facilitation. –0–

    MIL OSI Russia News

  • MIL-OSI New Zealand: Improved mental health response begins at Waikato Emergency Department

    Source: NZ Music Month takes to the streets

    Minister for Mental Health Matt Doocey will mark the official start of peer support specialists in Waikato Hospital’s Emergency Department in Hamilton today. It makes Waikato Hospital the fifth major hospital to implement the service since September last year.

    “We know that this service is making a real difference for people presenting in mental health distress or crisis at busy emergency departments. We are moving quickly to rollout this important service around New Zealand, and it has been incredibly humbling to hear how it’s making a genuine impact for vulnerable Kiwis in a time of need,” Mr Doocey says.

    “Having a peer support specialist available to listen and understand what someone is going through, share their story, and reassure them there is a way forward can provide enormous comfort when people need it most. Importantly, they can also better connect people with community mental health services, if needed, and help with a better outcome for the individual. 

    “I believe the peer support workforce has been underutilised for too long in New Zealand. There is a big opportunity to better utilise it as we also roll out Crisis Cafes around New Zealand and look to refresh the eating disorders strategy.”

    The initiative was first launched at Middlemore Hospital in September 2024, since then services have got underway at Auckland City Hospital, Wellington Hospital and Christchurch Hospital. A further three emergency departments will be added in the near future.

    “I’ve been clear that one of the biggest barriers to people accessing timely mental health and addiction support is workforce shortages. While this Government is focused on significantly growing the clinical workforce, we need to make sure we are also looking to innovative ideas, like peers in ED, to make sure we are doing everything we can help New Zealanders access quality support when and where they need it,” Mr Doocey says.

    Note to editors: 

    • In March 2024, the Government announced that eight Peer Support Specialist services would be stood up across two years using uncommitted funding. Each Peer Support Specialist service is estimated to cost between $300,000 and $500,000 per hospital.
    • A $1 million workforce fund has also been set up by the Government to provide Level 4 NZ Certificate in Health and Wellbeing (Peer Support) training and specific training for working in emergency departments

    MIL OSI New Zealand News

  • MIL-OSI: Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. Reports Q1 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, May 08, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc. (NASDAQ: SAMG) (the “Company” or “Silvercrest”) today reported the results of its operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    Business Update

    Silvercrest experienced strong new client organic flows of $0.4 billion during the first quarter of 2025. The new assets under management (“AUM”) follow on the significant new client flows of $1.4 billion in the 4th quarter of 2024. Our first quarter’s new client account flows was in itself stronger than in some recent years. Silvercrest’s strategic investments continue to promote growth. The increases during the quarter bode well for future revenue, and we remain highly optimistic about securing more significant organic flows over the course of 2025, as we discussed during our last earnings call.

    Total AUM did decline during the quarter as a result of highly volatile markets amidst global economic and trade concerns. Discretionary AUM stands at $22.7 billion as of the end of the quarter, which is flat year over year. Total AUM was $35.3 billion. We expect continued market volatility to affect our short-term results. That said, we believe market and economic dislocations present meaningful opportunities for our business.

    Strategically, we will continue to pursue more initiatives to better highlight Silvercrest in both the institutional and wealth markets. The firm has invested in talent across the firm to drive new growth and successfully transition the business toward the next generation. Our new business pipeline remains robust.

    Silvercrest will continue to monitor and adjust our interim compensation ratio to match important investments in the business as long as we have compelling opportunities to grow the firm and build our return on invested capital.  We will keep you informed of our plans and the progress of these investments.

    We also completed a $12.0 million stock repurchase program. We will continue to look for opportunities to return capital to or accrete shareholders, especially as we invest in the business. Our strong balance sheet supports ongoing capital returns as well as our growth initiatives.

    On May 5, 2025, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.20 per share of Class A common stock. The dividend will be paid on or about June 20, 2025 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on June 13, 2025.

    First Quarter 2025 Highlights

    • Total AUM of $35.3 billion, inclusive of discretionary AUM of $22.7 billion and non-discretionary AUM of $12.6 billion at March 31, 2025.
    • Revenue of $31.4 million.
    • U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) consolidated net income and net income attributable to Silvercrest of $3.9 million and $2.5 million, respectively.
    • Basic and diluted net income per share of $0.26.
    • Adjusted Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”)1 of $6.5 million.
    • Adjusted net income1 of $3.9 million.
    • Adjusted basic and diluted earnings per share1,2 of $0.29 and $0.27, respectively.

    The table below presents a comparison of certain GAAP and non-GAAP (“Adjusted”) financial measures and AUM.

        For the Three Months
    Ended March 31,
     
    (in thousands except as indicated)   2025     2024  
    Revenue   $ 31,392     $ 30,272  
    Income before other income (expense), net   $ 4,837     $ 5,904  
    Net income   $ 3,928     $ 4,915  
    Net income margin     12.5 %     16.2 %
    Net income attributable to Silvercrest   $ 2,469     $ 3,000  
    Net income per basic share   $ 0.26     $ 0.32  
    Net income per diluted share   $ 0.26     $ 0.32  
    Adjusted EBITDA1   $ 6,497     $ 7,453  
    Adjusted EBITDA Margin1     20.7 %     24.6 %
    Adjusted net income1   $ 3,894     $ 4,718  
    Adjusted basic earnings per share1, 2   $ 0.29     $ 0.34  
    Adjusted diluted earnings per share1, 2   $ 0.27     $ 0.33  
    Assets under management at period end (billions)   $ 35.3     $ 34.5  
    Average assets under management (billions)3   $ 35.9     $ 33.9  
    Discretionary assets under management (billions)   $ 22.7     $ 22.7  
           
    1   Adjusted measures are non-GAAP measures and are explained and reconciled to the comparable GAAP measures in Exhibits 2 and 3.
    2   Adjusted basic and diluted earnings per share measures for the three months ended March 31, 2025 are based on the number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2025. Adjusted diluted earnings per share are further based on the addition of unvested restricted stock units and non-qualified stock options to the extent dilutive at the end of the reporting period.
    3   We have computed average AUM by averaging AUM at the beginning of the applicable period and AUM at the end of the applicable period.
         

    AUM at $35.3 Billion

    Silvercrest’s discretionary AUM remained flat at $22.7 billion at March 31, 2025 and 2024. Silvercrest’s total AUM increased by $0.8 billion, or 2.3%, to $35.3 billion at March 31, 2025, from $34.5 billion at March 31, 2024. The increase was attributable to market appreciation of $0.8 billion.

    Silvercrest’s discretionary assets under management decreased by $0.6 billion, or 2.6%, to $22.7 billion at March 31, 2025, from $23.3 billion at December 31, 2024. The decrease was attributable to market depreciation of $0.9 billion partially offset by net client inflows of $0.3 billion. Silvercrest’s total AUM decreased by $1.2 billion, or 3.3%, to $35.3 billion at March 31, 2025, from $36.5 billion at December 31, 2024. The decrease was attributable to market depreciation of $1.4 billion, partially offset by net client inflows of $0.2 billion.

    First Quarter 2025 vs. First Quarter 2024

    Revenue increased by $1.1 million, or 3.7%, to $31.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, from $30.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. This increase was driven by market appreciation during the twelve month period.

    Total expenses increased by $2.2 million, or 9.0%, to $26.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, from $24.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. Compensation and benefits expense increased by $1.2 million, or 6.9%, to $18.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 from $17.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The increase was primarily attributable to increases in equity-based compensation of $0.1 million and salaries and benefits of $1.5 million primarily as a result of merit-based increases, partially offset by decreases in the accrual for bonuses of $0.3 million and severance expense of $0.1 million. General and administrative expenses increased by $1.0 million, or 14.6%, to $7.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 from $6.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. This was primarily attributable to increases in professional fees of $0.3 million, portfolio and systems expense of $0.3 million, recruiting costs of $0.1 million, marketing and advertising costs of $0.1 million, office expenses of $0.1 million and travel and entertainment expenses of $0.1 million.

    Consolidated net income was $3.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, as compared to consolidated net income of $4.9 million for the same period in the prior year. Net income attributable to Silvercrest was $2.5 million, or $0.26 per basic and diluted share, for the three months ended March 31, 2025. Our Adjusted Net Income1 was $3.9 million, or $0.29 per adjusted basic share and $0.27 per adjusted diluted share2, for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

    Adjusted EBITDA1 was $6.5 million, or 20.7% of revenue, for the three months ended March 31, 2025, as compared to $7.5 million, or 24.6% of revenue, for the same period in the prior year.

    Liquidity and Capital Resources

    Cash and cash equivalents were $36.3 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $68.6 million at December 31, 2024. As of March 31, 2025, there was nothing outstanding under our term loan with City National Bank and nothing outstanding on our revolving credit facility with City National Bank.

    Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.’s total equity was $81.0 million at March 31, 2025. We had 9,473,772 shares of Class A common stock outstanding and 4,081,055 shares of Class B common stock outstanding at March 31, 2025.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    To provide investors with additional insight, promote transparency and allow for a more comprehensive understanding of the information used by management in its financial and operational decision-making, we supplement our consolidated financial statements presented on a basis consistent with GAAP with Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Earnings Per Share, which are non-GAAP financial measures of earnings. These adjustments, and the non-GAAP financial measures that are derived from them, provide supplemental information to analyze our operations between periods and over time. Investors should consider our non-GAAP financial measures in addition to, and not as a substitute for, financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    • EBITDA represents net income before provision for income taxes, interest income, interest expense, depreciation and amortization.
    • We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA without giving effect to the Delaware franchise tax, professional fees associated with acquisitions or financing transactions, gains on extinguishment of debt or other obligations related to acquisitions, impairment charges and losses on disposals or abandonment of assets and leaseholds, client reimbursements and fund redemption costs, severance and other similar expenses, but including partner incentive allocations, prior to our initial public offering, as an expense. We believe that it is important to management and investors to supplement our consolidated financial statements presented on a GAAP basis with Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure of earnings, as this measure provides a perspective of recurring earnings of the Company, taking into account earnings attributable to both Class A and Class B stockholders.
    • Adjusted EBITDA Margin is calculated by dividing Adjusted EBITDA by total revenue. We believe that it is important to management and investors to supplement our consolidated financial statements presented on a GAAP basis with Adjusted EBITDA Margin, a non-GAAP financial measure of earnings, as this measure provides a perspective of recurring profitability of the Company, taking into account profitability attributable to both Class A and Class B stockholders.
    • Adjusted Net Income represents recurring net income without giving effect to professional fees associated with acquisitions or financing transactions, losses on forgiveness of notes receivable from our partners, gains on extinguishment of debt or other obligations related to acquisitions, impairment charges and losses on disposals or abandonment of assets and leaseholds, client reimbursements and fund redemption costs, severance and other similar expenses. Furthermore, Adjusted Net Income includes income tax expense assuming a blended corporate rate of 26%. We believe that it is important to management and investors to supplement our consolidated financial statements presented on a GAAP basis with Adjusted Net Income, a non-GAAP financial measure of earnings, as this measure provides a perspective of recurring income of the Company, taking into account income attributable to both Class A and Class B stockholders.
    • Adjusted Earnings Per Share represents Adjusted Net Income divided by the actual Class A and Class B shares outstanding as of the end of the reporting period for basic Adjusted Earnings Per Share, and to the extent dilutive, we add unvested restricted stock units and non-qualified stock options to the total shares outstanding to compute diluted Adjusted Earnings Per Share. As a result of our structure, which includes a non-controlling interest, we believe that it is important to management and investors to supplement our consolidated financial statements presented on a GAAP basis with Adjusted Earnings Per Share, a non-GAAP financial measure of earnings, as this measure provides a perspective of recurring earnings per share of the Company as a whole as opposed to being limited to our Class A common stock.

    Conference Call

    The Company will host a conference call on May 9, 2025, at 8:30 am (Eastern Time) to discuss these results. Hosting the call will be Richard R. Hough III, Chief Executive Officer and President, and Scott A. Gerard, Chief Financial Officer. Listeners may access the call by dialing 1-844-836-8743 or for international listeners the call may be accessed by dialing 1-412-317-5723. A live, listen-only webcast will also be available via the investor relations section of www.silvercrestgroup.com. An archived replay of the call will be available after the completion of the live call on the Investor Relations page of the Silvercrest website at http://ir.silvercrestgroup.com/.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This release contains, and from time to time our management may make, forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as amended. For those statements, we claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions. These statements are only predictions based on our current expectations and projections about future events. Important factors that could cause actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from those indicated by such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: incurrence of net losses; fluctuations in quarterly and annual results; adverse economic or market conditions; our expectations with respect to future levels of assets under management, inflows and outflows; our ability to retain clients; our ability to maintain our fee structure; our particular choices with regard to investment strategies employed; our ability to hire and retain qualified investment professionals; the cost of complying with current and future regulation coupled with the cost of defending ourselves from related investigations or litigation; failure of our operational safeguards against breaches in data security, privacy, conflicts of interest or employee misconduct; our expected tax rate; our expectations with respect to deferred tax assets, adverse economic or market conditions; incurrence of net losses; adverse effects of management focusing on implementation of a growth strategy; failure to develop and maintain the Silvercrest brand; and other factors disclosed under “Risk Factors” in our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, which is accessible on the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s website at www.sec.gov. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as required by law.

    About Silvercrest

    Silvercrest was founded in April 2002 as an independent, employee-owned registered investment adviser. With offices in New York, Boston, Virginia, New Jersey, California and Wisconsin, Silvercrest provides traditional and alternative investment advisory and family office services to wealthy families and select institutional investors.

    Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.

    Contact: Richard Hough
    212-649-0601
    rhough@silvercrestgroup.com


    Exhibit 1

    Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.
     Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (Unaudited and in thousands, except share and per share amounts or as noted)
     
        Three Months Ended March 31,  
        2025     2024  
                 
    Revenue            
    Management and advisory fees   $ 30,268     $ 29,165  
    Family office services     1,124       1,107  
    Total revenue     31,392       30,272  
    Expenses            
    Compensation and benefits     18,881       17,669  
    General and administrative     7,674       6,699  
    Total expenses     26,555       24,368  
    Income before other (expense) income, net     4,837       5,904  
    Other (expense) income, net            
    Other (expense) income, net     7       8  
    Interest income     273       347  
    Interest expense     (15 )     (51 )
    Total other (expense) income, net     265       304  
    Income before provision for income taxes     5,102       6,208  
    Provision for income taxes     (1,174 )     (1,293 )
    Net income     3,928       4,915  
    Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interests     (1,459 )     (1,915 )
    Net income attributable to Silvercrest   $ 2,469     $ 3,000  
    Net income per share:            
    Basic   $ 0.26     $ 0.32  
    Diluted   $ 0.26     $ 0.32  
    Weighted average shares outstanding:            
    Basic     9,581,779       9,480,027  
    Diluted     9,618,888       9,515,581  
     


    Exhibit 2

    Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.
    Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP (“Adjusted”) Adjusted EBITDA Measure
    (Unaudited and in thousands, except share and per share amounts or as noted)
     
    Adjusted EBITDA   For the Three Months
    Ended March 31,
     
        2025     2024  
    Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measure:            
    Net income   $ 3,928     $ 4,915  
    Provision for income taxes     1,174       1,293  
    Delaware Franchise Tax     50       50  
    Interest expense     15       51  
    Interest income     (273 )     (347 )
    Depreciation and amortization     1,039       1,019  
    Equity-based compensation     454       354  
    Other adjustments (A)     110       118  
    Adjusted EBITDA   $ 6,497     $ 7,453  
    Adjusted EBITDA Margin     20.7 %     24.6 %
     
    (A)    Other adjustments consist of the following:
        Three Months Ended
    March 31,
     
        2025     2024  
    Severance   $     $ 60  
    Other (a)     110       58  
    Total other adjustments   $ 110     $ 118  
    (a)   For the three months ended March 31, 2025, represents an ASC 842 rent adjustment of $48 related to the amortization of property lease incentives and sign-on bonuses of $62.  For the three months ended March 31, 2024, represents an ASC 842 rent adjustment of $48 related to the amortization of property lease incentives and software implementation costs of $10.
         


    Exhibit 3

    Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.
    Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP (“Adjusted”)
    Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Earnings Per Share Measures
    (Unaudited and in thousands, except per share amounts or as noted)
           
    Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Earnings Per Share   Three Months Ended
    March 31,
     
        2025     2024  
    Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measure:            
    Net income   $ 3,928     $ 4,915  
    Consolidated GAAP Provision for income taxes     1,174       1,293  
    Delaware Franchise Tax     50       50  
    Other adjustments (A)     110       118  
    Adjusted earnings before provision for income taxes     5,262       6,376  
    Adjusted provision for income taxes:            
    Adjusted provision for income taxes (26% assumed tax rate)     (1,368 )     (1,658 )
                 
    Adjusted net income   $ 3,894     $ 4,718  
                 
    GAAP net income per share (B):            
    Basic   $ 0.26     $ 0.32  
    Diluted   $ 0.26     $ 0.32  
                 
    Adjusted earnings per share/unit (B):            
    Basic   $ 0.29     $ 0.34  
    Diluted   $ 0.27     $ 0.33  
                 
    Shares/units outstanding:            
    Basic Class A shares outstanding     9,474       9,482  
    Basic Class B shares/units outstanding     4,081       4,428  
    Total basic shares/units outstanding     13,555       13,910  
                 
    Diluted Class A shares outstanding (C)     9,511       9,518  
    Diluted Class B shares/units outstanding (D)     4,652       4,817  
    Total diluted shares/units outstanding     14,163       14,335  
    (A)   See A in Exhibit 2.
    (B)   GAAP earnings per share is strictly attributable to Class A stockholders. Adjusted earnings per share takes into account earnings attributable to both Class A and Class B stockholders.
    (C)   Includes 37,109 and 35,554 unvested restricted stock units at March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
    (D)   Includes 205,079 and 240,998 unvested restricted stock units at March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and 366,293 and 147,506 unvested non-qualified options at March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
         


    Exhibit 4

    Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
    (Unaudited and in thousands)
     
        March 31,
    2025
        December 31,
    2024
     
    Assets            
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 36,255     $ 68,611  
    Investments     1,007       1,354  
    Receivables, net     12,288       12,225  
    Due from Silvercrest Funds     736       945  
    Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements, net     7,331       7,387  
    Goodwill     63,675       63,675  
    Operating lease assets     14,925       16,032  
    Finance lease assets     221       254  
    Intangible assets, net     16,096       16,644  
    Deferred tax asset     3,813       4,220  
    Prepaid expenses and other assets     3,579       3,085  
    Total assets   $ 159,926     $ 194,432  
    Liabilities and Equity            
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 2,494     $ 1,953  
    Accrued compensation     9,085       39,865  
    Operating lease liabilities     21,023       22,270  
    Finance lease liabilities     230       262  
    Deferred tax and other liabilities     10,402       10,389  
    Total liabilities     43,234       74,739  
    Commitments and Contingencies (Note 10)            
    Equity            
    Preferred Stock, par value $0.01, 10,000,000 shares authorized; none issued
    and outstanding
               
    Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01, 50,000,000 shares authorized; 10,765,114
    and 9,473,772 issued and outstanding, respectively, as of March 31, 2025;
    10,450,559 and 9,376,280 issued and outstanding, respectively, as of December 31, 2024
        107       104  
    Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01, 25,000,000 shares authorized; 4,081,052
    and 4,373,315 issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024,
    respectively
        39       42  
    Additional Paid-In Capital     59,068       56,369  
    Treasury Stock, at cost, 1,291,342 and 1,074,279 shares as of March 31, 2025 and
    December 31, 2024, respectively
        (23,634 )     (19,728 )
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)     (49 )     (43 )
    Retained earnings     44,511       43,953  
    Total Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.’s equity     80,042       80,697  
    Non-controlling interests     36,650       38,996  
    Total equity     116,692       119,693  
    Total liabilities and equity   $ 159,926     $ 194,432  
     


    Exhibit 5

    Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.
    Total Assets Under Management
    (Unaudited and in billions)
    Total Assets Under Management:
     
        Three Months Ended
    March 31,
        % Change from
    March 31,
     
        2025     2024     2024  
    Beginning assets under management   $ 36.5     $ 33.3       9.6 %
                       
    Gross client inflows     1.4       1.2       16.7 %
    Gross client outflows     (1.2 )     (1.5 )     20.0 %
    Net client flows     0.2       (0.3 )     166.7 %
                       
    Market (depreciation)/appreciation     (1.4 )     1.5       -193.3 %
    Ending assets under management   $ 35.3     $ 34.5       2.3 %
     


    Exhibit 6

    Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.
    Discretionary Assets Under Management
    (Unaudited and in billions)
    Discretionary Assets Under Management:
     
        Three Months Ended
    March 31,
        % Change from
    March 31,
     
        2025     2024     2024  
    Beginning assets under management   $ 23.3     $ 21.9       6.4 %
                       
    Gross client inflows     1.0       0.7       42.9 %
    Gross client outflows     (0.7 )     (1.1 )     36.4 %
    Net client flows     0.3       (0.4 )     175.0 %
                       
    Market (depreciation)/appreciation     (0.9 )     1.2       -175.0 %
    Ending assets under management   $ 22.7     $ 22.7       0.0 %
     


    Exhibit 7

    Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.
    Non-Discretionary Assets Under Management
    (Unaudited and in billions)
    Non-Discretionary Assets Under Management:
     
        Three Months Ended
    March 31,
        % Change from
    March 31,
     
        2025     2024     2024  
    Beginning assets under management   $ 13.2     $ 11.4       15.8 %
                       
    Gross client inflows     0.4       0.5       -20.0 %
    Gross client outflows     (0.5 )     (0.4 )     -25.0 %
    Net client flows     (0.1 )     0.1       -200.0 %
                       
    Market (depreciation)/appreciation     (0.5 )     0.3       -266.7 %
    Ending assets under management   $ 12.6     $ 11.8       6.8 %
     


    Exhibit 8

    Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.
    Assets Under Management
    (Unaudited and in billions)
     
        Three Months Ended
    March 31,
     
        2025     2024  
    Total AUM as of January 1,   $ 36.455     $ 33.281  
    Discretionary AUM:            
    Total Discretionary AUM as of January 1,   $ 23.319     $ 21.885  
    New client accounts/assets (1)     0.438       0.035  
    Closed accounts (2)     (0.055 )     (0.439 )
    Net cash inflow/(outflow) (3)     (0.115 )     0.007  
    Non-discretionary to Discretionary AUM (4)     0.001       (0.002 )
    Market (depreciation)/appreciation     (0.933 )     1.195  
    Change to Discretionary AUM     (0.664 )     0.796  
    Total Discretionary AUM at March 31,     22.655       22.681  
    Change to Non-Discretionary AUM (5)     (0.463 )     0.432  
    Total AUM as of March 31,   $ 35.328     $ 34.509  
    (1)   Represents new account flows from both new and existing client relationships.
    (2)   Represents closed accounts of existing client relationships and those that terminated.
    (3)   Represents periodic cash flows related to existing accounts.
    (4)   Represents client assets that converted to Discretionary AUM from Non-Discretionary AUM.
    (5)   Represents the net change to Non-Discretionary AUM.
         


    Exhibit 9

    Silvercrest Asset Management Group Inc.
    Equity Investment Strategy Composite Performance1, 2
    As of March 31, 2025
    (Unaudited)
     
    PROPRIETARY EQUITY PERFORMANCE 1, 2   ANNUALIZED PERFORMANCE  
        INCEPTION   1-YEAR     3-YEAR     5-YEAR     7-YEAR     INCEPTION  
    Large Cap Value Composite   4/1/02   1.1     4.4     15.4     9.8     9.3  
    Russell 1000 Value Index       7.2     6.6     16.2     9.2     7.9  
                                       
    Small Cap Value Composite   4/1/02   -4.1     3.3     15.6     6.5     9.8  
    Russell 2000 Value Index       -3.1     0.1     15.3     5.3     7.4  
                                       
    Smid Cap Value Composite   10/1/05   -0.8     1.3     14.6     6.1     8.9  
    Russell 2500 Value Index       -1.5     2.3     16.7     6.7     7.4  
                                       
    Multi Cap Value Composite   7/1/02   0.4     2.7     14.6     7.7     9.3  
    Russell 3000 Value Index       6.7     6.3     16.1     9.0     8.4  
                                       
    Equity Income Composite   12/1/03   1.2     3.0     13.2     7.3     10.5  
    Russell 3000 Value Index       6.7     6.3     16.1     9.0     8.5  
                                       
    Focused Value Composite   9/1/04   6.3     0.4     11.2     4.9     9.1  
    Russell 3000 Value Index       6.7     6.3     16.1     9.0     8.3  
                                       
    Small Cap Opportunity Composite   7/1/04   -6.2     2.8     15.0     7.9     10.2  
    Russell 2000 Index       -4.0     0.5     13.3     5.4     7.5  
                                       
    Small Cap Growth Composite   7/1/04   -8.6     -4.1     14.5     8.4     9.6  
    Russell 2000 Growth Index       -4.9     0.8     10.8     5.0     7.8  
                                       
    Smid Cap Growth Composite   1/1/06   -2.7     -3.5     14.3     10.7     10.1  
    Russell 2500 Growth Index       -6.4     0.6     11.4     6.7     8.7  
    1   Returns are based upon a time weighted rate of return of various fully discretionary equity portfolios with similar investment objectives, strategies and policies and other relevant criteria managed by Silvercrest Asset Management Group LLC (“SAMG LLC”), a subsidiary of Silvercrest. Performance results are gross of fees and net of commission charges. An investor’s actual return will be reduced by the advisory fees and any other expenses it may incur in the management of the investment advisory account. SAMG LLC’s standard advisory fees are described in Part 2 of its Form ADV. Actual fees and expenses will vary depending on a variety of factors, including the size of a particular account. Returns greater than one year are shown as annualized compounded returns and include gains and accrued income and reinvestment of distributions. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. This piece contains no recommendations to buy or sell securities or a solicitation of an offer to buy or sell securities or investment services or adopt any investment position. This piece is not intended to constitute investment advice and is based upon conditions in place during the period noted. Market and economic views are subject to change without notice and may be untimely when presented here. Readers are advised not to infer or assume that any securities, sectors or markets described were or will be profitable. SAMG LLC is an independent investment advisory and financial services firm created to meet the investment and administrative needs of individuals with substantial assets and select institutional investors. SAMG LLC claims compliance with the Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS®).
    2   The market indices used to compare to the performance of Silvercrest’s strategies are as follows:
        The Russell 1000 Index is a capitalization-weighted, unmanaged index that measures the 1000 largest companies in the Russell 3000. The Russell 1000 Value Index is a capitalization-weighted, unmanaged index that includes those Russell 1000 Index companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower expected growth values.
        The Russell 2000 Index is a capitalization-weighted, unmanaged index that measures the 2000 smallest companies in the Russell 3000. The Russell 2000 Value Index is a capitalization-weighted, unmanaged index that includes those Russell 2000 Index companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower expected growth values.
        The Russell 2500 Index is a capitalization-weighted, unmanaged index that measures the 2500 smallest companies in the Russell 3000. The Russell 2500 Value Index is a capitalization-weighted, unmanaged index that includes those Russell 2000 Index companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower expected growth values.
        The Russell 3000 Value Index is a capitalization-weighted, unmanaged index that measures those Russell 3000 Index companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth.
         

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Portman Ridge Finance Corporation Announces First Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Reports Net Investment Income of $0.47 Per Share and Net Asset Value of $18.85 Per Share

    Deployment of Approximately $17.5 Million and Sales and Repayments of Approximately $15.7 Million for Net Deployment of Approximately $1.8 Million

    Announces Second Quarter 2025 Quarterly Base Distribution of $0.47 Per Share

    Investors are Encouraged to Vote FOR the Acquisition of Logan Ridge Finance Corporation

    NEW YORK, May 08, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Portman Ridge Finance Corporation (Nasdaq: PTMN) (the “Company” or “Portman Ridge”) announced today its financial results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    First Quarter 2025 Highlights

    • Total investment income for the first quarter of 2025 was $12.1 million, down from $14.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, due to the reversal of previously accrued income after a portfolio company was placed on non-accrual status in the first quarter of 2025.
    • Core investment income1, excluding the impact of purchase price accounting, for the first quarter of 2025 was $12.1 million, as compared to $14.4 million for the fourth quarter of 2024.
    • Net investment income (“NII”) for the first quarter of 2025 was $4.3 million ($0.47 per share), inclusive of the reversal of $0.4 million ($0.05 per share) of previously accrued interest income on a loan that was placed on non-accrual in the first quarter of 2025, as compared to $5.5 million ($0.60 per share) in the fourth quarter of 2024.
    • Net asset value (“NAV”), as of March 31, 2025, was $173.5 million ($18.85 per share), as compared to NAV of $178.5 million ($19.41 per share) as of December 31, 2024.
    • Deployments of approximately $17.5 million and sales and repayments of approximately $15.7 million, resulting in net deployments of approximately $1.8 million.

    Subsequent Events

    • On May 8, 2025, the Company declared a regular quarterly base distribution of $0.47 per share of common stock. The distribution is payable on May 29, 2025, to stockholders of record at the close of business on May 19, 2025.

    Management Commentary
    Ted Goldthorpe, Chief Executive Officer of Portman Ridge, stated, “During the first quarter we continued to execute on our disciplined investment strategy, deploying approximately $17.5 million into strong, defensively positioned portfolio companies. Concurrently, we had $15.7 million in repayments and sales, resulting in our return to net deployers of capital.

    Looking ahead, the current macroeconomic backdrop shaped by shifting trade dynamics, inflation, and ever-evolving monetary policy, continues to drive uncertainty in the market. These dynamics highlight the importance of taking a long-term approach, grounded in disciplined credit selection and prudent risk management. That said, we view this as an opportunity to further differentiate through thoughtful deployment and rigorous underwriting, backed by our prudent investment strategy and experienced management team. I remain confident in our ability to drive the best outcome for shareholders.

    Finally, we continue to believe in the strategic benefits the combination with Logan Ridge will provide. This merger represents a meaningful step forward for the Company, with the potential to provide increased scale, improved liquidity, and greater operational efficiency, all of which are critical to enhancing long-term shareholder value. We encourage shareholders to vote FOR the proposed merger, as recommended by the Board of Directors of both companies. We are excited about the road ahead and look forward to sharing more updates soon.”

    Selected Financial Highlights

    • Total investment income for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, was $12.1 million, of which $10.3 million was attributable to interest income, inclusive of payment-in-kind income, from the Debt Securities Portfolio. This compares to total investment income of $16.5 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2024, of which $14.2 million was attributable to interest income, inclusive of payment-in-kind income, from the Debt Securities Portfolio.
    • Core investment income for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, excluding the impact of purchase discount accretion, was $12.1 million, as compared to core investment income of $16.5 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.
    • Net investment income (“NII”) for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, was $4.3 million ($0.47 per share) as compared to $6.2 million ($0.67 per share) for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.
    • Net asset value (“NAV”) as of March 31, 2025, was $173.5 million ($18.85 per share), as compared to $178.5 million ($19.41 per share) for the fourth quarter of 2024.
    • Deployment during the quarter was strong, with deployments of approximately $17.5 million and sales and repayments of approximately $15.7 million, resulting in net deployment of approximately $1.8 million.
    • Investment portfolio at fair value as of March 31, 2025, was $406.4 million, comprised of 93 different portfolio companies. Our debt investment portfolio, excluding our investments in the CLO Funds, equities and Joint Ventures, totaled $324.8 million at fair value as of March 31, 2025, and was spread across 24 different industries comprised of 72 different portfolio companies with an average par balance per entity of approximately $2.6 million. This compares to a total investment portfolio at fair value as of December 31, 2024, of $405.0 million, comprised of 93 different portfolio companies. Our debt investment portfolio, excluding our investments in the CLO Funds, equities and Joint Ventures, totaled $320.7 million at fair value as of December 31, 2024, spread across 26 different industries and comprised of 71 different portfolio companies, with an average par balance per entity of approximately $2.5 million.
    • Debt investments on non-accrual, as of March 31, 2025, were six, representing 2.6% and 4.7% of the Company’s investment portfolio at fair value and amortized cost, respectively. This compares to six debt investments representing 1.7% and 3.4% of the Company’s investment portfolio at fair value and amortized cost, respectively, as of December 31, 2024.
    • Weighted average annualized yield was approximately 11.0% (excluding income from non-accruals and collateralized loan obligations) as of March 31, 2025.
    • Par value of outstanding borrowings, as of March 31, 2025, was $255.4 million, as compared to $267.5 million as of December 31, 2024, with an asset coverage ratio of total assets to total borrowings of 168% and 167%, respectively. On a net basis, leverage as of March 31, 2025, was 1.3x2 compared to 1.3x2 as of December 31, 2024.

    Results of Operations

    Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2025, and March 31, 2024, were as follows:

      For the Three Months Ended March 31,  
    ($ in thousands, except share and per share amounts) 2025       2024  
    Total investment income $ 12,118     $ 16,526  
    Total expenses   7,778       10,300  
    Net Investment Income   4,340       6,226  
    Net realized gain (loss) on investments   (173 )     (2,057 )
    Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments   (3,903 )     71  
    Tax (provision) benefit on realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments   (346 )     459  
    Net realized and unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments, net of taxes   (4,422 )     (1,527 )
    Net realized gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt         (213 )
    Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets Resulting from Operations $ (82 )   $ 4,486  
    Net Increase (Decrease) In Net Assets Resulting from Operations per Common Share:            
    Basic and Diluted: $ (0.01 )   $ 0.48  
    Net Investment Income Per Common Share:            
    Basic and Diluted: $ 0.47     $ 0.67  
    Weighted Average Shares of Common Stock Outstanding — Basic and Diluted   9,198,223       9,344,994  
                   

    Investment Income
    The composition of our investment income for the three months ended March 31, 2025, and March 31, 2024, was as follows:

      For the Three Months Ended March 31,  
    ($ in thousands) 2025     2024  
    Interest income, excluding CLO income and purchase discount accretion $ 7,522     $ 12,088  
    Purchase discount accretion   16       73  
    PIK income   3,061       2,006  
    CLO income   78       555  
    JV income   1,417       1,653  
    Fees and other income   24       151  
    Investment Income $ 12,118     $ 16,526  
    Less: Purchase discount accretion $ (16 )   $ (73 )
    Core Investment Income $ 12,102     $ 16,453  
     

    Fair Value of Investments

    The composition of our investment portfolio as of March 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, at cost and fair value was as follows:

    ($ in thousands) March 31, 2025     December 31, 2024  
    Security Type Cost/Amortized
    Cost
        Fair Value     Fair Value Percentage of Total Portfolio     Cost/Amortized
    Cost
        Fair Value     Fair Value Percentage of Total Portfolio  
    First Lien Debt $ 318,953     $ 294,379       72.4 %   $ 311,673     $ 289,957       71.6 %
    Second Lien Debt   35,147       28,724       7.1 %     34,892       28,996       7.2 %
    Subordinated Debt   8,034       1,740       0.4 %     8,059       1,740       0.4 %
    Collateralized Loan Obligations   3,800       4,639       1.1 %     5,318       5,193       1.3 %
    Joint Ventures   65,883       50,491       12.4 %     66,747       54,153       13.4 %
    Equity   32,098       26,218       6.5 %     31,921       24,762       6.1 %
    Asset Manager Affiliates(1)   17,791                   17,791              
    Derivatives   31       232       0.1 %     31       220        
    Total $ 481,737     $ 406,423       100.0 %   $ 476,432     $ 405,021       100.0 %

    (1) Represents the equity investment in the Asset Manager Affiliates.

    Liquidity and Capital Resources
    As of March 31, 2025, the Company had $255.4 million (par value) of outstanding borrowings at a current weighted average interest rate of 5.9%, of which $108.0 million par value had a fixed rate of 4.875% (Notes due 2026), and $147.4 million par value had a floating rate under the JPM Credit Facility.

    As of March 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, the fair value of investments and cash were as follows:

    ($ in thousands)    
    Security Type March 31, 2025     December 31, 2024  
    Cash and Cash Equivalents $ 9,233     $ 17,532  
    Restricted Cash   14,278       22,421  
    First Lien Debt   294,379       289,957  
    Second Lien Debt   28,724       28,996  
    Subordinated Debt   1,740       1,740  
    Equity   26,218       24,762  
    Collateralized Loan Obligations   4,639       5,193  
    Asset Manager Affiliates          
    Joint Ventures   50,491       54,153  
    Derivatives   232       220  
    Total $ 429,934     $ 444,974  
     

    As of March 31, 2025, the Company had unrestricted cash of $9.2 million and restricted cash of $14.3 million. This compares to unrestricted cash of $17.5 million and restricted cash of $22.4 million as of December 31, 2024. As of March 31, 2025, the Company had $52.6 million of available borrowing capacity under the JPM Credit Facility.

    Interest Rate Risk
    The Company’s investment income is affected by fluctuations in various interest rates, including SOFR and prime rates.

    As of March 31, 2025, approximately 88.5% of our Debt Securities Portfolio at par value were either floating rate with a spread to an interest rate index such as SOFR or the PRIME rate. 84.2% of these floating rate loans contain floors ranging between 0.50% and 5.25%. We generally expect that future portfolio investments will predominately be floating rate investments.

    In periods of rising or lowering interest rates, the cost of the portion of debt associated with the 4.875% Notes Due 2026 would remain the same, given that this debt is at a fixed rate, while the interest rate on borrowings under the JPM Credit Facility would fluctuate with changes in interest rates.

    Generally, the Company would expect that an increase in the base rate index for floating rate investment assets would increase gross investment income and a decrease in the base rate index for such assets would decrease gross investment income (in either case, such increase/decrease may be limited by interest rate floors/minimums for certain investment assets).

      Impact on net investment income from
    a change in interest rates at:
    ($ in thousands) 1%     2%     3%  
    Increase in interest rate $ 1,619     $ 3,289     $ 4,959  
    Decrease in interest rate $ (1,613 )   $ (3,222 )   $ (4,655 )
                           

    Conference Call and Webcast
    We will hold a conference call on Friday, May 9, 2025, at 10:00 am Eastern Time to discuss our first quarter 2025 financial results. To access the call, stockholders, prospective stockholders and analysts should dial (646) 307-1963 approximately 10 minutes prior to the start of the conference call and use the conference ID 9782758.

    A replay of this conference call will be available shortly after the live call through May 16, 2025.

    A live audio webcast of the conference call can be accessed via the Internet, on a listen-only basis on the Company’s website www.portmanridge.com in the Investor Relations section under Events and Presentations. The webcast can also be accessed by clicking the following link: https://edge.media-server.com/mmc/p/ovseyk3q. The online archive of the webcast will be available on the Company’s website shortly after the call.

    About Portman Ridge Finance Corporation
    Portman Ridge Finance Corporation (Nasdaq: PTMN) is a publicly traded, externally managed investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Portman Ridge’s middle market investment business originates, structures, finances and manages a portfolio of term loans, mezzanine investments and selected equity securities in middle market companies. Portman Ridge’s investment activities are managed by its investment adviser, Sierra Crest Investment Management LLC, an affiliate of BC Partners Advisors L.P.

    Portman Ridge’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), earnings releases, press releases and other financial, operational and governance information are available on the Company’s website at www.portmanridge.com.

    About BC Partners Advisors L.P. and BC Partners Credit
    BC Partners is a leading international investment firm in private equity, private credit and real estate strategies. Established in 1986, BC Partners has played an active role in developing the European buyout market for three decades.

    Today, BC Partners executives operate across markets as an integrated team through the firm’s offices in North America and Europe. For more information, please visit https://www.bcpartners.com/.

    BC Partners Credit was launched in February 2017 and has pursued a strategy focused on identifying attractive credit opportunities in any market environment and across sectors, leveraging the deal sourcing and infrastructure made available from BC Partners.

    Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
    This press release contains forward-looking statements. The matters discussed in this press release, as well as in future oral and written statements by management of Portman Ridge Finance Corporation, that are forward-looking statements are based on current management expectations that involve substantial risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results to differ materially from the results expressed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements.

    Forward-looking statements relate to future events or our future financial performance and include, but are not limited to, projected financial performance, expected development of the business, plans and expectations about future investments and the future liquidity of the Company. We generally identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “outlook”, “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar words. Forward-looking statements are based upon current plans, estimates and expectations that are subject to risks, uncertainties, and assumptions. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those indicated or anticipated by such forward-looking statements.

    Important assumptions include our ability to originate new investments, and achieve certain margins and levels of profitability, the availability of additional capital, and the ability to maintain certain debt to asset ratios. In light of these and other uncertainties, the inclusion of a projection or forward-looking statement in this press release should not be regarded as a representation that such plans, estimates, expectations or objectives will be achieved. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from such plans, estimates or expectations include, among others, (1) uncertainty of the expected financial performance of the Company; (2) expected synergies and savings associated with merger transactions effectuated by the Company; (3) the ability of the Company and/or its adviser to implement its business strategy; (4) evolving legal, regulatory and tax regimes; (5) changes in general economic and/or industry specific conditions, including but not limited to the impact of inflation; (6) the impact of increased competition; (7) business prospects and the prospects of the Company’s portfolio companies; (8) contractual arrangements with third parties; (9) any future financings by the Company; (10) the ability of Sierra Crest Investment Management LLC to attract and retain highly talented professionals; (11) the Company’s ability to fund any unfunded commitments; (12) any future distributions by the Company; (13) changes in regional or national economic conditions and their impact on the industries in which we invest; (14) other changes in the conditions of the industries in which we invest and other factors enumerated in our filings with the SEC; (15) the successful completion of the proposed merger with Logan Ridge Finance Corporation (“LRFC”) and receipt of stockholder approval from the Company’s and LRFC’s stockholders; and (16) expectations concerning the proposed merger with LRFC, including the financial results of the combined company. The forward-looking statements should be read in conjunction with the risks and uncertainties discussed in the Company’s filings with the SEC, including the Company’s most recent Form 10-K and other SEC filings. We do not undertake to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required to be reported under the rules and regulations of the SEC. Although the Company and LRFC undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, you are advised to consult any additional disclosures that they may make directly to you or through reports that the Company and LRFC in the future may file with the SEC, including the Registration Statement and Joint Proxy Statement (in each case, as defined below), annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K.

    Additional Information and Where to Find It
    This document relates to the proposed merger of the Company and LRFC and certain related matters (the “Proposals”). In connection with the Proposals, the Company has filed a registration statement (Registration No. 333-285230) with the SEC (the “Registration Statement”) that contains a combined joint proxy statement for the Company and LRFC and a prospectus of the Company (the “Joint Proxy Statement”) and will mail the Joint Proxy Statement to its and LRFC’s respective shareholders. The Registration Statement and Joint Proxy Statement will contain important information about the Company, LRFC and the Proposals. This communication does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities or a solicitation of any vote or approval. No offer of securities shall be made except by means of a prospectus meeting the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. SHAREHOLDERS OF THE COMPANY AND LRFC ARE URGED TO READ THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT, JOINT PROXY STATEMENT AND OTHER DOCUMENTS THAT ARE FILED OR WILL BE FILED WITH THE SEC, AS WELL AS ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS TO THESE DOCUMENTS, CAREFULLY AND IN THEIR ENTIRETY WHEN THEY BECOME AVAILABLE BECAUSE THEY WILL CONTAIN IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THE COMPANY, LRFC AND THE PROPOSALS. Investors and security holders will be able to obtain the documents filed with the SEC free of charge at the SEC’s website, http://www.sec.gov or, for documents filed by the Company, from the Company’s website at https://www.portmanridge.com, and, for documents filed by LRFC, from LRFC’s website at https://www.loganridgefinance.com.

    Participants in the Solicitation
    the Company, its directors, certain of its executive officers and certain employees and officers of Sierra Crest Investment Management LLC and its affiliates may be deemed to be participants in the solicitation of proxies in connection with the Proposals. Information about the directors and executive officers of the Company is set forth in its proxy statement for its 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which was filed with the SEC on April 29, 2025. LRFC, its directors, certain of its executive officers and certain employees and officers of Mount Logan Management LLC, and its affiliates may be deemed to be participants in the solicitation of proxies in connection with the Proposals. Information about the directors and executive officers of LRFC is set forth in the Annual Report on Form 10-K/A, which was filed with the SEC on April 29, 2025. Information regarding the persons who may, under the rules of the SEC, be considered participants in the solicitation of the Company and LRFC shareholders in connection with the Proposals will be contained in the Registration Statement, including the Joint Proxy Statement included therein, and other relevant materials when such documents become available. These documents may be obtained free of charge from the sources indicated above.

    No Offer or Solicitation
    This document is not, and under no circumstances is it to be construed as, a prospectus or an advertisement and the communication of this document is not, and under no circumstances is it to be construed as, an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to purchase any securities in the Company, LRFC or in any fund or other investment vehicle managed by BC Partners or any of its affiliates.

    Contacts:
    Portman Ridge Finance Corporation

    650 Madison Avenue, 3rd floor
    New York, NY 10022
    info@portmanridge.com

    Brandon Satoren
    Chief Financial Officer
    Brandon.Satoren@bcpartners.com
    (212) 891-2880

    The Equity Group Inc.
    Lena Cati
    lcati@equityny.com
    (212) 836-9611

    Val Ferraro
    vferraro@equityny.com
    (212) 836-9633

    PORTMAN RIDGE FINANCE CORPORATION
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
    (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

      March 31, 2025     December 31, 2024  
      (Unaudited)        
    ASSETS          
    Investments at fair value:          
    Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments (amortized cost of $365,539 and $358,153, respectively) $ 333,519     $ 327,622  
    Non-controlled affiliated investments (amortized cost of $67,137 and $68,858, respectively)   61,523       64,384  
    Controlled affiliated investments (amortized cost of $49,061 and $49,421, respectively)   11,381       13,015  
    Total Investments at fair value (amortized cost of $481,737 and $476,432, respectively) $ 406,423     $ 405,021  
    Cash and cash equivalents   9,233       17,532  
    Restricted cash   14,278       22,421  
    Interest receivable   4,787       6,088  
    Dividend receivable   1,247       1,367  
    Other assets   2,812       1,205  
    Total Assets $ 438,780     $ 453,634  
    LIABILITIES          
    4.875% Notes Due 2026 (net of deferred financing costs and original issue discount of $832 and $1,017, respectively) $ 107,168     $ 106,983  
    Great Lakes Portman Ridge Funding LLC Revolving Credit Facility (net of deferred financing costs of $1,198 and $1,322, respectively)   146,181       158,157  
    Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities   4,900       3,007  
    Accrued interest payable   4,634       3,646  
    Due to affiliates         635  
    Management and incentive fees payable   2,386       2,713  
    Total Liabilities $ 265,269     $ 275,141  
    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES          
    NET ASSETS          
    Common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 20,000,000 common shares authorized; 9,965,480 issued, and 9,202,870 outstanding at March 31, 2025, and 9,960,785 issued, and 9,198,175 outstanding at December 31, 2024 $ 92     $ 92  
    Capital in excess of par value   714,398       714,331  
    Total distributable (loss) earnings   (540,979 )     (535,930 )
    Total Net Assets $ 173,511     $ 178,493  
    Total Liabilities and Net Assets $ 438,780     $ 453,634  
    Net Asset Value Per Common Share $ 18.85     $ 19.41  
    PORTMAN RIDGE FINANCE CORPORATION
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
     
      For the Three Months Ended March 31,  
      2025     2024  
    INVESTMENT INCOME          
    Interest income:          
    Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments $ 7,300     $ 12,621  
    Non-controlled affiliated investments   316       95  
    Total interest income   7,616       12,716  
    Payment-in-kind income:          
    Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments(1)   2,853       1,894  
    Non-controlled affiliated investments   208       112  
    Total payment-in-kind income   3,061       2,006  
    Dividend income:          
    Non-controlled affiliated investments   1,417       1,653  
    Total dividend income   1,417       1,653  
    Fees and other income:          
    Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments   24       151  
    Total fees and other income   24       151  
    Total investment income   12,118       16,526  
    EXPENSES          
    Management fees   1,466       1,729  
    Performance-based incentive fees   920       1,234  
    Interest and amortization of debt issuance costs   4,298       5,725  
    Professional fees   452       604  
    Administrative services expense   411       356  
    Directors’ expense   144       162  
    Other general and administrative expenses   87       490  
    Total expenses   7,778       10,300  
    NET INVESTMENT INCOME   4,340       6,226  
    REALIZED AND UNREALIZED GAINS (LOSSES) ON INVESTMENTS          
    Net realized gains (losses) from investment transactions:          
    Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments   (81 )     (1,641 )
    Non-controlled affiliated investments   (92 )      
    Controlled affiliated investments         (416 )
    Net realized gain (loss) on investments   (173 )     (2,057 )
    Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on:          
    Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments   (1,501 )     (659 )
    Non-controlled affiliated investments   (1,140 )     140  
    Controlled affiliated investments   (1,274 )     590  
    Derivatives   12        
    Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments   (3,903 )     71  
    Tax (provision) benefit on realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments   (346 )     459  
    Net realized and unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments, net of taxes   (4,422 )     (1,527 )
    Net realized gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt         (213 )
    NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN NET ASSETS RESULTING FROM OPERATIONS $ (82 )   $ 4,486  
    Net Increase (Decrease) In Net Assets Resulting from Operations per Common Share:          
    Basic and Diluted: $ (0.01 )   $ 0.48  
    Net Investment Income Per Common Share:          
    Basic and Diluted: $ 0.47     $ 0.67  
    Weighted Average Shares of Common Stock Outstanding — Basic and Diluted   9,198,223       9,344,994  

    (1) During the three months ended March 31, 2025, and 2024, the Company received $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively, of non-recurring fee income that was paid in-kind and included in this financial statement line item.

    __________________________________

    1 Core investment income represents reported total investment income as determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP, less the impact of purchase discount accretion in connection with the Garrison Capital Inc. (“GARS”) and Harvest Capital Credit Corporation (“HCAP”) mergers. Portman Ridge believes presenting core investment income and the related per share amount is useful and appropriate supplemental disclosure for analyzing its financial performance due to the unique circumstance giving rise to the purchase accounting adjustment. However, core investment income is a non-U.S. GAAP measure and should not be considered as a replacement for total investment income and other earnings measures presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Instead, core investment income should be reviewed only in connection with such U.S. GAAP measures in analyzing Portman Ridge’s financial performance.
    2 Net leverage is calculated as the ratio between (A) debt, excluding unamortized debt issuance costs, less available cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash and (B) NAV. Portman Ridge believes presenting a net leverage ratio is useful and appropriate supplemental disclosure because it reflects the Company’s financial condition net of $23.5 million and $40.0 million of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash as of March 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, respectively. However, the net leverage ratio is a non-U.S. GAAP measure and should not be considered as a replacement for the regulatory asset coverage ratio and other similar information presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Instead, the net leverage ratio should be reviewed only in connection with such U.S. GAAP measures in analyzing Portman Ridge’s financial condition.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: NuVista Energy Ltd. Announces Strong First Quarter 2025 Results and Significant Progress on Our Shareholder Return Strategy

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    CALGARY, Alberta, May 08, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — NuVista Energy Ltd. (“NuVista” or the “Company“) (TSX: NVA) is pleased to announce strong financial and operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2025, and to provide an update on our operational performance. Our high-quality asset base continues to deliver strong returns across commodity price cycles, supported by the consistent achievement of new production milestones. We made significant progress on our NCIB to return capital to shareholders and further enhanced our financial strength by successfully amending and renewing our three-year covenant-based credit facility. Having completed a strong first quarter, we are pleased to reaffirm our annual capital and production guidance.  

    Operational and Financial Highlights

    During the first quarter ended March 31, 2025, NuVista:

    • Achieved our highest-ever quarterly average production of 89,516 Boe/d, surpassing our guidance range of 87,000 – 88,000 Boe/d and representing a 12% increase in production compared to the first quarter of 2024. The production composition for the first quarter was 28% condensate(1), 10% NGLs and 62% natural gas;
    • Executed a net capital expenditure(3) program of $153.4 million, resulting in the drilling and completion of 9 and 24 wells, respectively;
    • Generated adjusted funds flow(2) of $191.9 million ($0.94/share, basic(4)), reflecting a 42% increase compared to the first quarter of 2024;
    • Realized free adjusted funds flow(3) of $35.0 million ($0.17/share, basic(4));
    • Delivered a strong operating netback(5) at $28.41/Boe and a corporate netback(5) at $23.84/Boe, reflecting increases of 30% and 28%, respectively, compared to the first quarter of 2024;
    • Repurchased and cancelled 3.6 million common shares, at an average price of $12.86 per common share, for a total cost of $45.8 million. Since the inception of the Company’s normal course issuer bid (“NCIB”) in 2022, we have repurchased and cancelled 40.5 million common shares for an aggregate cost of $487.3 million or $12.04 per share;
    • Strengthened our financial position through the amendment and renewal of our three-year covenant-based credit facility, increasing the facility size to $550 million and extending its maturity by one year to May 8, 2028;
    • Exited the period with $2.7 million of available cash and net debt(2) of $267.6 million, maintaining a favorable net debt to annualized first quarter adjusted funds flow(2) ratio of 0.3x; and
    • Achieved net earnings of $112.2 million ($0.55/share, basic), reflecting a 214% increase compared to the first quarter of 2024;

    Notes:

    (1) Natural gas liquids are defined by National Instrument 51-101 –Standards of Disclosure for Oil and Gas Activities to include ethane, butane, propane, pentanes plus and condensate. Unless explicitly stated in this press release, references to “NGL” refers only to ethane, butane and propane and references to “condensate” refers to only to condensate and pentanes plus. NuVista has disclosed condensate and pentanes plus values separately from ethane, butane and propane values as NuVista believes it provides a more accurate description of NuVista’s operations and results therefrom.
    (2) Each of “adjusted funds flow”, “net debt” and “net debt to annualized first quarter adjusted funds flow” are capital management measures. Reference should be made to the section entitled “Specified Financial Measures” in this press release.
    (3) Each of “free adjusted funds flow” and “net capital expenditures” are non-GAAP financial measures that do not have any standardized meanings under IFRS Accounting Standards and therefore may not be comparable to similar measures presented by other companies where similar terminology is used. Reference should be made to the section entitled “Specified Financial Measures” in this press release.
    (4) Each of “adjusted funds flow per share” and “free adjusted funds flow per share” are supplementary financial measures. Reference should be made to the section entitled “Specified Financial Measures” in this press release.
    (5) Each of “operating netback” and “corporate netback” are non-GAAP ratios that do not have any standardized meanings under IFRS Accounting Standards and therefore may not be comparable to similar measures presented by other companies where similar terminology is used. Reference should be made to the section entitled “Specified Financial Measures” in this press release.
       

    Operations Update

    Operations during the first three months of 2025 have progressed well. We have reached new corporate production milestones facilitated by the consistent utilization of our two drilling rigs and established completions crew.

    Notable operational achievements in the first quarter ended March 31, 2025, included:

    • Sustaining production above 90,000 Boe/d for the month of March, which exhibits our productive capability prior to our planned expansions coming on-stream later in the second quarter of 2025;
    • Drilling a 4-well Lower and Mid-Montney co-developed pad in Gold Creek, which is slated to come on-stream early in the third quarter of 2025. This pad offsets a 6-well co-developed pad, that in its first year produced an average of 1,250 Boe/d per well (50% condensate), which is 45% above the Gold Creek historical average;
    • Completing and bringing a 5-well pad in Elmworth online early in the second quarter of 2025. Notably, execution performance on this pad continued to set new benchmarks for the area. These improvements have resulted in average drilling and completion costs per well on the pad coming in 17% below the offsetting pad, which was executed in 2024. Production from this pad will be an important datapoint as development moves toward the higher condensate weighted portion of Elmworth;
    • Bringing a 5-well pad in Bilbo online in January, which targeted three benches, including the Lower Montney. The pad has reached its IP60 milestone producing on average 1,580 Boe/d per well, including 46% condensate. Importantly, the Lower Montney exceeded the IP60 average, producing 1,850 Boe/d and over 50% condensate; and
    • Completing a 14-well pad and commencing the drilling of an additional 8-well pad in Pipestone. These wells will underpin our growth into the newly expanded Pipestone infrastructure beginning later in the second quarter.

    Return of Capital to Shareholders and Balance Sheet Strength

    NuVista’s approach to capital allocation remains unchanged, maintaining a clear focus on the compounding benefits of absolute growth and reducing outstanding shares to deliver industry-leading total returns. We intend to allocate a minimum of $100 million in 2025, to the repurchase of the Company’s common shares under our NCIB and will allocate at least 75% of any incremental annual free adjusted funds flow above $100 million towards additional share repurchases.

    Given our strong operational and financial performance year-to-date, and based on our current commodity outlook at US$60/Bbl WTI and US$3.50/MMBtu NYMEX, we expect to generate over $200 million in free adjusted funds flow in 2025, positioning us to materially exceed our minimum threshold for the year.

    We remain focused on our disciplined and value-adding growth strategy, and providing significant shareholder returns. We continue to view share repurchases as the most effective initial method of returning capital to shareholders and will reassess this approach as our growth plan progresses.

    As at March 31, 2025, we maintained a strong financial position with $2.7 million in cash and no amounts drawn on our covenant-based credit facility, resulting in net debt of $267.6 million. This remains well below our net debt soft ceiling of $350 million, reinforcing our ability to keep net debt to adjusted funds flow at or below 1.0x, even in a stress case of US$45/Bbl WTI and US$2.00/MMBtu NYMEX. For the first quarter, our net debt to annualized adjusted funds flow was 0.3x.

    Further strengthening our financial position, on May 8, 2025, we renewed and amended our three-year, covenant-based credit facility, increasing its facility size by $100 million from $450 million to $550 million and extending the maturity by one year to May 8, 2028.

    Board Retirement Update

    After 22 years of leadership at NuVista, Mr. Ronald (Ron) Poelzer has decided to retire from our Board, and as such, will not be standing for re-election at this year’s annual shareholders’ meeting. Ron has been a distinguished leader and steadfast advocate for the oil and gas industry, leaving a lasting legacy through the many individuals he has worked with and mentored. As a co-founder of NuVista, he has played a vital role on our board and has been instrumental in shaping NuVista into the strong industry player we are today. His strategic insight, vision, and leadership have helped guide our growth and position us for long-term success.

    The Board of Directors, management team, and all of us at NuVista extend our deepest gratitude to Ron for his invaluable contributions since the Company’s inception in 2003, and we thank him for his long and impactful service while wishing him and his family continued success and happiness in retirement.

    2025 Guidance Update

    Production thus far in 2025 has continued to perform well, with NuVista exceeding first quarter guidance. As previously communicated, the majority of our 2025 growth will come from the Pipestone area with the start-up of a third-party gas plant (“Pipestone Plant”), which is expected to be online late in the second quarter of 2025. Additionally, our annual guidance reflects the planned 4-year turnaround operations that are scheduled to impact production from our Pipestone South, Gold Creek and Elmworth operations during June and July. As such, our second quarter production guidance is 75,000 – 77,000 Boe/d. Subsequent to the planned turnaround and commissioning of the Pipestone Plant, the infrastructure will be in place to support production of approximately 100,000 Boe/d in the fourth quarter of 2025. We reiterate our annual production guidance of approximately 90,000 Boe/d.

    Further we reaffirm our annual net capital expenditure guidance target of approximately $450 million, which will allow us to continue to prioritize at least a triple-digit return of capital to shareholders through the repurchase of our outstanding common shares. However, given recent volatility we continue to monitor the macro environment with a focus on prioritizing economics and returns, as such, if commodity prices continue to weaken and persist, we have the flexibility to adjust our capital program to maximize shareholder returns and preserve our growth economics for a more robust price environment.

    Please note that our updated corporate presentation will be available at www.nuvistaenergy.com on May 8, 2025. NuVista’s management’s discussion and analysis, condensed consolidated interim financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and notes thereto, will be filed on SEDAR+ (www.sedarplus.ca) on May 8, 2024 and can also be obtained at www.nuvistaenergy.com.

    FINANCIAL AND OPERATING HIGHLIGHTS      
      Three months ended March 31  
    ($ thousands, except otherwise stated) 2025   2024   % Change  
    FINANCIAL      
    Petroleum and natural gas revenues 371,405   309,024   20  
    Cash provided by operating activities 232,663   147,893   57  
    Adjusted funds flow (3) 191,886   135,413   42  
    Per share, basic (6) 0.94   0.65   45  
    Per share, diluted (6) 0.94   0.64   47  
    Net earnings 112,152   35,769   214  
    Per share, basic 0.55   0.17   224  
    Per share, diluted 0.55   0.17   224  
    Total assets 3,579,218   3,134,976   14  
    Net capital expenditures (1) 153,411   187,856   (18 )
    Net debt (3) 267,568   261,171   2  
    OPERATING      
    Daily Production      
    Natural gas (MMcf/d) 334.8   292.8   14  
    Condensate (Bbls/d) 25,178   24,220   4  
    NGLs (Bbls/d) 8,542   7,022   22  
    Total (Boe/d) 89,516   80,042   12  
    Condensate & NGLs weighting 38%   39%    
    Condensate weighting 28%   30%    
    Average realized selling prices (5)      
    Natural gas ($/Mcf) 3.91   3.08   27  
    Condensate ($/Bbl) 98.17   95.10   3  
    NGLs ($/Bbl) (4) 40.53   27.23   49  
    Netbacks ($/Boe)      
    Petroleum and natural gas revenues 46.10   42.43   9  
    Realized gain (loss) on financial derivatives 2.18   (0.18 ) (1,311 )
    Other income 0.01   0.05   (80 )
    Royalties (3.89 ) (4.47 ) (13 )
    Transportation expense (4.75 ) (4.47 ) 6  
    Net operating expense (2) (11.24 ) (11.51 ) (2 )
    Operating netback (2) 28.41   21.85   30  
    Corporate netback (2) 23.84   18.58   28  
    SHARE TRADING STATISTICS      
    High ($/share) 14.51   12.11   20  
    Low ($/share) 10.61   9.59   11  
    Close ($/share) 13.60   11.88   14  
    Common shares outstanding (thousands of shares) 200,664   206,332   (3 )

    Notes:

    (1) Non-GAAP financial measure that does not have any standardized meaning under IFRS Accounting Standards and therefore may not be comparable to similar measures presented by other companies where similar terminology is used. Reference should be made to the section entitled“Specified Financial Measures”.
    (2) Non-GAAP ratio that does not have any standardized meaning under IFRS Accounting Standards and therefore may not be comparable to similar measures presented by other companies where similar terminology is used. Reference should be made to the section entitled“Specified Financial Measures”.
    (3) Capital management measure. Reference should be made to the section entitled“Specified Financial Measures”.
    (4) Natural gas liquids (“NGLs”) includes butane, propane and ethane revenue and sales volumes, and sulphur revenue.
    (5) Product prices exclude realized gains/losses on financial derivatives.
    (6) Supplementary financial measure. Reference should be made to the section entitled“Specified Financial Measures”.
       

    Advisories Regarding Oil and Gas Information

    BOEs may be misleading, particularly if used in isolation. A BOE conversion ratio of 6 Mcf: 1 Bbl is based on an energy equivalency conversion method primarily applicable at the burner tip and does not represent a value equivalency at the wellhead. As the value ratio between natural gas and crude oil based on the current prices of natural gas and crude oil is significantly different from the energy equivalency of 6:1, utilizing a conversion on a 6:1 basis may be misleading as an indication of value.

    Any references in this press release to initial production rates are useful in confirming the presence of hydrocarbons, however, such rates are not determinative of the rates at which such wells will continue production and decline thereafter. While encouraging, readers are cautioned not to place reliance on such rates in calculating the aggregate production for NuVista.

    This press release contains certain oil and gas metrics, which do not have standardized meanings or standard methods of calculation and therefore such measures may not be comparable to similar measures used by other companies and should not be used to make comparisons. Such metrics have been included herein to provide readers with additional measures to evaluate NuVista’s performance; however, such measures are not reliable indicators of NuVista’s future performance and future performance may not compare to NuVista’s performance in previous periods and therefore such metrics should not be unduly relied upon. Management uses these oil and gas metrics for its own performance measurements and to provide security holders with measures to compare NuVista’s operations over time. Readers are cautioned that the information provided by these metrics, or that can be derived from the metrics presented in this presentation, should not be relied upon for investment or other purposes.

    In this press release reference is made to 2025 price outlook in the forecast of annual free adjusted funds flow. The forecast is based on 2025 price assumptions of: US$60/Bbl WTI, US$3.50/MMBtu NYMEX, C$1.95/GJ AECO and 1.38:1 CAD:USD FX.

    Basis of presentation

    Unless otherwise noted, the financial data presented in this press release has been prepared in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) also known as International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”).

    Natural gas liquids are defined by National Instrument 51-101 – Standards of Disclosure for Oil and Gas Activities” to include ethane, butane, propane, pentanes plus and condensate. Unless explicitly stated in this press release, references to “NGL” refers only to ethane, butane and propane and references to “condensate” refers to only to condensate and pentanes plus. NuVista has disclosed condensate and pentanes plus values separately from ethane, butane and propane values as NuVista believes it provides a more accurate description of NuVista’s operations and results therefrom.

    Production split for Boe/d amounts referenced in the press release are as follows:

    Reference Total Boe/d Natural Gas
    %
    Condensate
    %
    NGLs
    %
             
    Q1 2025 production – actual 89,516 62 % 28 % 10 %
    Q1 2025 production – guidance 87,000 – 88,000 63 % 28 % 9 %
    Q2 2025 production – guidance 75,000 – 77,000 62 % 29 % 9 %
    2025 annual production guidance ~90,000 61 % 30 % 9 %

    Advisory regarding forward-looking information and statements

    This press release contains forward-looking statements and forward-looking information (collectively, “forward-looking statements”) within the meaning of applicable securities laws. The use of any of the words “will”, “expects”, “believe”, “plans”, “potential” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. More particularly and without limitation, this press release contains forward looking statements, including but not limited to:

    • that the amendment and renewal of our three-year covenant-based credit facility will strengthen our financial position;
    • our expectation that a 4-well Lower and Mid-Montney co-development pad in Gold Creek will be brought on-stream in the second quarter;
    • our expectation that an 8-well pad in Pipestone will be brought on-steam late in the third quarter and the anticipated benefits therefrom;
    • our expectations regarding production from the 5-well pad in Elmworth and the anticipated benefits therefrom;
    • our expectation that we will generate $200 million in free adjusted funds flow in 2025;
    • our intention to allocate $100 million to repurchase our common shares in 2025, with at least 75% of any incremental free adjusted funds flow also allocated to the repurchase of our common share pursuant to our NCIB;
    • our expectation that we will have fulfilled the $100 million repurchase commitment to shareholders in the first half of the year;
    • that our soft ceiling net debt will allow our current production levels to be sustainable and maintain an adjusted funds flow ratio below 1.0x in a stress test price environment of US$45/Bbl WTI and US$2.00/MMBtu NYMEX;
    • NuVista’s ability to continue directing free adjusted funds flow towards a prudent balance of return of capital to shareholders and debt reduction, while investing in high return growth projects;
    • the anticipated allocation of free adjusted funds flow;
    • guidance with respect to second quarter 2025 production and production mix;
    • the expected timing of start-up of the Pipestone Plant and the anticipated benefits thereof;
    • our expectations that following the planned turnaround and commissioning of the Pipestone Plant, the infrastructure will be in place to support production of approximately 100,000 Boe/d in the fourth quarter of 2025;
    • our 2025 full year production, full year production mix and net capital expenditures guidance ranges;
    • our plan to continue to maintain an efficient drilling program by employing 2-drill-rig execution;
    • our future focus, strategy, plans, opportunities and operations; and
    • other such similar statements.

    The future acquisition of our common shares pursuant to a share buyback (including through our normal course issuer bid), if any, and the level thereof is uncertain. Any decision to acquire common shares pursuant to a share buyback will be subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors and may depend on a variety of factors, including, without limitation, the Company’s business performance, financial condition, financial requirements, growth plans, expected capital requirements and other conditions existing at such future time including, without limitation, contractual restrictions and satisfaction of the solvency tests imposed on the Company under applicable corporate law. There can be no assurance of the number of common shares that the Company will acquire pursuant to a share buyback, if any, in the future.

    By their nature, forward-looking statements are based upon certain assumptions and are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, some of which are beyond NuVista’s control, including the impact of general economic conditions, industry conditions, current and future commodity prices and inflation rates; that (i) the tariffs that are currently in effect on goods exported from or imported into Canada continue in effect for an extended period of time, the tariffs that have been threatened are implemented, that tariffs that are currently suspended are reactivated, the rate or scope of tariffs are increased, or new tariffs are imposed, including on oil and natural gas, (ii) the U.S. and/or Canada imposes any other form of tax, restriction or prohibition on the import or export of products from one country to the other, including on oil and natural gas, and (iii) the tariffs imposed or threatened to be imposed by the U.S. on other countries and retaliatory tariffs imposed or threatened to be imposed by other countries on the U.S., will trigger a broader global trade war which could have a material adverse effect on the Canadian, U.S. and global economies, and by extension the Canadian oil and natural gas industry and the Company, including by decreasing demand for (and the price of) oil and natural gas, disrupting supply chains, increasing costs, causing volatility in global financial markets, and limiting access to financing; the impact of ongoing global events, including Middle East and European tensions, with respect to commodity prices, currency and interest rates, anticipated production rates, borrowing, operating and other costs and adjusted funds flow; the timing, allocation and amount of net capital expenditures and the results therefrom; anticipated reserves and the imprecision of reserve estimates; the performance of existing wells; the success obtained in drilling new wells; the sufficiency of budgeted net capital expenditures in carrying out planned activities; access to infrastructure and markets; competition from other industry participants; availability of qualified personnel or services and drilling and related equipment; stock market volatility; effects of regulation by governmental agencies including changes in environmental regulations, tax laws and royalties; the ability to access sufficient capital from internal sources and bank and equity markets; that we will be able to execute our 2025 drilling plans as expected; our ability to carry out our 2025 production and capital guidance as expected, and by extension the oil and gas industry; and including, without limitation, those risks considered under “Risk Factors” in our Annual Information Form.

    Readers are cautioned that the assumptions used in the preparation of such information, although considered reasonable at the time of preparation, may prove to be imprecise and, as such, undue reliance should not be placed on forward-looking statements. NuVista’s actual results, performance or achievement could differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements, or if any of them do so, what benefits NuVista will derive therefrom. NuVista has included the forward-looking statements in this press release in order to provide readers with a more complete perspective on NuVista’s future operations and such information may not be appropriate for other purposes. NuVista disclaims any intention or obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

    This press release also contains financial outlook and future oriented financial information (together, “FOFI”) relating to NuVista including, without limitation, net capital expenditures in 2025, production and free adjusted funds flow which are based on, among other things, the various assumptions disclosed in this press release including under “Advisory regarding forward-looking information and statements” and including assumptions regarding benchmark pricing as it relates to the 2025 capital allocation framework. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the FOFI contained in this press release does not include the potential impact of tariff or trade-related regulation that have been announced by the U.S. and Canada, including the tariffs imposed by the U.S. on Canada effective March 4, 2025. Readers are cautioned that the assumptions used in the preparation of such information, although considered reasonable at the time of preparation, may prove to be imprecise and the impact of the tariffs on NuVista’s business operations and financial condition, while currently unknown, may be material and adverse and, as such, undue reliance should not be placed on FOFI. NuVista’s actual results, performance or achievement could differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, these FOFI, or if any of them do so, what benefits NuVista will derive therefrom. NuVista has included the FOFI in order to provide readers with a more complete perspective on NuVista’s future operations and such information may not be appropriate for other purposes.

    These forward-looking statements and FOFI are made as of the date of this press release and NuVista disclaims any intent or obligation to update any forward-looking statements and FOFI, whether as a result of new information, future events or results or otherwise, other than as required by applicable securities law.

    Specified Financial Measures

    This press release uses various specified financial measures (as such terms are defined in National Instrument 52-112 – Non-GAAP Disclosure and Other Financial Measures Disclosure (“NI 51-112”)) including “non-GAAP financial measures”, “non-GAAP ratios”, “capital management measures” and “supplementary financial measures” (as such terms are defined in NI 51-112), which are described in further detail below. Management believes that the presentation of these non-GAAP measures provides useful information to investors and shareholders as the measures provide increased transparency and the ability to better analyze performance against prior periods on a comparable basis.

    (1)   Non-GAAP financial measures

    NI 52-112 defines a non-GAAP financial measure as a financial measure that: (i) depicts the historical or expected future financial performance, financial position or cash flow of an entity; (ii) with respect to its composition, excludes an amount that is included in, or includes an amount that is excluded from, the composition of the most directly comparable financial measure disclosed in the primary financial statements of the entity; (iii) is not disclosed in the financial statements of the entity; and (iv) is not a ratio, fraction, percentage or similar representation.

    These non-GAAP financial measures are not standardized financial measures under IFRS Accounting Standards and might not be comparable to similar measures presented by other companies where similar terminology is used. Investors are cautioned that these measures should not be construed as alternatives to or more meaningful than the most directly comparable GAAP measures as indicators of NuVista’s performance. Set forth below are descriptions of the non-GAAP financial measures used in this press release.

    • Free adjusted funds flow

    Free adjusted funds flow is adjusted funds flow less net capital expenditures, power generation expenditures, and asset retirement expenditures. Each of the components of free adjusted funds flow are non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to disclosures under the headings “Capital management measures” and “Net capital expenditures” for a description of each component of free adjusted funds flow. Management uses free adjusted funds flow as a measure of the efficiency and liquidity of its business, measuring its funds available for additional capital allocation to manage debt levels and return capital to shareholders through its NCIB program and/or dividend payments. By removing the impact of current period net capital and asset retirement expenditures, management believes this measure provides an indication of the funds NuVista has available for future capital allocation decisions.

    The following table sets out our free adjusted funds flow compared to the most directly comparable GAAP measure of cash provided by operating activities less cash used in investing activities for the applicable periods:

      Three months ended March 31  
    ($ thousands) 2025   2024  
    Cash provided by operating activities 232,663   147,893  
    Cash used in investing activities (178,028 ) (166,027 )
    Excess cash provided by operating activities over cash used in investing activities 54,635   (18,134 )
         
    Adjusted funds flow 191,886   135,413  
    Net capital expenditures (153,411 ) (187,856 )
    Power generation expenditures   (1,680 )
    Asset retirement expenditures (3,480 ) (6,450 )
    Free adjusted funds flow 34,995   (60,573 )
    • Net Capital expenditures

    Net capital expenditures are equal to cash used in investing activities, excluding changes in non-cash working capital, other asset expenditures, and power generation expenditures. The Company includes funds used for property acquisitions or proceeds from property dispositions within net capital expenditures as these transactions are part of its development plans. NuVista considers net capital expenditures to represent its organic capital program inclusive of capital spending for acquisition and disposition proposes and a useful measure of cash flow used for capital reinvestment. There were no differences between capital expenditures and net capital expenditures for the three months ended March 31, 2025, and March 31, 2024, as NuVista did not complete any property acquisitions or dispositions during these periods.

    The following table provides a reconciliation between the non-GAAP measure of net capital expenditures to the most directly comparable GAAP measure of cash used in investing activities for the applicable periods:

      Three months ended March 31  
    ($ thousands) 2025   2024  
    Cash used in investing activities (178,028 ) (166,027 )
    Changes in non-cash working capital (398 ) (23,509 )
    Other asset expenditures 25,015    
    Power generation expenditures   1,680  
    Net capital expenditures (153,411 ) (187,856 )

    The following table provides a breakdown of net capital expenditures and power generation expenditures by category for the applicable periods:

      Three months ended March 31
    ($ thousands, except % amounts) 2025 % of total 2024 % of total
    Land and retention costs 964
    Geological and geophysical 363 185
    Drilling and completion 131,494 86 128,965 69
    Facilities and equipment 19,720 13 56,101 30
    Corporate and other 1,834 1 1,641 1
    Net capital expenditures 153,411   187,856  
    Power generation expenditures   1,680  

    (2)   Non-GAAP ratios

    NI 52-112 defines a non-GAAP ratio as a financial measure that: (i) is in the form of a ratio, fraction, percentage or similar representation; (ii) has a non-GAAP financial measure as one or more of its components; and (iii) is not disclosed in the financial statements of the entity. Set forth below is a description of the non-GAAP ratios used in this MD&A.

    These non-GAAP ratios are not standardized financial measures under IFRS Accounting Standards and might not be comparable to similar measures presented by other companies where similar terminology is used. Investors are cautioned that these ratios should not be construed as alternatives to or more meaningful than the most directly comparable IFRS Accounting Standards measures as indicators of NuVista’s performance.

    Per Boe disclosures for petroleum and natural gas revenues, realized gains/losses on financial derivatives, royalties, transportation expense, G&A expense, financing costs, and DD&A expense are non-GAAP ratios that are calculated by dividing each of these respective GAAP measures by NuVista’s total production volumes for the period.

    Non-GAAP ratios presented on a “per Boe” basis may also be considered to be supplementary financial measures (as such term is defined in NI 51-112).

    • Operating netback and corporate netback (“netbacks”), per Boe NuVista calculated netbacks per Boe by dividing the netbacks by total production volumes sold in the period. Each of operating netback and corporate netback are non-GAAP financial measures. Operating netback is calculated as petroleum and natural gas revenues, realized financial derivative gains/losses and other income, less royalties, transportation expense and net operating expense. Corporate netback is operating netback less general and administrative expense, cash share-based compensation expense (recovery), financing costs excluding accretion expense, and current income tax expense (recovery).

      Management believes both operating and corporate netbacks are key industry benchmarks and measures of operating performance for NuVista that assists management and investors in assessing NuVista’s profitability, and are commonly used by other petroleum and natural gas producers. The measurement on a Boe basis assists management and investors with evaluating NuVista’s operating performance on a comparable basis.

    • Net operating expense, per BoeNuVista calculated net operating expense per Boe by dividing net operating expense by NuVista’s production volumes for the period.

      Management believes that net operating expense, calculated as gross operating expense less processing income and other recoveries, which are included in NuVista’s statements of earnings, is a meaningful measure for investors to understand the net impact of the Company’s operating activities. The measurement on a Boe basis assists management and investors with evaluating NuVista’s operating performance on a comparable basis.

    (3)   Capital management measures

    NI 52-112 defines a capital management measure as a financial measure that: (i) is intended to enable an individual to evaluate an entity’s objectives, policies and processes for managing the entity’s capital; (ii) is not a component of a line item disclosed in the primary financial statements of the entity; (iii) is disclosed in the notes to the financial statements of the entity; and (iv) is not disclosed in the primary financial statements of the entity.

    NuVista has defined net debt, adjusted funds flow, and net debt to annualized fourth quarter adjusted funds flow ratio as capital management measures used by the Company in this press release.

    • Adjusted funds flow

    NuVista considers adjusted funds flow to be a key measure that provides a more comprehensive view of the company’s ability to generate cash flow necessary for financing capital expenditures, meeting asset retirement obligations, and fulfilling its financial commitments. Adjusted funds flow is calculated by adjusting cash flow from operating activities to exclude changes in non-cash working capital and asset retirement expenditures. Management believes these elements are subject to timing variations in collection, payment, and occurrence. By excluding them, management is able to provide a more meaningful performance measure of NuVista’s ongoing operations. Specifically, expenditures on asset retirement obligations may fluctuate depending on the company’s capital programs and the maturity of its operating areas, while environmental remediation recovery is tied to an infrequent incident that management does not expect to recur regularly. The settlement of asset retirement obligations is managed through NuVista’s capital budgeting process, which incorporates the available adjusted funds flow.

    A reconciliation of adjusted funds flow is presented in the following table:

      Three months ended March 31
        2025   2024
    Cash provided by operating activities $ 232,663 $ 147,893
    Asset retirement expenditures   3,480   6,450
    Change in non-cash working capital (44,257) (18,930)
    Adjusted funds flow $ 191,886 $ 135,413

    Net debt is used by management to provide a more comprehensive understanding of NuVista’s capital structure and to assess the company’s liquidity. NuVista calculates net debt by considering cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, long-term debt (the credit facility), senior unsecured notes, and other liabilities. Management uses total market capitalization and the ratio of net debt to annualized adjusted funds flow for the current quarter to analyze balance sheet strength and liquidity.

    The following is a summary of total market capitalization, net debt and net debt to annualized current quarter adjusted funds flow:

      March 31, 2025 December 31, 2024
    Basic common shares outstanding (thousands of shares)   200,664   203,701
    Share price(1) $ 13.60 $ 13.82
    Total market capitalization $ 2,729,030 $ 2,815,148
    Cash and cash equivalents $ (2,677) $
    Accounts receivable and other   (135,657)   (132,538)
    Prepaid expenses   (47,985)   (45,584)
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   256,804   206,862
    Current portion of other liabilities   16,907   18,351
    Long-term debt     5,353
    Senior unsecured notes   163,698   163,258
    Other liabilities   16,478   16,801
    Net debt $ 267,568 $ 232,503
    Annualized current quarter adjusted funds flow $ 767,544 $ 548,236
    Net debt to annualized current quarter adjusted funds flow   0.3   0.4

    (1)  Represents the closing share price on the TSX on the last trading day of the period.

    (4)  Supplementary financial measures

    This press release may contain certain supplementary financial measures. NI 52-112 defines a supplementary financial measure as a financial measure that: (i) is intended to be disclosed on a periodic basis to depict the historical or expected future financial performance, financial position or cash flow of an entity; (ii) is not disclosed in the financial statements of the entity; (iii) is not a non-GAAP financial measure; and (iv) is not a non-GAAP ratio.

    NuVista calculates “adjusted funds flow per share” by dividing adjusted funds flow for a period by the number of weighted average common shares of NuVista for the specified period by dividing operating netback for a period by the number of weighted average common shares of NuVista for the specified period.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
       
    Mike J. Lawford Ivan J. Condic
    President and CEO VP, Finance and CFO
    (403) 538-1936 (403) 538-1945

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Fireweed Announces $45 Million Financing

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION TO UNITED STATES NEWS WIRE SERVICES OR FOR DISSEMINATION IN THE UNITED STATES

    VANCOUVER, British Columbia, May 08, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — FIREWEED METALS CORP. (“Fireweed” or the “Company”) (TSXV: FWZ; OTCQX: FWEDF), is pleased to announce a brokered and non-brokered financing for up to $45 million from strategic and other investors, including the Lundin Family Trusts, to advance exploration and development activities at the Company’s Macpass, Mactung, Gayna and NCIIP projects located in northern Canada.

    Brokered Private Placement

    The Company is pleased to announce that it has entered into an agreement with Ventum Financial Corp. as co-lead agent and bookrunner, alongside Haywood Securities Inc, as co-lead agent, on behalf of a syndicate of agents (together the “Agents”), pursuant to which the Company will undertake a brokered private placement to raise aggregate gross proceeds of up to $35,002,090 (the “Brokered Offering”).

    The Brokered Offering will consist of:

    • 10,753,000 critical mineral charity flow-through common shares (“CM FT Shares”) of the Company at a price of $2.79 per CM FT Share.
    • 1,946,000 non-critical mineral charity flow-through common shares (“NCM FT Shares”) of the Company at a price of $2.57 per NCM FT Share.

    The proceeds from the Brokered Offering will be used for exploration and development of the Company’s projects in northern Canada. The aggregate gross proceeds raised from the NCM FT Shares (the “NCM Commitment Amount”) will be used before on or before December 31, 2026, for general exploration expenditures which will constitute Canadian exploration expenses (within the meaning of subsection 66(15) of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the “Tax Act”)) and “flow-through mining expenditures” under the Tax Act (the “NCM Qualifying Expenditures”). The aggregate gross proceeds raised from the CM FT Shares (the “CM Commitment Amount”) will be used on or before December 31, 2026 for general exploration expenditures which will constitute Canadian exploration expenses (within the meaning of subsection 66(15) of the Tax Act and as “flow-through critical mineral mining expenditures” within the meaning of the Tax Act (the “CM Qualifying Expenditures” and NCM Qualifying Expenditures are referred to collectively as “Qualifying Expenditures”).

    The Brokered Offering is expected to close on or about May 28, 2025, and is subject to certain customary conditions, including, but not limited to, the execution of an agency agreement and the receipt of all necessary regulatory approvals and approval of the TSX Venture Exchange.

    The securities issued pursuant to the Brokered Offering shall be subject to a four-month plus one day hold period commencing on the day of the closing of the Brokered Offering under applicable Canadian securities laws. The securities being offered have not, nor will they be registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons in the absence of U.S. registration or an applicable exemption from the U.S. registration requirements. This release does not constitute an offer for sale of securities in the United States.

    Non-Brokered Private Placement

    Concurrently with the Brokered Offering, the Company will conduct a non-brokered private placement to raise up to $10 million (the “Non-Brokered Offering”). The Lundin Family Trusts (as defined below) have indicated their intention of subscribing in the Non-Brokered Offering.

    The Non-Brokered Offering will consist of:

    • 5,555,600 common shares (“Shares”) of the Company at a price of $1.80 per Share.

    The proceeds from the Non-Brokered Offering will be used for exploration and development of the Company’s projects in northern Canada as well as for working capital and general corporate purposes.

    Trusts settled by the late Adolf H. Lundin (the “Lundin Family Trust”) have indicated their intention to participate in the Non-Brokered Offering. Any such participation would be considered to be a “related party transaction” as defined under Multilateral Instrument 61-101 – Protection of Minority Security Holders in Special Transactions (“MI 61-101”), as a private entity controlled by the Lundin Family Trusts currently holds more than 10% of the Company’s outstanding shares. Such participation will be exempt from the formal valuation and minority shareholder approval requirements under Sections 5.5(a) and 5.7(1)(a) of MI 61-101 as neither the fair market value of the securities acquired by the insiders, nor the consideration for the securities paid by such insiders, will exceed 25% of the Company’s market capitalization.

    The Company expects that participation in the Non-Brokered Offering by the Lundin Family Trusts will require approval of the disinterested shareholders of the Company pursuant to Policy 4.1 of the TSXV Corporate Finance Manual. It is anticipated that a special meeting of the Company’s shareholders (the “Special Meeting”) to consider and approve the Lundin Family Trust’s participation in the Non-Brokered Offering will be held in June 2025.

    Closing of the Non-Brokered Offering is expected to occur promptly following the Special Meeting, or may occur in tranches, and is subject to other customary closing conditions and receipt of certain regulatory approvals.

    Full details of the Non-Brokered Offering will be included in the management information circular and related documents (the “Meeting Materials”) and are expected to be delivered to the Company’s shareholders in May 2025 in connection with the Special Meeting.

    The Brokered Offering and Non-Brokered Offering are both subject to customary closing conditions, including approval of the TSXV.

    About Fireweed Metals Corp.

    Fireweed is an exploration company focused on unlocking value in a new critical metals district located in Northern Canada. Fireweed is 100% owner of the Macpass District, a large and highly prospective 985 km2 land package. The Macpass District includes the Macpass zinc-lead-silver project and the Mactung tungsten project. A Lundin Group company, Fireweed is strongly positioned to create meaningful value.

    Fireweed trades on the TSX Venture Exchange under the trading symbol “FWZ”, on the OTCQX Best Market under the symbol “FWEDF”, and on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “M0G”.

    Additional information about Fireweed and its projects can be found on the Company’s website at FireweedMetals.com and at www.sedarplus.com

    ON BEHALF OF FIREWEED METALS CORP.

    Ian Gibbs

    CEO

    Neither the TSX Venture Exchange nor its Regulation Services Provider (as that term is defined in the policies of the TSX Venture Exchange) accepts responsibility for the adequacy or accuracy of this release.

    Cautionary Statements

    Forward Looking Statements

    This news release contains “forward-looking” statements and information (“forward-looking statements”). All statements, other than statements of historical facts, included herein, including, without limitation, statements relating to the Brokered Offering and the Non-Brokered Offering, timing thereof, completion and use of proceeds thereof, statements relating to interpretation of drill results, targets for exploration, potential extensions of mineralized zones, geophysical anomalies, future work plans, and the potential of the Company’s projects, are forward looking statements. Forward-looking statements are frequently, but not always, identified by words such as “expects”, “anticipates”, “believes”, “intends”, “estimates”, “potential”, “possible”, and similar expressions, or statements that events, conditions, or results “will”, “may”, “could”, or “should” occur or be achieved. Forward-looking statements are based on the beliefs of Company management, as well as assumptions made by and information currently available to Company management and reflect the beliefs, opinions, and projections on the date the statements are made. Forward-looking statements involve various risks and uncertainties and accordingly, readers are advised not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. There can be no assurance that such statements will prove to be accurate, and actual results and future events could differ materially from those anticipated in such statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the Company’s expectations include but are not limited to, exploration and development risks, unanticipated reclamation expenses, expenditure and financing requirements, general economic conditions, changes in financial markets, the ability to properly and efficiently staff the Company’s operations, the sufficiency of working capital and funding for continued operations, title matters, First Nations relations, operating hazards, political and economic factors, competitive factors, metal prices, relationships with vendors and strategic partners, governmental regulations and oversight, permitting, seasonality and weather, technological change, industry practices, uncertainties involved in the interpretation of drilling results and laboratory tests, and one-time events. The Company assumes no obligation to update forward‐looking statements or beliefs, opinions, projections or other factors, except as required by law.

    Contact: Alex Campbell

    Phone: +1 (604) 689-7842

    Email: info@fireweedmetals.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: VAALCO Energy, Inc. Announces First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    HOUSTON, May 08, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — VAALCO Energy, Inc. (NYSE: EGY, LSE: EGY) (“Vaalco” or the “Company”) today reported operational and financial results for the first quarter of 2025.

    First Quarter 2025 Highlights and Recent Key Items:

    • Reported net income of $7.7 million ($0.07 per diluted share), Adjusted Net Income of $6.3 million ($0.06 per diluted share) and Adjusted EBITDAX(1)of $57.0 million;
    • Produced 17,764 net revenue interest (NRI)(2)barrels of oil equivalent per day (“BOEPD”), above the high end of guidance, or 22,402 working interest (WI)(3)BOEPD, toward the high end of guidance;
    • Sold 19,074 NRI BOEPD, toward the high end of guidance;
    • Entered into new reserves based revolving credit facility with an initial commitment of $190 million with the ability to grow to $300 million, secured against certain Vaalco assets;
    • Reduced full year capital expenditure guidance by about 10%, without impacting full year production or sales guidance;
    • Acquired 70% WI(3)in and will operate the CI-705 block in offshore Côte D’Ivoire;
    • Declared quarterly cash dividend of $0.0625 per share of common stock to be paid on June 27, 2025; and
    • Announced that it will host a Capital Markets Day presentation on Wednesday, May 14, 2025.
    (1) Adjusted EBITDAX, Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted Working Capital and Free Cash Flow are Non-GAAP financial measures and are described and reconciled to the closest GAAP measure in the attached table under “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
    (2) All NRI sales and production rates are Vaalco’s working interest volumes less royalty volumes, where applicable.
    (3) All WI production rates and volumes are Vaalco’s working interest volumes, where applicable.

    George Maxwell, Vaalco’s Chief Executive Officer commented, “We delivered another successful quarter, once again meeting or exceeding our guidance. Sales for the first quarter were toward the high end of guidance and our NRI production was above the high end of guidance, leading to solid net income of $0.07 per diluted share and Adjusted EBITDAX of $57.0 million. We continue to execute our strategic vision, with multiple accomplishments achieved in the first quarter that lay the foundation for profitable growth in 2025 and beyond. We entered into a new credit facility that will supplement our internally generated cash flow and cash balance to assist in funding our robust organic growth projects. In Côte D’Ivoire, we commenced the FPSO refurbishment project and are preparing for a drilling campaign in 2026 to augment the production and economic life of the Baobab field. In Gabon, we are preparing for the 2025/2026 drilling program which is scheduled to begin in Q3 2025. While we are continuing with these two major projects, we have decided to reduce our capital expenditure budget for 2025 by about 10%. We are delaying discretionary capital spending and are deferring our capital program in Canada. We are doing all of this without impacting production or sales forecasts for 2025 due to the strong performance of our assets in Gabon and Egypt.”

    “We believe that we are well positioned to fund the meaningful growth and opportunities that we have planned over the next few years which should lead to even greater growth and value for the remainder of the decade. We look forward to providing additional details at our Capital Markets Day next week describing our diversified asset portfolio and the upside that we believe is available to drive future organic growth.”

    Operational Update

    Egypt

    The start of the 2024 drilling campaign was deferred until late 2024. In Q4 2024, we completed one well. In Q1 2025, we completed an additional five wells. Four of the five wells that were completed in Q1 2025 were brought online and had an average initial production rate for the first 30 days of approximately 135 barrels of oil per day (“BOPD”). The fifth well was brought online in early Q2 2025. In addition to all new wells successfully increasing production levels, new reserves and a new production zone were discovered in the Bakr formation. The Company is reviewing several options to improve flow as the reservoir contains heavier oil.

    The Company continues to perform detailed technical reviews of its newly drilled and existing wells while also continuing to work on enhancing production through a series of planned workovers and recompletions.

    Canada

    In the first half of 2024, Vaalco drilled and completed four 2.75 mile lateral wells in Canada. These wells continue to meet production expectations and the Company is monitoring their longer-term performance for future drilling opportunities. In 2025, Vaalco has decided to defer the drilling of additional wells in Canada to reduce the Company’s overall capital expenditures.

    Gabon

    The Company secured a drilling rig in December 2024 in conjunction with its 2025/2026 drilling program, which is planned to begin in Q3 2025 to drill multiple development wells, and appraisal or exploration wells, as well as to perform workovers, with options to drill additional wells. Vaalco plans to drill the wells at both the Etame platform and at the Seent platform, and perform a re-drill and several workovers in the Ebouri field to access production and reserves that were previously shut in and removed from proved reserves due to the presence of hydrogen sulfide (“H2S”).

    In Q1 2025, Vaalco conducted an extended flow test on the Ebouri 4-H well to gather information on the H2S concentrations at this location to aid in equipment design and to evaluate Vaalco’s chemical crude sweetening process. The well has flowed for over four months, and the H2S concentration is within modeling expectations, demonstrating Vaalco’s ability to treat the oil. The well has provided additional production, with some additional operating costs associated with the chemical treatment, adding to the Company’s strong first quarter results.

    Côte d’Ivoire

    As part of the planned dry dock refurbishment, the Baobab Floating Production Storage and Offloading vessel (“FPSO”) ceased hydrocarbon production on January 31, 2025 and the final lifting of crude oil from the FPSO took place in February 2025. The vessel departed from the field in late March 2025 and is now currently under tow to the shipyard in Dubai for the refurbishment. Significant development drilling is expected to begin in 2026 after the FPSO is expected to return to service with potential meaningful additions to production from the main Baobab field in CI-40, as well as a potential future development of the Kossipo field, which is also on the license.

    In March 2025, Vaalco announced that it had farmed into the CI-705 block offshore Côte d’Ivoire. Vaalco is the operator of the block with a 70% WI and a 100% paying interest through a commercial carry arrangement and is partnering with Ivory Coast Exploration Oil & Gas SAS and PETROCI. The CI-705 block is located in the prolific Tano basin and is approximately 70 kilometers (“km”) to the west of Vaalco’s CI-40 Block, where the Baobab and Kossipo oil fields are located, and 60 km west of ENI’s recent Calao discovery. Block CI-705 covers approximately 2,300 km2 and is lightly explored with three wells drilled to date on the block. The water depth across the block ranges from zero to 2,500 meters. Vaalco has invested $3 million to acquire its interest in the new block, which it believes has significant prospectivity.

    Financial UpdateFirst Quarter of 2025

    Vaalco reported net income of $7.7 million ($0.07 per diluted share) for Q1 2025, which was down 34% compared with net income of $11.7 million ($0.11 per diluted share) in Q4 2024 and up modestly compared to $7.7 million ($0.07 per diluted share) in Q1 2024. The decrease in earnings compared with Q4 2024 was driven by lower sales volume in Q1 2025 of 1,717 MBOE compared to a sales volume of 1,872 MBOE in Q4 2024 and higher production expense, partially offset by lower depreciation, depletion and amortization (“DD&A”) and lower income tax expense.

    Adjusted EBITDAX totaled $57.0 million in Q1 2025, a 25% decrease from $76.2 million in Q4 2024. The decrease was primarily due to lower sales volumes and higher production expense. Adjusted EBITDAX was down 8% from $61.7 million generated in Q1 2024.


    Quarterly Summary – Sales and Net Revenue
                           
    $ in thousands Three Months Ended March 31, 2025   Three Months Ended December 31, 2024
      Gabon   Egypt   Canada   Côte d’Ivoire   Total   Gabon   Egypt   Canada   Côte d’Ivoire   Total
    Oil Sales   59,864       57,656       5,325       18,042   $ 140,887       54,172       59,010       6,685       28,045   $ 147,912  
    NGL Sales               1,808           1,808                   1,965           1,965  
    Gas Sales               636           636                   421           421  
    Gross Sales   59,864       57,656       7,769       18,042     143,331       54,172       59,010       9,071       28,045     150,298  
                                           
    Selling Costs & Carried Interest         (149 )     (232 )         (381 )     450       (130 )     (319 )         1  
    Royalties & Taxes   (7,677 )     (23,587 )     (1,357 )         (32,621 )     (7,455 )     (19,899 )     (1,224 )         (28,578 )
                                           
    Net Revenue   52,187       33,920       6,180       18,042     110,329       47,167       38,981       7,528       28,045     121,721  
                                           
    Oil Sales MMB (working interest)   757       920       80       238     1,995       733       923       99       379     2,134  
    Average Oil Price Received $ 79.09     $ 62.49     $ 66.17     $ 75.87   $ 70.61     $ 73.92     $ 63.92     $ 67.68     $ 73.90   $ 69.30  
    Change                   2 %                    
    Average Brent Price                 $ 75.87                     $ 74.66  
    Change                   2 %                    
                                           
    Gas Sales MMCF (working interest)               413           413                   431           431  
    Average Gas Price Received             $ 1.54         $ 1.54                 $ 0.98         $ 0.98  
    Change                   57 %                    
    Average Aeco Price ($USD)             $ 1.43         $ 1.43                 $ 1.36         $ 1.36  
    Change                   5 %                    
                                           
    NGL Sales MMB (working interest)               69           69                   75           75  
    Average Liquids Price Received             $ 26.39         $ 26.39                 $ 26.22         $ 26.22  
    Change                   1 %                    
     
    Revenue and Sales Q1 2025   Q1 2024   % Change Q1 2025 vs. Q1 2024   Q4 2024   % Change Q1 2025 vs. Q4 2024
    Production (NRI BOEPD)   17,764     16,848   5 %     20,775   (14 %)
    Sales (NRI BOE)   1,717,000     1,490,000   15 %     1,872,000   (8 %)
    Realized commodity price ($/BOE) $ 64.27   $ 66.43   (3 %)   $ 64.77   (1)%
    Commodity (Per BOE including realized commodity derivatives) $ 64.34   $ 66.41   (3 %)   $ 64.48   %
    Total commodity sales ($MM) $ 110.3   $ 100.2   10 %   $ 121.7   (9 %)

    In Q1 2025, Vaalco had a net revenue decrease of $11.4 million or 9% compared to Q4 2024 as total NRI sales volumes of 1,717 MBOE was 8% lower than the Q4 2024 volumes of 1,872 MBOE but was 15% higher compared to 1,490 MBOE for Q1 2024, primarily due to production from the Cote d’Ivoire assets acquired in April 2024. Q1 2025 NRI sales were toward the high end of Vaalco’s guidance.

    Costs and Expenses Q1 2025   Q1 2024   % Change Q1 2025 vs. Q1 2024   Q4 2024   % Change Q1 2025 vs. Q4 2024
    Production expense, excluding offshore workovers and stock comp ($MM) $ 44.7     $ 32.1     39 %   $ 36.5     23 %
    Production expense, excluding offshore workovers ($/BOE) $ 26.08     $ 21.58     21 %   $ 19.52     34 %
    Offshore workover expense ($MM) $     $ (0.1 )   %   $ 0.1     %
    Depreciation, depletion and amortization ($MM) $ 30.3     $ 25.8     17 %   $ 37.0     (18 %)
    Depreciation, depletion and amortization ($/BOE) $ 17.65     $ 17.30     2 %   $ 19.79     (11 %)
    General and administrative expense, excluding stock-based compensation ($MM) $ 7.8     $ 5.9     31 %   $ 7.1     9 %
    General and administrative expense, excluding stock-based compensation ($/BOE) $ 4.51     $ 3.90     16 %   $ 3.80     19 %
    Stock-based compensation expense ($MM) $ 1.4     $ 0.9     50 %   $ 1.4     (3 %)
    Current income tax expense (benefit) ($MM) $ 17.7     $ 25.7     (31 %)   $ 26.2     (32)%
    Deferred income tax expense (benefit) ($MM) $ (1.6 )   $ (3.4 )   (53 %)   $ (9.0 )   (82 %)

    Total production expense (excluding offshore workovers and stock compensation) of $44.7 million in Q1 2025 increased by 23% compared to Q4 2024 and 39% compared to Q1 2024. The increase in Q1 2025 compared to Q1 2024 was primarily driven by higher expenses in Gabon related to government audit settlements of approximately $4.7 million (net to Vaalco), additional chemical costs associated with the H2S treatment and to the increased sales associated with the purchase of the Côte d’Ivoire asset. The increase in Q1 2025 compared to Q4 2024 was driven by higher expenses in Gabon related to the government audit settlements and higher chemical costs.

    DD&A expense for Q1 2025 was $30.3 million which was lower than $37.0 million in Q4 2024 and higher than $25.8 million in Q1 2024. The decrease in Q1 2025 DD&A expense compared to Q4 2024 is due primarily to the impact of the year end 2024 depletion adjustments based on the year end reserve reports. The increase in Q1 2025 DD&A expense compared to Q1 2024 is due to higher depletable costs in Côte d’Ivoire partially offset by lower depletable costs in Gabon, Egypt, and Canada.

    General and administrative (“G&A”) expense, excluding stock-based compensation, increased slightly to $7.8 million in Q1 2025 from $7.1 million in Q4 2024 and increased from $5.9 million in Q1 2024. The increase in G&A expenses compared to Q1 2024 was primarily due to higher professional service fees, salaries and wages, and accounting and legal fees. Q1 2025 cash G&A was within the Company’s guidance.

    Non-cash stock-based compensation expense was $1.4 million for Q1 2025 compared to $0.9 million for Q1 2024. Non-cash stock-based compensation expense for Q4 2024 was $1.4 million.

    Other income (expense), net, was an expense of $2.4 million for Q1 2025, compared to an expense of $2.3 million during Q1 2024 and an expense of $9.7 million for Q4 2024. Other income (expense), net, normally consists of foreign currency losses and interest expense, net. Also in Q4 2024, the Company recorded a reduction in the bargain purchase gain of $6.4 million as a result of the change in fair value estimates of the net assets acquired in the Svenska acquisition.

    Income tax expense (benefit) was an expense for Q1 2025 of $16.1 million and is comprised of current expense of $17.7 million and deferred tax benefit of $1.6 million. In Q1 2024, income tax expense was $22.3 million and is comprised of current expense of $25.7 million and deferred tax benefit of $3.4 million. Q4 2024 income tax expense was $17.2 million, and is comprised of current tax expense of $26.2 million and deferred tax benefit of $9.0 million.

    Taxes paid by jurisdiction are as follows:

    (in thousands)   Gabon   Egypt   Canada   Equatorial Guinea   Cote d’Ivoire   Corporate and Other   Total  
    Cash/In Kind Taxes Paid:                              
    Three months ended March 31, 2025   $ 30,253   6,953       $ 790     $ 37,996  


    Capital Investments/Balance Sheet

    For the first quarter of 2025, net capital expenditures totaled $58.5 million on a cash basis and $51.3 million on an accrual basis. These expenditures were primarily related to costs associated with project costs and long lead items for Gabon and Côte d’Ivoire and the development drilling program in Egypt.

    At the end of the first quarter of 2025, Vaalco had an unrestricted cash balance of $40.9 million. Working capital at March 31, 2025 was $23.2 million compared with $56.2 million at December 31, 2024, while Adjusted Working Capital at March 31, 2025 totaled $40.4 million.

    In March 2025, Vaalco entered into a new reserves based revolving credit facility (the “new facility”) with an initial commitment of $190 million and the ability to grow to $300 million, led by The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited, Isle of Man Branch with other participating banks and financial partners. The new facility, which is subject to customary administrative conditional precedents, replaces the Company’s existing undrawn revolving credit facility that was provided by Glencore Energy UK Ltd. The Company arranged the new facility primarily to provide short-term funding that may be needed from time-to-time to supplement its internally generated cash flow and cash balance as it executes its planned investment programs across its diversified asset base over the next few years.

    Quarterly Cash Dividend

    Vaalco paid a quarterly cash dividend of $0.0625 per share of common stock for the first quarter of 2025 on March 28, 2025. The Company also recently announced its next quarterly cash dividend of $0.0625 per share of common stock for the second quarter of 2025 ($0.25 annualized), to be paid on June 27, 2025 to stockholders of record at the close of business on May 23, 2025. Future declarations of quarterly dividends and the establishment of future record and payment dates are subject to approval by the Vaalco Board of Directors.

    Hedging

    The Company continued to opportunistically hedge a portion of its expected future production to lock in strong cash flow generation to assist in funding its capital and shareholder return programs.

    The following includes hedges remaining in place as of the end of the first quarter of 2025:

                        Weighted Average Hedge Price ($/Bbl)
    Settlement Period   Commodity   Type of Contract   Index   Average Volumes Hedged (Bbl)   Floor   Ceiling
    April 2025 – June 2025   Oil   Collars   Dated Brent   70,000   $ 65.00   $ 81.00
    July 2025 – September 2025   Oil   Collars   Dated Brent   60,000   $ 65.00   $ 80.00

    Subsequent to March 31, 2025, the Company entered into the following additional derivative contracts to cover its future anticipated production:

    Settlement Period   Commodity   Type of Contract   Index   Average Volumes Hedged (GJ)(a)   Weighted Average Hedge Price (CAD/GJ)
    May 2025 – October 2025   Natural Gas   Swap   AECO (7A)   114,000   $ 2.15

    a) One gigajoule (GJ) equals one billion joules (J). A gigajoule of natural gas is approximately 25.5 cubic meters standard conditions.

    Settlement Period   Commodity   Type of Contract   Index   Average Volumes Hedged (Bbl)   Weighted Average Hedge Price ($/Bbl)
    July 1, 2025 – July 31, 2025   Oil   Swap   Dated Brent   100,000   $ 65.45


    Capital Markets Day Presentation

    Vaalco announced that it will host a Capital Markets Day presentation on Wednesday, May 14, 2025. The presentation will begin at 8 a.m. Central Time (2 p.m. London Time) and is expected to conclude around 10:00 a.m. Central Time. The agenda will include presentations by key members of management on Vaalco’s longer-term vision including growth across its diversified, multi-country asset base.

    Participation in the Capital Markets Day is directed to Vaalco’s shareholders, buy side and sell side analysts, as well as large institutional investors and portfolio managers. The session will be web cast live along with related presentation materials through Vaalco’s web site at www.vaalco.com in the “Investors” section of the web site. A replay will be archived on the site shortly after the presentation concludes.

    2025 Guidance:

    The Company has provided second quarter 2025 guidance and updated its full year 2025 guidance. All of the quarterly and annual guidance is detailed in the tables below.

          FY 2025   Gabon   Egypt   Canada   Côte d’Ivoire
    Production (BOEPD) WI   19250 – 22310   7000 – 8300   9750 – 11100   2200 – 2600   300 – 310
    Production (BOEPD) NRI   14500 – 16710   6200 – 7100   6200 – 7200   1800 – 2100   300 – 310
    Sales Volume (BOEPD) WI   19850 – 22700   7300 – 8300   9750 – 11100   2200 – 2600   600 – 700
    Sales Volume (BOEPD) NRI   14900 – 17200   6300 – 7200   6200 – 7200   1800 – 2100   600 – 700
    Production Expense (millions) WI & NRI   $148.5 – $161.5 MM                
    Production Expense per BOE WI   $18.00 – $21.50                
    Production Expense per BOE NRI   $24.00 – $28.00                
    Offshore Workovers (millions) WI & NRI   $0 – $10 MM                
    Cash G&A (millions) WI & NRI   $25.0 – $31.0 MM                
    CAPEX excluding acquisitions (millions) WI & NRI   $250 – $300 MM                
    DD&A ($/BOE) NRI   $16.00 – $20.00                
          Q2 2025   Gabon   Egypt   Canada   Côte d’Ivoire
    Production (BOEPD) WI   20000 – 22100   7800 – 8600   10100 – 11200   2100 – 2300  
    Production (BOEPD) NRI   15400 – 16800   6800 – 7500   6900 – 7400   1700 – 1900  
    Sales Volume (BOEPD) WI   22800 – 24900   10600 – 11400   10100 – 11200   2100 – 2300  
    Sales Volume (BOEPD) NRI   17800 – 19300   9200 – 10000   6900 – 7400   1700 – 1900  
    Production Expense (millions) WI & NRI   $39.5 – $48.0 MM                
    Production Expense per BOE WI   $18.00 – $23.00                
    Production Expense per BOE NRI   $23.00 – $29.00                
    Offshore Workovers (millions) WI & NRI   $0 – $0 MM                
    Cash G&A (millions) WI & NRI   $6.0 – $8.0 MM                
    CAPEX excluding acquisitions (millions) WI & NRI   $65 – $85 MM                
    DD&A ($/BOE) NRI   $16.00 – $20.00                


    Conference Call

    As previously announced, the Company will hold a conference call to discuss its first quarter 2025 financial and operating results, Friday, May 9, 2025, at 9:00 a.m. Central Time (10:00 a.m. Eastern Time and 3:00 p.m. London Time). Interested parties may participate by dialing (833) 685-0907. Parties in the United Kingdom may participate toll-free by dialing 08082389064 and other international parties may dial (412) 317-5741. Participants should request to be joined to the “Vaalco Energy First Quarter 2025 Conference Call.” This call will also be webcast on Vaalco’s website at www.vaalco.com. An archived audio replay will be available on Vaalco’s website.

    A “Q1 2025 Supplemental Information” investor deck will be posted to Vaalco’s website prior to its conference call on May 9, 2025 that includes additional financial and operational information.

    About Vaalco

    Vaalco, founded in 1985 and incorporated under the laws of Delaware, is a Houston, Texas, USA based, independent energy company with a diverse portfolio of production, development and exploration assets across Gabon, Egypt, Côte d’Ivoire, Equatorial Guinea, Nigeria and Canada.

    For Further Information

    Vaalco Energy, Inc. (General and Investor Enquiries) +00 1 713 543 3422
    Website: www.vaalco.com
       
    Al Petrie Advisors (US Investor Relations) +00 1 713 543 3422
    Al Petrie / Chris Delange  
       
    Buchanan (UK Financial PR) +44 (0) 207 466 5000
    Ben Romney / Barry Archer VAALCO@buchanan.uk.com


    Forward Looking Statements

    This press release includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which are intended to be covered by the safe harbors created by those laws and other applicable laws and “forward-looking information” within the meaning of applicable Canadian securities laws(collectively, “forward-looking statements”). Where a forward-looking statement expresses or implies an expectation or belief as to future events or results, such expectation or belief is expressed in good faith and believed to have a reasonable basis. All statements other than statements of historical fact may be forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “forecast,” “outlook,” “aim,” “target,” “will,” “could,” “should,” “may,” “likely,” “plan” and “probably” or similar words may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements in this press release include, but are not limited to, statements relating to (i) estimates of future drilling, production, sales and costs of acquiring crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids; (ii) expectations regarding Vaalco’s ability to effectively integrate assets and properties it has acquired as a result of the Svenska acquisition into its operations; (iii) expectations regarding future exploration and the development, growth and potential of Vaalco’s operations, project pipeline and investments, and schedule and anticipated benefits to be derived therefrom; (iv) expectations regarding future acquisitions, investments or divestitures; (v) expectations of future dividends; (vi) expectations of future balance sheet strength; and (vii) expectations of future equity and enterprise value.

    Such forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, which could cause actual results to differ materially from future results expressed, projected or implied by the forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to: risks relating to any unforeseen liabilities of Vaalco; the ability to generate cash flows that, along with cash on hand, will be sufficient to support operations and cash requirements; risks relating to the timing and costs of completion for scheduled maintenance of the FPSO servicing the Baobab field; and the risks described under the caption “Risk Factors” in Vaalco’s most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K.

    Dividends beyond the second quarter of 2025 have not yet been approved or declared by the Board of Directors for Vaalco. The declaration and payment of future dividends remains at the discretion of the Board and will be determined based on Vaalco’s financial results, balance sheet strength, cash and liquidity requirements, future prospects, crude oil and natural gas prices, and other factors deemed relevant by the Board. The Board reserves all powers related to the declaration and payment of dividends. Consequently, in determining the dividend to be declared and paid on Vaalco common stock, the Board may revise or terminate the payment level at any time without prior notice.

    Any forward-looking statement made by Vaalco in this press release is based only on information currently available to Vaalco and speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Except as may be required by applicable securities laws, Vaalco undertakes no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.

    Other Oil and Gas Advisories

    Investors are cautioned when viewing BOEs in isolation. BOE conversion ratio is based on an energy equivalency conversion method primarily applicable at the burner tip and does not represent a value equivalency at the wellhead. Given that the value ratio based on the current price of crude oil as compared to natural gas is significantly different from the energy equivalencies described above, utilizing such equivalencies may be incomplete as an indication of value.

    Inside Information

    This announcement contains inside information as defined in Regulation (EU) No. 596/2014 on market abuse which is part of UK domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 (“MAR”) and is made in accordance with the Company’s obligations under article 17 of MAR. The person responsible for arranging the release of this announcement on behalf of Vaalco is Matthew Powers, Corporate Secretary of Vaalco.

    VAALCO ENERGY, INC AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

      As of March 31, 2025   As of December 31, 2024
      (in thousands)
    ASSETS      
    Current assets:      
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 40,914   $ 82,650
    Receivables:      
    Trade, net of allowances for credit loss and other of $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively   120,252     94,778
    Accounts with joint venture owners, net of allowance for credit losses of $1.8 million and $1.5 million, respectively   2,847     179
    Egypt receivables and other   3,235     35,763
    Other current assets   33,590     24,557
    Total current assets   200,838     237,927
    Crude oil, natural gas and NGLs properties and equipment, net   562,926     538,103
    Other noncurrent assets:      
    Right of use operating lease assets   16,303     17,254
    Right of use finance lease assets   78,862     79,849
    Deferred tax assets   48,364     55,581
    Other long-term assets   19,810     26,236
    Total assets $ 927,103   $ 954,950
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY      
    Current liabilities $ 177,675   $ 181,728
    Asset retirement obligations   81,053     78,592
    Operating lease liabilities – net of current portion   12,915     13,903
    Finance lease liabilities – net of current portion   66,198     67,377
    Deferred tax liabilities   85,168     93,904
    Other long-term liabilities       17,863
    Total liabilities   423,009     453,367
    Total shareholders’ equity   504,094     501,583
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 927,103   $ 954,950


    VAALCO ENERGY, INC AND SUBSIDIARIES

    Consolidated Statements of Operations

      Three Months Ended
      March 31, 2025   March 31, 2024   December 31, 2024
      (in thousands except per share amounts)
    Revenues:          
    Crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids sales $ 110,329     $ 100,155     $ 121,721  
    Operating costs and expenses:          
    Production expense   44,806       32,089       36,641  
    Exploration expense         48        
    Depreciation, depletion and amortization   30,305       25,824       37,047  
    Transaction costs related to acquisition         1,313        
    General and administrative expense   9,051       6,710       8,454  
    Credit losses and other   (27 )     1,812       1,082  
    Total operating costs and expenses   84,135       67,796       83,224  
    Other operating income, net         (166 )     10  
    Operating income   26,194       32,193       38,507  
    Other income (expense):          
    Derivative instruments gain (loss), net   (74 )     (847 )     (365 )
    Interest expense, net   (1,295 )     (935 )     (1,092 )
    Bargain purchase gain               (6,366 )
    Other income (expense), net   (1,012 )     (487 )     (1,828 )
    Total other income (expense), net   (2,381 )     (2,269 )     (9,651 )
    Income before income taxes   23,813       29,924       28,856  
    Income tax expense   16,083       22,238       17,192  
    Net income $ 7,730     $ 7,686     $ 11,664  
    Other comprehensive income (loss):          
    Currency translation adjustments   117       (2,454 )     (5,975 )
    Comprehensive income $ 7,847     $ 5,232     $ 5,689  
               
    Basic net income per share:          
    Net income per share $ 0.07     $ 0.07     $ 0.11  
    Basic weighted average shares outstanding   103,758       103,659       103,743  
    Diluted net income per share:          
    Net income per share $ 0.07     $ 0.07     $ 0.11  
    Diluted weighted average shares outstanding   103,785       104,541       103,812  


    VAALCO ENERGY, INC AND SUBSIDIARIES

    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

      Three Months Ended March 31,
        2025       2024  
      (in thousands)
    CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:      
    Net income $ 7,730     $ 7,686  
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:      
    Depreciation, depletion and amortization   30,305       25,824  
    Exploration expense   146        
    Deferred taxes   (1,519 )     (3,441 )
    Unrealized foreign exchange loss   1,673       (102 )
    Stock-based compensation   1,475       898  
    Cash settlements paid on exercised stock appreciation rights         (154 )
    Derivative instruments (gain) loss, net   74       847  
    Cash settlements paid on matured derivative contracts, net   123       (24 )
    Cash settlements paid on asset retirement obligations         (29 )
    Credit losses and other   (27 )     1,812  
    Other operating loss, net         166  
    Equipment and other expensed in operations   972       302  
    Change in operating assets and liabilities   (8,246 )     (11,953 )
    Net cash provided by operating activities   32,706       21,832  
    CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:      
    Property and equipment expenditures   (58,527 )     (16,618 )
    Acquisition of crude oil and natural gas properties   (247 )      
    Net cash used in investing activities   (58,774 )     (16,618 )
    CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:      
    Proceeds from the issuances of common stock         447  
    Dividend distribution   (6,570 )     (6,463 )
    Treasury shares   (155 )     (6,344 )
    Deferred financing costs   (5,118 )      
    Payments of finance lease   (2,943 )     (2,095 )
    Net cash used in in financing activities   (14,786 )     (14,455 )
    Effects of exchange rate changes on cash   27       (208 )
    NET CHANGE IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH   (40,827 )     (9,449 )
    CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD   97,726       129,178  
    CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH AT END OF PERIOD $ 56,899     $ 119,729  

    VAALCO ENERGY, INC AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Selected Financial and Operating Statistics
    (Unaudited)

      Three Months Ended
      March 31, 2025   March 31, 2024   December 31, 2024
    NRI SALES DATA          
    Crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids sales (MBOE) 1,717   1,490   1,872
    Average daily sales volumes (BOE) 19,074   16,374   20,352
               
    WI PRODUCTION DATA          
    Etame Crude oil (MBbl) 767   819   791
    Gabon Average daily production volumes (BOEPD) 8,522   9,001   8,598
               
    Egypt Crude oil (MBbl) 920   950   923
    Egypt Average daily production volumes (BOEPD) 10,225   10,440   10,035
               
    Canada Crude Oil (MBbl) 80   61   99
    Canada Natural Gas (MMcf) 413   469   431
    Canada Natural Gas Liquid (MBOE) 69   76   75
    Canada Crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids (MBOE) 218   215   246
    Canada Average daily production volumes (BOEPD) 2,420   2,363   2,669
               
    Côte d’Ivoire Crude oil (MBbl) 111     368
    Côte d’Ivoire Average daily production volumes (BOEPD) 1,235     3,997
               
    Total Crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids production (MBOE) 2,016   1,984   2,328
    Average daily production volumes (BOEPD) 22,402   21,804   25,300
               
    NRI PRODUCTION DATA          
    Etame Crude oil (MBbl) 667   713   688
    Gabon Average daily production volumes (BOEPD) 7,414   7,835   7,481
               
    Egypt Crude oil (MBbl) 642   641   644
    Egypt Average daily production volumes (BOEPD) 7,131   7,044   7,001
               
    Canada Crude Oil (MBbl) 66   51   85
    Canada Natural Gas (MMcf) 338   392   371
    Canada Natural Gas Liquid (MBOE) 56   63   64
    Canada Crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids (MBOE) 179   179   211
    Canada Average daily production volumes (BOEPD) 1,984   1,971   2,296
               
    Côte d’Ivoire Crude oil (MBbl) 111     368
    Côte d’Ivoire Average daily production volumes (BOEPD) 1,235     3,997
               
    Total Crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids production (MBOE) 1,599   1,533   1,911
    Average daily production volumes (BOEPD) 17,764   16,850   20,775
    AVERAGE SALES PRICES:          
    Crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids sales (per BOE) – WI basis $ 67.03   $ 69.62   $ 65.69
    Crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids sales (per BOE) – NRI basis $ 64.27   $ 66.43   $ 64.77
    Crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids sales (Per BOE including realized commodity derivatives) – NRI basis $ 64.34   $ 66.41   $ 64.48
               
    COSTS AND EXPENSES (Per BOE of sales):          
    Production expense   26.10   $ 21.54   $ 19.57
    Production expense, excluding offshore workovers and stock compensation*   26.05   $ 21.56   $ 19.49
    Depreciation, depletion and amortization   17.65   $ 17.33   $ 19.79
    General and administrative expense**   5.27   $ 4.50   $ 4.52
    Property and equipment expenditures, cash basis (in thousands) $ 58,527   $ 16,618   $ 41,466

    * Offshore workover costs excluded for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 and December 31, 2024 are $0.0 million, $(0.1) million and $0.1 million, respectively.
    * Stock compensation associated with production expense excluded from the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 and December 31, 2024 are immaterial.
    ** General and administrative expenses include $0.76, $0.58 and $0.72 per barrel of oil related to stock-based compensation expense in the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 and December 31, 2024, respectively.

    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

    Management uses Adjusted Net Income to evaluate operating and financial performance and believes the measure is useful to investors because it eliminates the impact of certain non-cash and/or other items that management does not consider to be indicative of the Company’s performance from period to period. Management also believes this non-GAAP measure is useful to investors to evaluate and compare the Company’s operating and financial performance across periods, as well as to facilitate comparisons to others in the Company’s industry. Adjusted Net Income is a non-GAAP financial measure and as used herein represents net income, plus deferred income tax expense (benefit), unrealized derivative instrument loss (gain), bargain purchase gain on the Svenska Acquisition, FPSO demobilization, transaction costs related to the Svenska acquisition and non-cash and other items.

    Adjusted EBITDAX is a supplemental non-GAAP financial measure used by Vaalco’s management and by external users of the Company’s financial statements, such as industry analysts, lenders, rating agencies, investors and others who follow the industry. Management believes the measure is useful to investors because it is as an indicator of the Company’s ability to internally fund exploration and development activities and to service or incur additional debt. Adjusted EBITDAX is a non-GAAP financial measure and as used herein represents net income, plus interest expense (income) net, income tax expense (benefit), depreciation, depletion and amortization, exploration expense, FPSO demobilization, non-cash and other items including stock compensation expense, bargain purchase gain on the Svenska Acquisition, other operating (income) expense, net, non-cash purchase price adjustment, transaction costs related to acquisition, credit losses and other and unrealized derivative instrument loss (gain).

    Management uses Adjusted Working Capital as a transition tool to assess the working capital position of the Company’s continuing operations excluding leasing obligations because it eliminates the impact of discontinued operations as well as the impact of lease liabilities. Under the applicable lease accounting standards, lease liabilities related to assets used in joint operations include both the Company’s share of expenditures as well as the share of lease expenditures which its non-operator joint venture owners’ will be obligated to pay under joint operating agreements. Adjusted Working Capital is a non-GAAP financial measure and as used herein represents working capital excluding working capital attributable to discontinued operations and current liabilities associated with lease obligations.

    Management uses Free Cash Flow to evaluate financial performance and to determine the total amount of cash over a specified period available to be used in connection with returning cash to shareholders, and believes the measure is useful to investors because it provides the total amount of net cash available for returning cash to shareholders by adding cash generated from operating activities, subtracting amounts used in financing and investing activities, effects of exchange rate changes on cash and adding back amounts used for dividend payments and stock repurchases. Free Cash Flow is a non-GAAP financial measure and as used herein represents net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash and adds the amounts paid under dividend distributions and share repurchases over a specified period.

    Free Cash Flow has significant limitations, including that it does not represent residual cash flows available for discretionary purposes and should not be used as a substitute for cash flow measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. Free Cash Flow should not be considered as a substitute for cashflows from operating activities before discontinued operations or any other liquidity measure presented in accordance with GAAP. Free Cash Flow may vary among other companies. Therefore, the Company’s Free Cash Flow may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.

    Adjusted EBITDAX and Adjusted Net Income have significant limitations, including that they do not reflect the Company’s cash requirements for capital expenditures, contractual commitments, working capital or debt service. Adjusted EBITDAX, Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted Working Capital and Free Cash Flow should not be considered as substitutes for net income (loss), operating income (loss), cash flows from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance or liquidity presented in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDAX and Adjusted Net Income exclude some, but not all, items that affect net income (loss) and operating income (loss), and the calculation of these measures may vary among other companies. Therefore, the Company’s Adjusted EBITDAX, Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted Working Capital and Free Cash Flow may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.

    The tables below reconcile the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures to Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted EBITDAX, Adjusted Working Capital and Free Cash Flow.

    VAALCO ENERGY, INC AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    (Unaudited)
    (in thousands)

      Three Months Ended
    Reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted Net Income March 31, 2025   March 31, 2024   December 31, 2024
    Net income $ 7,730     $ 7,686     $ 11,664  
    Adjustment for discrete items:          
    Unrealized derivative instruments loss (gain)   198       823       96  
    Bargain purchase gain               6,366  
    Deferred income tax expense (benefit)   (1,610 )     (3,441 )     (11,781 )
    Transaction costs related to acquisition   22       1,313       508  
    Other operating (income) expense, net         166       (10 )
    Adjusted Net Income $ 6,340     $ 6,547     $ 6,843  
               
    Diluted Adjusted Net Income per Share $ 0.06     $ 0.06     $ 0.07  
    Diluted weighted average shares outstanding (1)   103,785       104,541       103,812  

    (1)  No adjustments to weighted average shares outstanding

      Three Months Ended
    Reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted EBITDAX March 31, 2025   March 31, 2024   December 31, 2024
    Net income $ 7,730     $ 7,686   $ 11,664  
    Add back:          
    Interest expense, net   1,295       935     1,092  
    Income tax expense   16,083       22,238     17,192  
    Depreciation, depletion and amortization   30,305       25,824     37,047  
    Exploration expense         48      
    Non-cash or unusual items:          
    Stock-based compensation   1,352       899     1,196  
    Unrealized derivative instruments loss   198       823     96  
    Bargain purchase gain             6,366  
    Other operating (income) expense, net         166     (10 )
    Transaction costs related to acquisition   22       1,313     508  
    Credit losses and other   (27 )     1,812     1,082  
    Adjusted EBITDAX $ 56,958     $ 61,744   $ 76,233  

    VAALCO ENERGY, INC AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    (Unaudited)
    (in thousands)

    Reconciliation of Working Capital to Adjusted Working Capital March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   Change
    Current assets $ 200,838     $ 237,927     $ (37,089 )
    Current liabilities   (177,675 )     (181,728 )     4,053  
    Working capital   23,163       56,199       (33,036 )
    Add: lease liabilities – current portion   17,249       16,895       354  
    Adjusted Working Capital $ 40,412     $ 73,094     $ (32,682 )
       
      Three Months Ended March 31, 2025
    Reconciliation of Free Cash Flow (in thousands)
    Net cash provided by Operating activities $ 32,706  
    Net cash used in Investing activities   (58,774 )
    Net cash used in Financing activities   (14,786 )
    Effects of exchange rate changes on cash   27  
    Total net cash change   (40,827 )
       
    Add back shareholder cash out:  
    Dividends paid   6,570  
    Total cash returned to shareholders   6,570  
       
    Free Cash Flow $ (34,257 )

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Guardian Capital Group Limited (TSX: GCG; GCG.A) Announces 2025 First Quarter Operating Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TORONTO, May 08, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) —

    All per share figures disclosed below are stated on a diluted basis.

         
    For the three months ended March 31, 2025 2024
    ($ in thousands, except per share amounts)    
         
    Net revenue $ 95,161 $ 62,497
    Operating earnings   7,050   12,318
    Net gains (losses)   (15,723)   12,737
    Net earnings (loss)   (6,664)   21,441
         
         
    EBITDA(1) $ 15,920 $ 18,906
    Adjusted cash flow from operations(1)   13,038   15,209
         
         
    Attributable to shareholders:    
    Net earnings (loss) $ (7,052) $ 21,167
    EBITDA(1)   15,255   18,333
    Adjusted cash flow from operations(1)   12,460   14,695
    Per share, diluted:    
    Net earnings (loss) $ (0.30) $ 0.86
    EBITDA(1)   0.65   0.75
    Adjusted cash flow from operations(1)   0.53   0.60
         
         
           
    As at 2025 2024 2024
    ($ in millions, except per share amounts) March 31 December 31 March 31
           
           
    Total client assets $ 167,227 $ 168,979 $ 61,316
    Shareholders’ equity   1,304   1,318   1,255
    Securities, net   1,201   1,211   1,253
           
    Per share amounts (diluted):      
    Shareholders’ equity(1) $ 53.30 $ 53.76 $ 50.30
    Securities, net(1)   49.11   49.38   50.22
           
           

    The Company is reporting Total Client Assets (which includes assets under management and advisement) of $167.2 billion as at March 31, 2025. This is a 1% decrease from $169.0 billion as at December 31, 2024, and a 172.7% increase from $61.3 billion as at March 31, 2024. The decline during the current quarter is largely due to net client outflows year-to-date, partially offset by positive market performance, while the significant increase year over year is largely the result of approximately $109 billion contributed by Sterling, which was acquired on July 2, 2024.

    Net revenue for the current quarter was $95.2 million, compared to $62.5 million in the same quarter in the prior year, with $35.9 million being contributed by Sterling, which was partially offset by lower interest income.

    Operating earnings and EBITDA(1) were $7.1 million and $15.9 million, respectively, for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, compared to $12.3 million and $18.9 million, respectively, in the same quarter in the prior year. Dampening the current quarter’s results were $4.6 million of costs, associated with the acquisition and integration of Sterling.   

    Net losses in the current quarter were $15.7 million, compared to Net gains of $12.7 million in the same quarter in the prior year, which largely reflect the changes in fair values of Guardian’s Securities portfolio.

    Net losses attributable to shareholders were $7.1 million in the current quarter, compared to Net earnings of $21.2 million in the comparative period, resulting largely from the swing from Net gains to Net losses described above.

    Adjusted cash flow from operations attributable to shareholders(1) for the current quarter was $12.5 million, compared to $14.7 million in the comparative period. The decrease of $2.2 million was due largely to decrease in Operating earnings as described above.

    Shareholders’ equity as at March 31, 2025 was $1,304 million, or $53.30 per share(1), compared to $1,318 million, or $53.76 per share(1) as at December 31, 2024. Guardian’s Securities, net as at March 31, 2025 had a fair value of $1,201 million, or $49.11 per share(1), compared to $1,211 million, or $49.38 per share(1) as at December 31, 2024.

    The Board of Directors is pleased to have declared a quarterly eligible dividend of $0.39 per share, payable on July 18, 2025, to shareholders of record on July 11, 2025.

    The Company’s financial results for the past eight quarters are summarized in the following table.

                     
      Mar 31,
    2025
    Dec 31,
    2024
    Sep 30,
    2024
    Jun 30,
    2024
    Mar 31,
    2024
    Dec 31,
    2023
    Sep 30,
    2023
    Jun 30,
    2023
                     
                     
    As at ($ in millions)                
    Total client assets $ 167,227 $ 168,979 $ 165,061 $ 58,628 $ 61,316 $ 58,774 $ 56,215 $ 56,527
                     
    For the three months ended ($ in thousands)            
    Net revenue $ 95,161 $ 98,614 $ 98,128 $ 64,164 $ 62,497 $ 62,245 $ 62,611 $ 61,833
    Operating earnings   7,050   7,385   4,790   14,333   12,318   13,097   18,474   17,038
    Net gains (losses)   (15,723)   64,476   39,392   (39,161)   12,737   60,747   (17,358)   (3,736)
    Net earnings (losses)   (6,664)   63,231   39,658   (22,730)   21,441   68,048   (2,270)   11,532
    Net earnings (loss) attributable to shareholders   (7,052)   62,849   39,222   (23,137)   21,167   67,087   (2,506)   11,145
                     
                     
    Per share amounts (in $)                
    Net earnings (loss) attributable to shareholders:            
    Basic $ (0.30) $ 2.72 $ 1.69 $ (0.99) $ 0.90 $ 2.85 $ (0.11) $ 0.47
    Diluted   (0.30)   2.58   1.60   (0.99)   0.86   2.68   (0.11)   0.45
                     
    Dividends paid $ 0.37 $ 0.37 $ 0.37 $ 0.37 $ 0.34 $ 0.34 $ 0.34 $ 0.34
                     
                     
    As at                
    Shareholders’ equity($ in millions) $ 1,304 $ 1,318 $ 1,245 $ 1,223 $ 1,255 $ 1,241 $ 1,201 $ 1,213
    Per share amounts(in $)                
    Basic $ 55.94 $ 56.54 $ 53.73 $ 52.59 $ 53.69 $ 52.87 $ 50.90 $ 51.11
    Diluted   53.30   53.76   50.38   49.34   50.30   49.39   47.54   47.63
                     
    Total Class A and Common shares outstanding(shares in thousands)   24,647   24,647   24,867   24,959   25,136   25,230   25,408   25,609
                     

    Guardian Capital Group Limited (Guardian) is a global investment management company servicing institutional, retail and private clients through its subsidiaries. It also manages a proprietary portfolio of securities. Founded in 1962, Guardian’s reputation for steady growth, long-term relationships and its core values of trustworthiness, integrity and stability have been key to its success over six decades. Its Common and Class A shares are listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange as GCG and GCG.A, respectively. To learn more about Guardian, visit www.guardiancapital.com.

    For further information, contact:
       
    Donald Yi George Mavroudis
    Chief Financial Officer  President and Chief Executive Officer
    (416) 350-3136 (416) 364-8341
       
    Investor Relations: investorrelations@guardiancapital.com.
       

    Caution Concerning Forward-Looking Information

    Certain information included in this press release constitutes forward-looking information within the meaning of applicable Canadian securities laws. All information other than statements of historical fact may be forward-looking information. Forward-looking information is often, but not always, identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “outlook”, “objective”, “may”, “will”, “would”, “expect”, “intend”, “estimate”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “should”, “plan”, “continue”, or similar expressions suggesting future outcomes or events or the negative thereof. Forward-looking information in this press release includes, but is not limited to, statements with respect to management’s beliefs, plans, estimates, and intentions, and similar statements concerning anticipated future events, results, circumstances, performance or expectations. Such forward-looking information reflects management’s beliefs and is based on information currently available. All forward-looking information in this press release is qualified by the following cautionary statements.

    Although the Company believes that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking information are reasonable, such information involves known and unknown risks and uncertainties which may cause Guardian’s actual performance and results in future periods to differ materially from any estimates or projections of future performance or results expressed or implied by such forward-looking information. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially include but are not limited to: general economic and market conditions, including interest rates, business competition, changes in government regulations, tax laws or tariffs, the duration and severity of pandemics, natural disasters, military conflicts in various parts of the world, as well as those risk factors discussed or referred to in the risk factors section and the other disclosure documents filed by the Company with the securities regulatory authorities in certain provinces of Canada and available at www.sedarplus.ca. The reader is cautioned to consider these factors, uncertainties and potential events carefully and not to put undue reliance on forward-looking information, as there can be no assurance that actual results will be consistent with such forward-looking information.

    The forward-looking information included in this press release is made as of the date of this press release and should not be relied upon as representing the Company’s views as of any date subsequent to the date of this press release.

    (1) Non IFRS Measures
    The Company’s management uses EBITDA, EBITDA attributable to shareholders, including the per share amount, Adjusted cash flows from operations, Adjusted cash flow from operations attributable to shareholders, including the per share amount, Shareholders’ equity per share and Securities per share to evaluate and assess the performance of its business. These measures do not have standardized measures under International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), and are therefore unlikely to be comparable to similar measures presented by other companies. However, management believes that most shareholders, creditors, other stakeholders and investment analysts prefer to include the use of these measures in analyzing the Company’s results. The Company defines EBITDA as net earnings before interest, income taxes, amortization, and stock-based compensation expenses, net gains or losses and net earnings from discontinued operations. EBITDA attributable shareholders as EBITDA less the amounts attributable to non-controlling interests. The Company defines Adjusted cash flow from operations as net cash from operating activities, net of changes in non-cash working capital items and cash flow from discontinued operations. Adjusted cash flow from operations attributable to shareholders as Adjusted cash flow from operations less the amounts attributable to non-controlling interests. A reconciliation between these measures and the most comparable IFRS measures are as follows:

         
    For the three months ended March 31, ($ in thousands) 2024 2023
         
    Net earnings (loss) $ (6,664) $ 21,441
    Add (deduct):    
    Income tax expense (recovery)   (2,009)   3,614
    Net gains   15,723   (12,737)
    Stock-based compensation   1,021   866
    Interest expense   2,150   2,449
    Amortization   5,699   3,273
    EBITDA   15,920   18,906
    Less attributable to non-controlling interests   (665)   (573)
    EBITDA attributable to shareholders $ 15,255 $ 18,333
         
         
    For the three months ended March 31, ($ in thousands)  2024   2023 
         
    Net cash from operating activities $ (46,073) $ (8,407)
    Add (deduct):    
    Net change in non-cash working capital items   59,111   23,616
    Adjusted cash flow from operations   13,038   15,209
    Less attributable to non-controlling interests   (578)   (514)
    Adjusted cash flow from operations attributable to shareholders $ 12,460 $ 14,695
         

    The per share amounts for EBITDA attributable to shareholders, Adjusted cash flow from operations attributable to shareholders and Shareholders’ equity are calculated by dividing the amounts by diluted shares, which is calculated in a manner similar to net earnings attributable to shareholders per share.

    Securities, net and Securities, net per share
    Securities, net and Securities, net per share are used by management to indicate the value available to shareholders created by the Company’s investment in securities, without the netting of debt or deferred income taxes associated with the unrealized gains. The most comparable IFRS measures are “Securities” & “Securities sold short”, which are disclosed in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. Securities, net defined as the net sum of Securities and Securities sold short. The per share amount is calculated by dividing the amounts by diluted shares, which is calculated in a manner similar to net earnings attributable to shareholders per share..

    More detailed descriptions of these non-IFRS measures are provided in the Company’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI USA: Rep. Young Kim Leads REPORT Act to Restore Congressional Authority on Tariffs

    Source: United States House of Representatives – Representative Young Kim (CA-39)

    Washington, DC – As first reported in Spectrum News, today, U.S. Representative Young Kim (CA-40) introduced the Reviewing Economic and Protection Objectives for the Reciprocal Tariffs Act (REPORT) Act to restore Congressional oversight of the executive branch’s tariff authority.  

    The REPORT Act would:  

    • Require the President to notify Congress and provide a justification report of the economic and security objectives of an increase or decrease in tariff authority 48 hours before it takes effect; 
    • Direct the U.S. Trade Representative to testify to relevant committees once the tariffs take effect; and, 
    • Apply to future presidential administrations, regardless of political affiliation. 

    Rep. Jeff Hurd (CO-03) joined as an original cosponsor of the bill. 

    “While tariffs can be an important strategic tool to help level the playing field between the United States and other countries, long-term tariffs can be a tax that hike prices and hurt the bottom line for American families and small businesses,” said Rep. Young Kim. “The American people deserve certainty, which is why I’m proud to lead the REPORT Act to ensure the executive branch is transparent with the American people on the intended economic and security objectives behind enacting tariffs, especially in the long-term.” 

    “During my time in Congress, I have been a consistent advocate for Congress’s Article I, Section 8 authority when it comes to tariffs”, said Rep. Hurd. “I’m proud to support Rep. Kim’s REPORT Act, which ensures that Congress is notified and briefed on any tariff changes so that we can fulfill our constitutional oversight duties.” 

    Read the bill HERE. 

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: REP LIEU, SEN MURRAY AND SEN BOOKER RE-INTRODUCE FEDERAL CONVERSION THERAPY BAN

    Source: United States House of Representatives – Congressman Ted Lieu (33 District of California)

    WASHINGTON – Today, Congressman Ted W. Lieu (D-Los Angeles County), Senator Patty Murray (D-WA) and Senator Cory Booker (D-NJ) reintroduced their federal ban on LGBTQ conversion therapy. The Therapeutic Fraud Prevention Act seeks to ban conversion therapy, a practice where so-called therapists fraudulently claim they can ‘cure’ children of their LGBTQ identities. The practice has been recognized by the national community of professionals in education, social work, health, and counseling as being both dangerous and useless. 

    Congressman Lieu authored the first ever ban on youth conversion therapy in the nation as a California State Senator. He has introduced federal bans in the 114th, 115th, 116th, 117th and 118th Congresses. Senators Patty Murray (D-WA) and Cory Booker (D-NJ) introduced the Senate version today and previously introduced federal bans in the 114th, 115th, 116th, 117th and 118th Congresses.

    “Conversion therapy is a scam that hurts LGBTQ kids,” said Rep. Lieu “Using fake science and unearned credentials, conversion therapists prey on vulnerable kids to convince them that who they are is not okay. Major medical organizations oppose the practice because it is harmful and ineffective. We’re overdue for a national ban and I am pleased to once again partner with Senators Murray and Booker on this bill.”

    “Conversion therapy is based on the hateful idea that being part of the LGBTQ+ community is an illness that requires treatment. It’s a dangerous sham practice that has been completely debunked and should be banned nationwide—and that’s what our legislation would do,” said Senator Murray. “Our kids deserve to be raised and taught in loving environments that affirm who they are. I’ll keep fighting for a world where every person, no matter their gender or sexual orientation, can live with dignity and without fear.”

    “There is no place in health care for practices rooted in hateful ideology that harms vulnerable children who are a part of the LGBTQ+ community,” said Senator Booker. “Being LGBTQ+ is not an illness, and conversion therapy is a fraudulent treatment that tells children their identity is an illness that must be cured. This legislation would clarify that under the FTC that ‘conversion therapy’ in exchange for monetary compensation is illegal, and ensure that no child is a victim to this discredited, harmful practice.”

    Human Rights Campaign Director of Government Affairs Jennifer Pike Bailey:

    “The reintroduction of the Therapeutic Fraud Prevention Act is a critical step forward in protecting LGBTQ+ individuals, especially our youth, from the dangerous and discredited practice of conversion therapy. The bill affirms that no one should profit from misleading and dangerous attempts to change something that is not a choice: a person’s sexual orientation or gender identity. The scientific and medical communities have overwhelmingly rejected conversion therapy, and this bill further ensures that practices that cause real long-term harm have no place in our society. We thank Senators Murray and Booker and Representative Lieu for their leadership on this issue.”

    The Trevor Project Interim Vice President of Advocacy & Government Affairs Mark Henson

    “We all want kids to be healthy and safe. Yet LGBTQ+ youth across the country are in crisis today as they hear messages of rejection — not just from peers or online bullies, but from adults and systems meant to protect them. All young people deserve to live authentically as who they are and be protected from dangerous, discredited conversion therapy practices that are associated with greater suicide risk and have been condemned by every major U.S. professional medical and mental health association. No amount of talk or pressure can make someone change their sexual orientation or gender identity—decades of research show it simply doesn’t work . The Trevor Project applauds the reintroduction of the Therapeutic Fraud Prevention Act of 2025, which will help protect LGBTQ+ youth from being subjected to these harmful practices and instead celebrate them for who they are.” 

    PFLAG National CEO Brian K. Bond

    Like most people with health questions, the LGBTQ+ people, parents and allies of PFLAG work together with their doctors, who follow standards of care and clinical guidelines that have been recognized as authoritative for decades by trusted mainstream medical organizations like the American Medical Association, the American Academy of Pediatrics and the American Psychological Association. These and every mainstream medical association denounce practices of so-called conversion ‘therapy’ as discredited and dangerous. The Therapeutic Fraud Prevention Act would protect vulnerable people who are seeking trusted help from being lured into a pretense for dangerous conversion therapies. PFLAG National thanks Congressman Lieu and Senator Murray for their leadership in reintroducing this important bill.”

    American Psychological Association CEO Arthur C. Evans Jr., PhD.:

    “The American Psychological Association thanks Representative Ted Lieu, Senator Patty Murray, and Senator Cory Booker for the reintroduction of the Therapeutic Fraud Prevention Act. This bill would ban so-called conversion therapy by labeling it a fraudulent practice under the Federal Trade Commission’s authority. APA has a long history of opposing sexual orientation change therapy based on peer-reviewed research studies. APA has also adopted several policies concluding that there is insufficient scientific evidence to support the use of psychological interventions to change sexual orientation. We support this bill and stand ready to advocate for its passage.”

    ###

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Security: Founder Of Celsius Sentenced To 12 Years For Fraud And Market Manipulation

    Source: Office of United States Attorneys

    Alexander Mashinsky Deceived Customers About Celsius’s Financial Stability and Rigged the Price of Celsius’s Crypto Token, Leading to Billions in Losses

    Jay Clayton, the United States Attorney for the Southern District of New York, announced today that ALEXANDER MASHINSKY, the founder and former Chief Executive Officer of Celsius Network LLC and their affiliated entities (collectively, “Celsius”), was sentenced to 12 years for committing commodities fraud and securities fraud at Celsius.  MASHINSKY previously pled guilty on December 3, 2024, before U.S. District Judge John G. Koeltl, who imposed today’s sentence.

    U.S. Attorney Jay Clayton said: “Alexander Mashinsky targeted retail investors with promises that he would keep their “digital assets” safer than a bank, when in fact he used those assets to place risky bets and to line his own pockets.  In the end, Mashinsky made tens of millions of dollars while his customers lost billions.  America’s investors deserve better.  The case for tokenization and the use of digital assets is strong but it is not a license to deceive.  The rules against fraud still apply, and the SDNY will hold those who flout them accountable for their crimes.”

    According to the allegations contained in the Indictment and statements made in public filings and in public court proceedings:

    Celsius, a crypto asset platform, offered customers “rewards” on deposited assets, secured loans, and custody services.  Marketing itself as the “safest place for your crypto,” Celsius encouraged customers to “unbank” themselves by transferring crypto assets to its platform.  Celsius’s primary offering, “Earn” program, promised to deploy customer assets to generate investment returns.  Celsius also provided “Custody” and “Borrow” programs, the latter allowing customers to obtain loans by posting crypto assets as collateral.  MASHINSKY, as CEO, directly marketed Celsius to retail customers globally.  Throughout his tenure, he repeatedly misrepresented key aspects of Celsius’s business and finances to attract customers and retain their assets.  His false claims covered the safety of Celsius’s yield-generating activities, its profitability, the sustainability of high rewards rates, and the risks associated with depositing crypto assets on the platform.  As MASHINSKY portrayed Celsius as secure, the platform grew exponentially.  By the fall of 2021, Celsius had become one of the largest crypto platforms in the world, holding approximately $25 billion in assets at its peak.

    MASHINSKY and others orchestrated a yearslong scheme to mislead customers about Celsius’s proprietary crypto token CEL.  They manipulated CEL’s price by spending hundreds of millions purchasing it on the open market to artificially inflate its value.  At times, they used customer deposits to fund these market purchases, without disclosing that to customers.  Without aggressive manipulation, CEL’s price would have been significantly lower.  As Roni Cohen-Pavon, Celsius’s Chief Revenue Officer who later pled guilty to illegally manipulating CEL’s price, privately told MASHINSKY, “the value was fake and was based on us spending millions.”

    To further the manipulation scheme, MASHINSKY repeatedly made false public statements about Celsius’s market activity and role in supporting and inflating CEL’s.  In some instances, MASHINSKY and other executives personally purchased CEL to artificially support its value.  The artificial price inflation allowed MASHINSKY to profit approximately $48 million from his own sales of CEL.  He publicly claimed he was not selling CEL, while actually selling large quantities, sometimes to Celsius itself.

    Before Celsius halted customer withdrawals on June 12, 2022, MASHINSKY continued assuring customers of Celsius’s strong financial position and liquidity.  Meanwhile, he withdrew $8 million worth of his own non-CEL assets from Celsius.  When Celsius announced it was halting customer withdrawals, hundreds of thousands of Celsius customers had $4.7 billion in inaccessible assets on the platform.  Celsius filed for bankruptcy on July 13, 2022.

    *                *               *

    In addition to the prison term, MASHINSKY, 59, of New York, New York, was sentenced to three years of supervised release and ordered to pay a $50,000 fine and forfeiture of $48,393,446.

    Mr. Clayton praised the outstanding work of the Federal Bureau of Investigation.  Mr. Clayton also thanked the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, each of which has filed a parallel civil action.

    The case is being overseen by the Office’s Securities and Commodities Fraud Task Force.  Assistant U.S. Attorneys Peter J. Davis, Adam S. Hobson, and Allison Nichols are in charge of the prosecution.

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-OSI: Definitive Healthcare Reports Financial Results for First Quarter Fiscal Year 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    FRAMINGHAM, Mass., May 08, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Definitive Healthcare Corp. (“Definitive Healthcare” or the “Company”) (Nasdaq: DH), an industry leader in healthcare commercial intelligence, today announced financial results for the quarter ended March 31, 2025. 

    First Quarter 2025 Financial Highlights:

    • Revenue was $59.2 million, a decrease of 7% from $63.5 million in Q1 2024. 
    • Net Loss, inclusive of goodwill impairment charges of $176.5 million, was $(155.1) million, or (262)% of revenue, compared to $(12.7) million or (20)% of revenue in Q1 2024.  
    • Adjusted Net Income was $7.0 million, compared to $13.0 million in Q1 2024.   
    • Adjusted EBITDA was $14.7 million, or 25% of revenue, compared to $20.0 million, or 32% of revenue in Q1 2024.  
    • Cash Flow from Operations was $26.1 million in the quarter.
    • Unlevered Free Cash Flow was $22.9 million in the quarter.

    “We delivered first quarter results above the high end of our guidance for both revenue and earnings, reflecting solid new logo momentum across markets, and our continued focus on operational efficiency,” said Kevin Coop, CEO of Definitive Healthcare. “Even with rising macroeconomic uncertainty, we remain firmly on track to meet our full-year financial targets.”

    Recent Business and Operating Highlights: 

    Customer Wins

    In the first quarter, Definitive Healthcare continued to win new logos and expansion opportunities across all end-markets, by providing the data, insights and integrations that drive their critical business use cases. Customer wins for the quarter included:

    • A California-based medical device company, focused on continuous patient monitoring, recently selected our Carevoyance platform to equip their sales team with the insights and data they need to identify high-value targets, including ambulatory surgery centers and hospitals.
    • A regional health system in the Southern US recently selected our Populi platform to support new service line expansions, physician recruitment, and telemedicine growth opportunities, along with competitive intelligence and insights on technology adoption.
    • A leading office supply company recently returned to Definitive Healthcare after switching to a competitor in 2023. The decision was driven by our comprehensive data on hospitals, health systems, and post-acute care organizations, our robust affiliations and hierarchy insights that were critical for their enterprise sales team, and our ability to easily integrate with Salesforce.com.
    • As we expand our focus on digital marketing activation partnerships, we recently signed two leading healthcare advertising agencies. Both agencies are currently ramping, and we expect to see momentum continuing to build in the second half of 2025.

    Business Outlook 

    Based on information as of May 8, 2025, the Company is issuing the following financial guidance.  

    Second Quarter 2025:  

    • Revenue is expected to be in the range of $58.5 – $60.0 million. 
    • Adjusted Operating Income is expected to be in the range of $12.0 – $13.0 million. 
    • Adjusted EBITDA is expected to be in the range of $15.0 – $16.0 million, and 25 – 27% adjusted EBITDA margin. 
    • Adjusted Net Income is expected to be $6.5 – $7.5 million. 
    • Adjusted Net Income Per Diluted Share is expected to be $0.04 to $0.05 per share on approximately 147.9 million weighted-average shares outstanding. 

    Full Year 2025:  

    • Revenue is expected to be in the range of $234.0 – $240.0 million, raising the bottom end of our prior range by $4.0 million.
    • Adjusted Operating Income is expected to be in the range of $49.0 – $53.0 million. 
    • Adjusted EBITDA is expected to be in the range of $61.0 – $65.0 million, for a full-year adjusted EBITDA margin ranging from 26 – 28%. 
    • Adjusted Net Income is expected to be $30.0 – $34.0 million. 
    • Adjusted Net Income Per Diluted Share is expected to be $0.20 – $0.23 per share on approximately 148.8 million weighted-average shares outstanding. 

    We do not provide a quantitative reconciliation of the forward-looking non-GAAP financial measures included in this press release to the most directly comparable GAAP measures due to the high variability and difficulty in predicting certain items excluded from these non-GAAP financial measures; in particular, the effects of equity-based compensation expense, taxes and amounts under the tax receivable agreement, deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities, and transaction, integration, and restructuring expenses. We expect the variability of these excluded items may have a significant and potentially unpredictable impact on our future GAAP financial results. 

    Conference Call Information 

    Definitive Healthcare will host a conference call today May 8, 2025, at 5:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) to discuss the Company’s full financial results and current business outlook. Participants may access the call at 1-877-358-7298 or 1-848-488-9244. Shortly after the conclusion of the call, a replay of this conference call will be available through June 7, 2025, at 1-800-645-7964 or 1-757-849-6722. The replay passcode is 1765#. A live audio webcast of the event will be available on Definitive Healthcare’s Investor Relations website at https://ir.definitivehc.com/.

    About Definitive Healthcare 

    At Definitive Healthcare, our passion is to transform data, analytics and expertise into healthcare commercial intelligence. We help clients uncover the right markets, opportunities and people, so they can shape tomorrow’s healthcare industry. Learn more at definitivehc.com.

    Forward-Looking Statements 

    This press release includes forward-looking statements that reflect our current views with respect to future events and financial performance. Such statements are provided under the “safe harbor” protection of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include all statements that do not relate solely to historical or current facts, and can generally be identified by words or phrases written in the future tense and/or preceded by words such as “likely,” “will,” “should,” “may,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “seeks,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “continues,” “assumes,” “would,” “potentially” or similar words or variations thereof, or the negative thereof, references to future periods, or by the inclusion of forecasts or projections, but these terms are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements we make regarding our outlook, financial guidance, the benefits of our healthcare commercial intelligence solutions, our overall future prospects, customer behaviors and use of our solutions, the market, industry and macroeconomic environment, our plans to improve our operational and financial performance and our business, our ability to execute on our plans, customer growth, including our upsell and cross-sell opportunities, and our ability to successfully transition executive leadership.

    Forward-looking statements in this press release are based on our current expectations and assumptions regarding our business, the economy and other future conditions. Because forward-looking statements relate to the future, by their nature, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. As a result, our actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include the following: global geopolitical tension and difficult macroeconomic conditions; actual or potential changes in international, national, regional and local economic, business and financial conditions, including tariffs, sanctions, trade barriers, recessions, fluctuating inflation, high interest rates, volatility in the capital markets and related market uncertainty; our inability to acquire new customers and generate additional revenue from existing customers; our inability to generate sales of subscriptions to our platform or any decline in demand for our platform and the data we offer; the competitiveness of the market in which we operate and our ability to compete effectively; the failure to maintain and improve our platform, or develop new modules or insights for healthcare commercial intelligence; the inability to obtain and maintain accurate, comprehensive or reliable data, which could result in reduced demand for our platform; the loss of our access to our data providers; the failure to respond to advances in healthcare commercial intelligence; an inability to attract new customers and expand subscriptions of current customers; our ability to successfully transition executive leadership; the possibility that our security measures are breached or unauthorized access to data is otherwise obtained; and the risks of being required to collect sales or other related taxes for subscriptions to our platform in jurisdictions where we have not historically done so.  

    Additional factors or events that could cause our actual performance to differ from these forward-looking statements may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, our actual financial condition, results of operations, future performance and business may vary in material respects from the performance projected in these forward-looking statements. 

    For additional discussion of factors that could impact our operational and financial results, refer to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 31, 2025 that will be filed following this earnings release, as well as our Current Reports on Form 8-K and other subsequent SEC filings, which are or will be available on the Investor Relations page of our website at ir.definitivehc.com and on the SEC website at www.sec.gov. 

    All information in this press release speaks only as of the date on which it is made. We undertake no obligation to publicly update this information, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as may be required by law. 

    Website 

    Definitive Healthcare intends to use its website as a distribution channel of material company information. Financial and other important information regarding the Company is routinely posted on and accessible through the Company’s website at https://www.definitivehc.com/. Accordingly, you should monitor the investor relations portion of our website at https://ir.definitivehc.com/ in addition to following our press releases, SEC filings, and public conference calls and webcasts. In addition, you may automatically receive email alerts and other information about the Company when you enroll your email address by visiting the “Email Alerts” section of our investor relations page at https://ir.definitivehc.com/. 

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures   

    We have presented supplemental non-GAAP financial measures as part of this earnings release. We believe that these supplemental non-GAAP financial measures are useful to investors because they allow for an evaluation of the Company with a focus on the performance of its core operations, including providing meaningful comparisons of financial results to historical periods and to the financial results of peer and competitor companies. Our use of these non-GAAP terms may vary from the use of similar terms by other companies in our industry and accordingly may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies and are not measures of performance calculated in accordance with GAAP. Our presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures are intended as supplemental measures of our performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered as alternatives to loss from operations, net loss, earnings per share, or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP or as measures of operating cash flows or liquidity. A reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP results has been provided in the financial statement tables included at the end of this press release. In evaluating our non-GAAP financial measures, you should be aware that in the future, we may incur expenses similar to those eliminated in these presentations.

    We refer to Unlevered Free Cash Flow, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Adjusted Gross Profit, Adjusted Gross Margin, Adjusted Operating Income, Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Net Income Per Diluted Share as non-GAAP financial measures. These non-GAAP financial measures are not required by or prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. (“GAAP”). These are supplemental financial measures of our performance and should not be considered substitutes for cash provided by (used in) operating activities, loss from operations, net (loss) income, net (loss) income margin, gross profit, gross margin, or any other measure derived in accordance with GAAP. 

    We define Unlevered Free Cash Flow as net cash provided by operating activities less purchases of property, equipment and other assets, plus cash interest expense, and cash payments related to transaction, integration, and restructuring related expenses, earnouts, and other non-core items. Unlevered Free Cash Flow does not represent residual cash flow available for discretionary expenditures since, among other things, we have mandatory debt service requirements. 

    We define EBITDA as earnings before debt-related costs, including interest expense (income), net, and loss on partial extinguishment of debt, income taxes and depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA adjusted to exclude certain items of a significant or unusual nature, including other income, net, equity-based compensation, transaction, integration, and restructuring expenses, goodwill impairments and other non-core expenses. Adjusted EBITDA Margin is defined as Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are key metrics used by management and our board of directors to assess the profitability of our operations. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin provide useful information to help investors to assess our operating performance because these metrics eliminate non-core and unusual items and non-cash expenses, which we do not consider indicative of ongoing operational performance. We believe that these metrics are helpful to investors in measuring the profitability of our operations on a consolidated level.  

    We define Adjusted Gross Profit as gross profit excluding acquisition-related amortization and equity-based compensation costs and Adjusted Gross Margin is defined as Adjusted Gross Profit as a percentage of revenue. Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted Gross Margin are key metrics used by management and our board of directors to assess our operations. We exclude acquisition-related depreciation and amortization expenses as they have no direct correlation to the cost of operating our business on an ongoing basis. A small portion of equity-based compensation is included in cost of revenue in accordance with GAAP but is excluded from our Adjusted Gross Profit calculations due to its non-cash nature.  

    We define Adjusted Operating Income as loss from operations plus acquisition related amortization, equity-based compensation, transaction, integration, and restructuring expenses, goodwill impairments and other non-core expenses.  

    We define Adjusted Net Income as Adjusted Operating Income less interest (expense), income net, recurring income tax (provision) benefit, foreign currency gain (loss), and tax impacts of adjustments. We define Adjusted Net Income Per Diluted Share as Adjusted Net Income divided by diluted outstanding shares. 

    In evaluating our non-GAAP financial measures, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses similar to those eliminated in these presentations. 

    Investor Contact: 
    Brian Denyeau 
    ICR for Definitive Healthcare 
    brian.denyeau@icrinc.com
    646-277-1251 

    Media Contact: 
    Bethany Swackhamer
    bswackhamer@definitivehc.com

    Definitive Healthcare Corp.
    Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (in thousands, except number of shares and par value; unaudited)
             
        March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
    Assets        
    Current assets:        
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 106,099     $ 105,378  
    Short-term investments     94,574       184,786  
    Accounts receivable, net     42,923       53,232  
    Prepaid expenses and other assets     16,173       13,040  
    Deferred contract costs     13,673       13,736  
    Total current assets     273,442       370,172  
    Property and equipment, net     9,483       3,791  
    Operating lease right-of-use assets, net     6,982       7,521  
    Other assets     2,991       2,300  
    Deferred contract costs     14,299       14,389  
    Intangible assets, net     284,708       297,933  
    Goodwill     216,752       393,283  
    Total assets   $ 808,657     $ 1,089,389  
    Liabilities and Equity        
    Current liabilities:        
    Accounts payable     8,218       10,763  
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities     26,963       40,896  
    Deferred revenue     109,724       93,344  
    Term loan     8,750       13,750  
    Operating lease liabilities     2,422       2,408  
    Total current liabilities     156,077       161,161  
    Long term liabilities:        
    Deferred revenue     2,790       32  
    Term loan     162,385       229,368  
    Operating lease liabilities     7,051       7,586  
    Tax receivable agreements liability     23,124       49,511  
    Deferred tax liabilities     13,912       25,088  
    Other liabilities     7,413       9,449  
    Total liabilities     372,752       482,195  
             
    Equity:        
    Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001, 600,000,000 shares authorized, 109,646,157 and 113,953,554 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively     110       114  
    Class B Common Stock, par value $0.00001, 65,000,000 shares authorized, 38,997,184 and 38,995,217 shares issued and outstanding, respectively, at March 31, 2025, and 39,439,198 and 39,375,806 shares issued and outstanding, respectively, at December 31, 2024            
    Additional paid-in capital     1,071,732       1,085,445  
    Accumulated other comprehensive deficit     (1,264 )     (610 )
    Accumulated deficit     (747,802 )     (640,574 )
    Noncontrolling interests     113,129       162,819  
    Total equity     435,905       607,194  
    Total liabilities and equity   $ 808,657     $ 1,089,389  
             
     
    Definitive Healthcare Corp.
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (in thousands, except share amounts and per share data; unaudited)
               
        Three Months Ended March 31,  
        2025   2024  
    Revenue   $ 59,191     $ 63,480    
    Cost of revenue:          
    Cost of revenue exclusive of amortization (1)     10,141       9,736    
    Amortization     5,290       3,362    
    Gross profit     43,760       50,382    
    Operating expenses:          
    Sales and marketing (1)     20,653       21,760    
    Product development (1)     9,301       10,132    
    General and administrative (1)     12,269       16,883    
    Depreciation and amortization     8,527       9,322    
    Transaction, integration, and restructuring expenses     1,265       8,534    
    Goodwill impairment     176,531          
    Total operating expenses     228,546       66,631    
    Loss from operations     (184,786 )     (16,249 )  
    Other (expense) income, net          
    Interest (expense) income, net     (381 )     111    
    Other income, net     19,188       2,640    
    Total other income, net     18,807       2,751    
    Net loss before income taxes     (165,979 )     (13,498 )  
    Benefit from income taxes     10,886       780    
    Net loss     (155,093 )     (12,718 )  
    Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests     (47,865 )     (3,200 )  
    Net loss attributable to Definitive Healthcare Corp.   $ (107,228 )   $ (9,518 )  
    Net loss per share of Class A Common Stock:          
    Basic and diluted   $ (0.95 )   $ (0.08 )  
    Weighted average Class A Common Stock outstanding:          
    Basic and diluted     112,782,505       117,433,520    
               
               
    (1) Amounts include equity-based compensation expense as follows:          
        Three Months Ended March 31,  
        2025   2024  
    Cost of revenue   $ 160     $ 271    
    Sales and marketing     1,179       2,271    
    Product development     1,739       2,761    
    General and administrative     4,241       10,279    
    Total equity-based compensation expense   $ 7,319     $ 15,582    
               
       
    Definitive Healthcare Corp.  
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  
    (in thousands; unaudited)  
               
        Three Months Ended March 31,  
        2025   2024  
    Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities:          
    Net loss   $ (155,093 )   $ (12,718 )  
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:          
    Depreciation and amortization     591       554    
    Amortization of intangible assets     13,226       12,130    
    Amortization of deferred contract costs     3,947       3,692    
    Equity-based compensation     7,319       15,582    
    Amortization of debt issuance costs     126       176    
    (Benefit from) provision for doubtful accounts receivable     (142 )     211    
    Loss on partial extinguishment of debt     507          
    Non-cash restructuring charges     192          
    Goodwill impairment charges     176,531          
    Tax receivable agreement remeasurement     (20,664 )     (2,267 )  
    Changes in fair value of contingent consideration     (690 )     270    
    Deferred income taxes     (11,007 )     (847 )  
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:          
    Accounts receivable     10,351       2,999    
    Prepaid expenses and other assets     (5,683 )     (1,399 )  
    Deferred contract costs     (3,794 )     (2,699 )  
    Contingent consideration           (602 )  
    Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities     (8,745 )     (8,231 )  
    Deferred revenue     19,094       9,738    
    Net cash provided by operating activities     26,066       16,589    
    Cash flows (used in) provided by investing activities:          
    Purchases of property, equipment, and other assets     (7,706 )     (266 )  
    Purchases of short-term investments     (12,000 )     (83,826 )  
    Maturities of short-term investments     103,251       73,588    
    Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired           (13,530 )  
    Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities     83,545       (24,034 )  
    Cash flows used in financing activities:          
    Repayments of term loan     (246,250 )     (3,438 )  
    Proceeds from term loan     175,000          
    Payments of debt issuance costs     (1,660 )        
    Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards     (1,874 )     (5,806 )  
    Repurchases of Class A Common Stock     (21,155 )        
    Payments of contingent consideration           (1,000 )  
    Payments under tax receivable agreement     (13,767 )     (6,950 )  
    Net cash used in financing activities     (109,706 )     (17,194 )  
    Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents     (95 )     (24,639 )  
    Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     816       (343 )  
    Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     105,378       130,976    
    Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 106,099     $ 105,994    
    Supplemental cash flow disclosures:          
    Cash paid during the period for:          
    Interest   $ 2,242     $ 3,642    
    Income taxes   $ 32     $    
    Acquisitions:          
    Net assets acquired, net of cash acquired   $     $ 13,675    
    Working capital adjustment receivable           (145 )  
    Net cash paid for acquisitions   $     $ 13,530    
    Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing activities:          
    Capital expenditures included in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities   $ 5,393     $    
               
             
    Definitive Healthcare Corp.
    Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures to Closest GAAP Equivalent
             
                     Reconciliation of GAAP Operating Cash Flow to Unlevered Free Cash Flow
    (in thousands; unaudited)
             
      Three Months Ended March 31,  
       2025    2024  
    Net cash provided by operating activities $ 26,066     $ 16,589    
    Purchases of property, equipment, and other assets   (7,706 )     (266 )  
    Interest paid in cash   2,242       3,642    
    Transaction, integration, and restructuring expenses paid in cash (a)   1,763       8,264    
    Earnout payment (b)         602    
    Other non-core items (c)   560       (528 )  
    Unlevered Free Cash Flow $ 22,925     $ 28,303    
             
    (a) Transaction and integration expenses paid in cash primarily represent legal, accounting, and consulting expenses related to our acquisitions. Restructuring expenses paid in cash relate to our restructuring plans.
    (b) Earnout payment represents final settlement of contingent consideration included in cash flow from operations.  
    (c) Non-core items represent expenses driven by events that are typically by nature one-time, non-operational, and unrelated to our core operations.  
             
    Reconciliation of GAAP Net Loss to Adjusted Net Income and
    GAAP Operating Loss to Adjusted Operating Income
    (in thousands, except share and per share amounts; unaudited)
             
      Three Months Ended March 31,  
       2025    2024  
    Net loss $ (155,093 )   $ (12,718 )  
    Add: Income tax benefit   (10,886 )     (780 )  
    Add: Interest expense (income), net   381       (111 )  
    Add: Loss on partial extinguishment from debt   507          
    Add: Other income, net   (19,695 )     (2,640 )  
    Loss from operations   (184,786 )     (16,249 )  
    Add: Amortization of intangible assets acquired through business combinations   11,089       11,211    
    Add: Equity-based compensation   7,319       15,582    
    Add: Transaction, integration, and restructuring expenses   1,265       8,534    
    Add: Goodwill impairment charge   176,531          
    Add: Other non-core items   560       (528 )  
    Adjusted Operating Income   11,978       18,550    
    Less: Interest (expense) income, net   (381 )     111    
    Less: Recurring income tax benefit   352       780    
    Less: Foreign currency (loss) gain   (969 )     373    
    Less: Tax impacts of adjustments to net loss   (4,008 )     (6,772 )  
    Adjusted Net Income $ 6,972     $ 13,042    
    Shares for Adjusted Net Income Per Diluted Share (a)   151,800,030       156,634,698    
    Adjusted Net Income Per Share $ 0.05     $ 0.08    
             
    (a) Diluted Adjusted Net Income Per Share is computed by giving effect to all potential weighted average Class A common stock and any securities that are convertible into Class A common stock, including Definitive OpCo units and restricted stock units. The dilutive effect of outstanding awards and convertible securities is reflected in diluted earnings per share by application of the treasury stock method assuming proceeds from unrecognized compensation as required by GAAP. Fully diluted shares are 162,079,150 and 164,977,953 as of March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
             
    Reconciliation of GAAP Gross Profit and Margin to Adjusted Gross Profit and Margin
    (in thousands, except percentages; unaudited)
                     
        Three Months Ended March 31,
         2025    2024
    (in thousands)   Amount   % of Revenue   Amount   % of Revenue
    Reported gross profit and margin   $ 43,760   74 %   $ 50,382   79 %
    Amortization of intangible assets acquired through business combinations     3,153   5 %     2,443   4 %
    Equity compensation costs     160   0 %     271   0 %
    Adjusted gross profit and margin   $ 47,073   80 %   $ 53,096   84 %
                     
    Reconciliation of GAAP Net Loss and Margin to Adjusted EBITDA and Margin
    (in thousands, except percentages; unaudited)
                     
      Three Months Ended March 31,  
      2025   2024  
      Amount   % of Revenue   Amount   % of Revenue  
    Net loss and margin $ (155,093 )     (262 )%   $ (12,718 )   (20 )%  
    Interest expense (income), net   381       1 %     (111 )   (0 )%  
    Benefit from income taxes   (10,886 )     (18 )%     (780 )   (1 )%  
    Loss on partial extinguishment of debt   507       1 %         0 %  
    Depreciation & amortization   13,817       23 %     12,684     20 %  
    EBITDA and margin   (151,274 )     (256 )%     (925 )   (1 )%  
    Other income, net (a)   (19,695 )     (33 )%     (2,640 )   (4 )%  
    Equity-based compensation (b)   7,319       12 %     15,582     25 %  
    Transaction, integration, and restructuring expenses (c)   1,265       2 %     8,534     13 %  
    Goodwill impairment (d)   176,531       298 %         0 %  
    Other non-core items (e)   560       1 %     (528 )   (1 )%  
    Adjusted EBITDA and margin $ 14,706       25 %   $ 20,023     32 %  
                     
    (a) Primarily represents foreign exchange and Tax Receivable Agreement liability remeasurement gains and losses.
    (b) Equity-based compensation represents non-cash compensation expense recognized in association with equity awards made to employees and directors.
    (c) Transaction and integration expenses primarily represent legal, accounting, and consulting expenses and fair value adjustments for contingent consideration related to our acquisitions and strategic partnerships. Restructuring expenses relate to the 2024 Restructuring Plan as well as impairment and restructuring charges related to office closures, relocations, and consolidations.
                     
      Three Months Ended March 31,          
    (in thousands) 2025   2024          
    Merger and acquisition due diligence and transaction costs $ 1,178     $ 609            
    Integration costs   557       434            
    Fair value adjustment for contingent consideration   (690 )     270            
    Restructuring charges for severance and other separation costs   28       7,221            
    Office closure and relocation restructuring charges and impairments   192                  
    Total transaction, integration and restructuring expenses $ 1,265     $ 8,534            
                     
    (d) Goodwill impairment represents non-cash, pre-tax, goodwill impairment charges. We experienced declines in our market capitalization as a result of a sustained decrease in our stock price, which represented a triggering event requiring our management to perform a quantitative goodwill impairment test as of the end of the first quarter of 2025. As a result of the impairment test conducted, we determined that the fair value of our single reporting unit was lower than its carrying value and, accordingly, recorded the impairment charge.
     
    (e) Other non-core items represent expenses driven by events that are typically by nature one-time, non-operational, and/or unrelated to our core operations. These expenses are comprised of non-core legal and regulatory costs isolated to unique and extraordinary litigation, legal and regulatory matters that are not considered normal and recurring business activity, including sales tax accrual adjustments inclusive of penalties and interest for sales taxes that we may have been required to collect from customers in certain previous years, and other non-recurring legal and regulatory matters. Other non-core items also include consulting fees and severance costs associated with strategic transition initiatives, as well as professional fees related to financing, capital structure changes, and other non-recurring items.
                                   
                     
      Three Months Ended March 31,          
    (in thousands) 2025   2024          
    Non-core legal and regulatory $ 53     $ (865 )          
    Consulting and severance costs for strategic transition initiatives   168       330            
    Other non-core expenses   339       7            
    Total other non-core items $ 560     $ (528 )          
                     

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: IBEX Reports Record Quarterly Revenue and EPS, Returns to Double-Digit Growth, Raises Fiscal Year Guidance

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    • Quarterly revenue grew 11% versus prior year quarter – highest growth in ten quarters
    • Adjusted EPS of $0.82 – an increase of 18% to prior year quarter
    • Makes strategic entry into India – launching with leading healthcare client
    • Board authorizes a new $15 million share repurchase plan

    WASHINGTON, May 08, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — IBEX Limited (“ibex”), a leading provider in global business process outsourcing and end-to-end customer engagement technology solutions, today announced financial results for its third fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2025.

      Three months ended March 31, 2025   Nine months ended March 31, 2025
    ($ millions, except per share amounts)   2025       2024     Change     2025       2024     Change
    Revenue $ 140,736     $ 126,795       11.0 %   $ 411,135     $ 384,038       7.1 %
    Net income $ 10,469     $ 10,310       1.5 %   $ 27,268     $ 23,810       14.5 %
    Net income margin   7.4 %     8.1 %     (70) bps       6.6 %     6.2 %     40 bps  
    Adjusted net income (1) $ 11,787     $ 12,558       (6.1)%     $ 30,434     $ 28,156       8.1 %
    Adjusted net income margin (1)   8.4 %     9.9 %     (150) bps       7.4 %     7.3 %     10 bps  
    Adjusted EBITDA (1) $ 19,380     $ 19,204       0.9 %   $ 51,505     $ 47,239       9.0 %
    Adjusted EBITDA margin (1)   13.8 %     15.1 %     (130) bps       12.5 %     12.3 %     20 bps  
    Earnings per share – diluted (2) $ 0.73     $ 0.57       27.5 %   $ 1.70     $ 1.29       31.9 %
    Adjusted earnings per share – diluted (1,2) $ 0.82     $ 0.70       17.9 %   $ 1.90     $ 1.53       24.4 %
                           
    (1)See accompanying Exhibits for the reconciliation of each non-GAAP measure to its most directly comparable GAAP measure.
    (2)The current period percentages are calculated based on exact amounts, and therefore may not recalculate exactly using rounded numbers as presented.
     

    “Marking the continuation of a strong first half for fiscal year 2025, I am proud to report yet another quarter of record financial results,” said Bob Dechant, ibex CEO. “Ibex returned to double-digit top-line revenue growth with 11%, our highest rate in ten quarters. Our growth continues to be driven by outstanding performance within our embedded base clients, new client wins, and our ability to drive innovative AI solutions across our clients. I am excited to report that our new logo team performed extremely well with four signature wins in the quarter for a total of 12 year to date. Importantly, we achieved a major strategic milestone in the quarter with the seamless launch for a leading Healthcare company in our newest location, India. Operating in this key location has been a strategic priority for our company and further enhances our client delivery options.”

    “With the strength and trajectory of our business, we are raising guidance for both revenue and adjusted EBITDA, as well as announcing a newly authorized share repurchase plan, reflecting the board of directors’ and management’s confidence in ibex,” added Dechant.

    Third Quarter Financial Performance
    Revenue

    • Revenue of $140.7 million, an increase of 11.0% from $126.8 million in the prior year quarter. Growth was driven in our top three verticals; HealthTech (+20.0%), Travel, Transportation and Logistics (+18.7%), and Retail & E-commerce (+14.6%), along with growth in the digital acquisition business.

    Net Income and Earnings Per Share

    • Net income increased slightly to $10.5 million compared to $10.3 million in the prior year quarter. Net income was favorably impacted by an increase in gross margin as a result of the impact of revenue growth particularly in our higher margin offshore regions, offset by increases in selling, general, and administrative, interest, and income tax expenses.
    • Diluted earnings per share increased to $0.73 compared to $0.57 in the prior year quarter. Earnings per share benefited from diluted shares outstanding declining to 14.4 million compared to 18.0 million in the prior year quarter as a result of our share repurchase activities.
    • Net income margin decreased to 7.4% compared to 8.1% in the prior year quarter.
    • Non-GAAP adjusted net income decreased to $11.8 million compared to $12.6 million in the prior year quarter (see Exhibit 1 for reconciliation).
    • Non-GAAP adjusted diluted earnings per share increased to $0.82 compared to $0.70 in the prior year quarter (see Exhibit 1 for reconciliation).

    Adjusted EBITDA

    • Adjusted EBITDA increased to $19.4 million compared to $19.2 million in the prior year quarter (see Exhibit 2 for reconciliation).
    • Adjusted EBITDA margin decreased to 13.8% compared to 15.1% in the prior year quarter (see Exhibit 2 for reconciliation). This decrease was primarily driven by increases in selling, general, and administrative expenses including costs associated with our expansion into India.

    Cash Flow and Balance Sheet

    • Capital expenditures were $5.3 million compared to $1.7 million in the prior year quarter. The planned increase in capital expenditures during this quarter was driven by capacity expansion to meet growing demand in our offshore and nearshore regions.
    • Cash flow from operating activities was $8.8 million compared to $11.4 million in the prior year quarter. Free cash flow was $3.6 million compared to $9.7 million in the prior year quarter (see Exhibit 3 for reconciliation). Improvement in days sales outstanding in the quarter to 77 days was offset by the planned increased capital expenditures to fund growth and investments for expansion into India.
    • Net debt was $7.6 million, an improvement of $6.1 million compared to net debt of $13.7 million as of December 31, 2024. This reflects the impact of our $70 million TRGI share repurchase when compared to our net cash position of $61.2 million as of June 30, 2024 (see Exhibit 4 for reconciliation).

    “We achieved outstanding top and strong bottom line third quarter results. We delivered a multi-year high top-line performance with 11% revenue growth, over 7% fiscal year to date, with 19% growth in our highest margin offshore regions. Our adjusted EPS of $0.82, was up 18% over the prior year quarter, and was a record for our business. The continued expansion of our embedded client base and new client wins over the last year drove these excellent results,” said Taylor Greenwald, CFO of ibex.

    “The upward trend in our results over the last few quarters not only enable strategic investments in our growing AI capabilities and sales resources, but also our in-quarter entry into the India market. Importantly, these results instill continued confidence in the execution of our strategy, enabling us to again raise our fiscal year guidance, commence the newly authorized share repurchase plan, and continue to return value to shareholders.”

    Raised Fiscal Year 2025 Guidance

    • Revenue is expected to be in the range of $540 to $545 million versus a previous range of $525 to $535 million.
    • Adjusted EBITDA is expected to be in the range of $68 to $70 million versus a previous range of $68 to $69 million.
    • Capital expenditures are expected to remain in the range of $15 to $20 million.

    Share Repurchase Plan
    The board of directors (the “Board”) has authorized a share repurchase plan to commence May 12, 2025 under which the Company may repurchase up to $15 million of its shares over the next 12 months (the “Share Repurchase Plan”).

    The Company’s proposed repurchases may be made from time to time through open market transactions at prevailing market prices, in privately negotiated transactions, in block trades and/or through other legally permissible means, depending on the market conditions and in accordance with applicable rules and regulations. The actual timing, number, and dollar amount of repurchase transactions will be subject to Rule 10b-18 and/or Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

    The Board will review the Share Repurchase Plan periodically and may authorize adjustment of its terms and size or suspend or discontinue the plan. The Company expects to fund the repurchases under this plan with its existing cash balance.

    The Share Repurchase Plan does not obligate the Company to acquire any particular amount of common shares, and the plan may be suspended or discontinued at any time at the Company’s discretion.

    Conference Call and Webcast Information
    IBEX Limited will host a conference call and live webcast to discuss its third quarter of fiscal year 2025 financial results at 4:30 p.m. Eastern Time today, May 8, 2025. We will also post to this section of our website the earning slides, which will accompany our conference call and live webcast, and encourage you to review the information that we make available on our website.

    Live and archived webcasts can be accessed at: https://investors.ibex.co/.

    Financial Information
    This announcement does not contain sufficient information to constitute an interim financial report as defined in Financial Accounting Standards ASC 270, “Interim Reporting.” The financial information in this press release has not been audited.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    We present non-GAAP financial measures because we believe that they and other similar measures are widely used by certain investors, securities analysts and other interested parties as supplemental measures of performance and liquidity. We also use these measures internally to establish forecasts, budgets and operational goals to manage and monitor our business, as well as evaluate our underlying historical performance, as we believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide a more helpful depiction of our performance of the business by encompassing only relevant and manageable events, enabling us to evaluate and plan more effectively for the future. The non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies, have limitations as analytical tools, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our operating results as reported in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). Non-GAAP financial measures and ratios are not measurements of our performance, financial condition or liquidity under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to operating profit or net income / (loss) or as alternatives to cash flow from operating, investing or financing activities for the period, or any other performance measures, derived in accordance with GAAP.

    ibex is not providing a quantitative reconciliation of forward-looking non-GAAP adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP measure because it is unable to predict with reasonable certainty the ultimate outcome of certain significant items without unreasonable effort. These items include, but are not limited to, non-recurring expenses, foreign currency gains and losses, and share-based compensation expense. These items are uncertain, depend on various factors, and could have a material impact on GAAP reported results for the guidance period.

    About ibex
    ibex helps the world’s preeminent brands more effectively engage their customers with services ranging from customer support, technical support, inbound/outbound sales, business intelligence and analytics, digital demand generation, and CX surveys and feedback analytics.

    Forward Looking Statements
    In addition to historical information, this press release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “should,” “plan,” “expect,” “predict,” “potential,” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. These statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our future financial and operating performance, including our outlook and guidance, and our strategies, priorities and business plans. Our expectations and beliefs regarding these matters may not materialize, and actual results in future periods are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected. Factors that could impact our actual results include: our ability to attract new business and retain key clients; our profitability based on our utilization, pricing and managing costs; the potential for our clients or potential clients to consolidate; our clients deciding to enter into or further expand their insourcing activities and current trends toward outsourcing services may reverse; general economic uncertainty in global markets and unfavorable economic conditions, including inflation, rising interest rates, recession, foreign exchange fluctuations and supply-chain issues; our ability to manage our international operations, particularly in the Philippines, Jamaica, Pakistan and Nicaragua; natural events, health epidemics, global geopolitical conditions, including developing or ongoing conflicts, widespread civil unrest, terrorist attacks and other attacks of violence involving any of the countries in which we or our clients operate; our ability to anticipate, develop and implement information technology solutions that keep pace with evolving industry standards and changing client demands, including the effective adoption of Artificial Intelligence into our offerings; our ability to recruit, engage, motivate, manage and retain our global workforce; our ability to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including those regarding privacy, data protection and information security, employment and anti-corruption; the effect of cyberattacks or cybersecurity vulnerabilities on our information technology systems; our ability to realize the anticipated strategic and financial benefits of our relationship with Amazon; the impact of tax matters, including new legislation and actions by taxing authorities; and other factors discussed in the “Risk Factors” described in our periodic reports filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), including our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and past filings on Form 20-F, and any other risk factors we include in subsequent filings with the SEC. Because of these uncertainties, you should not make any investment decisions based on our estimates and forward-looking statements. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this press release whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

    IR Contact:  Michael Darwal, EVP, Investor Relations, ibex, michael.darwal@ibex.co
    Media Contact:  Daniel Burris, VP, Marketing and Communication, ibex, daniel.burris@ibex.co

     
    IBEX LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (Unaudited)
    (in thousands)
     
      March 31,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
    Assets      
    Current assets      
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 12,977     $ 62,720  
    Accounts receivable, net   120,035       98,366  
    Prepaid expenses   8,103       7,712  
    Due from related parties   50       192  
    Tax advances and receivables   4,976       9,080  
    Other current assets   2,523       1,888  
    Total current assets   148,664       179,958  
           
    Non-current assets      
    Property and equipment, net   30,481       29,862  
    Operating lease assets   65,726       59,145  
    Goodwill   11,832       11,832  
    Deferred tax asset, net   5,994       4,285  
    Other non-current assets   12,034       8,822  
    Total non-current assets   126,067       113,946  
    Total assets $ 274,731     $ 293,904  
           
    Liabilities and stockholders’ equity      
    Current liabilities      
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $ 18,430     $ 16,719  
    Accrued payroll and employee-related liabilities   29,653       30,674  
    Current deferred revenue   6,019       4,749  
    Current operating lease liabilities   14,225       12,051  
    Current debt   19,862       660  
    Due to related parties         60  
    Income taxes payable   821       6,083  
    Total current liabilities   89,010       70,996  
           
    Non-current liabilities      
    Non-current deferred revenue   1,060       1,128  
    Non-current operating lease liabilities   56,944       53,441  
    Long-term debt   735       867  
    Other non-current liabilities   2,801       1,673  
    Total non-current liabilities   61,540       57,109  
    Total liabilities   150,550       128,105  
           
    Stockholders’ equity      
    Common Stock   1       2  
    Additional paid-in capital   216,184       210,200  
    Treasury stock   (101,658 )     (25,367 )
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (6,491 )     (7,913 )
    Retained earnings / (deficit)   16,145       (11,123 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   124,181       165,799  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 274,731     $ 293,904  
                   
    IBEX LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
    (Unaudited)
    (in thousands, except per share data)
     
      Three Months Ended March 31,   Nine Months Ended March 31,
        2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Revenue $ 140,736     $ 126,795     $ 411,135     $ 384,038  
                   
    Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented separately below)   96,017       87,083       284,820       271,163  
    Selling, general and administrative   27,061       23,565       78,982       71,462  
    Depreciation and amortization   4,329       4,865       12,984       14,853  
    Total operating expenses   127,407       115,513       376,786       357,478  
    Income from operations   13,329       11,282       34,349       26,560  
                   
    Interest income   32       431       926       1,529  
    Interest expense   (404 )     (124 )     (1,186 )     (339 )
    Income before income taxes   12,957       11,589       34,089       27,750  
                   
    Provision for income tax expense   (2,488 )     (1,279 )     (6,821 )     (3,940 )
    Net income $ 10,469     $ 10,310     $ 27,268     $ 23,810  
                   
    Other comprehensive income              
    Foreign currency translation adjustments $ 374     $ (288 )   $ 851     $ (310 )
    Unrealized gain / (loss) on cash flow hedging instruments, net of tax   385       (131 )     571       70  
    Total other comprehensive income / (loss)   759       (419 )     1,422       (240 )
    Total comprehensive income $ 11,228     $ 9,891     $ 28,690     $ 23,570  
                   
    Net income per share              
    Basic $ 0.79     $ 0.59     $ 1.80     $ 1.33  
    Diluted $ 0.73     $ 0.57     $ 1.70     $ 1.29  
                   
    Weighted average common shares outstanding              
    Basic   13,264       17,468       15,109       17,880  
    Diluted   14,404       18,036       16,135       18,458  
                                   
    IBEX LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    (Unaudited)
    (in thousands)
     
      Three Months Ended March 31,   Nine Months Ended March 31,
        2025       2024       2025       2024  
    CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES              
    Net income $ 10,469     $ 10,310     $ 27,268     $ 23,810  
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:              
    Depreciation and amortization   4,329       4,865       12,984       14,853  
    Noncash lease expense   3,611       3,386       10,020       9,908  
    Warrant contra revenue         299             893  
    Deferred income tax   (942 )     290       (1,709 )     586  
    Share-based compensation expense   1,601       466       3,506       2,741  
    Allowance of expected credit losses   105       56       428       62  
    Impairment losses         1,257             1,257  
    Change in assets and liabilities:              
    Decrease / (increase) in accounts receivable   455       1,395       (22,050 )     (16,941 )
    Decrease / (increase) in prepaid expenses and other current assets   1,405       (3,158 )     392       (5,350 )
    Increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities   (6,120 )     (2,880 )     (3,042 )     (2,336 )
    (Decrease) / increase in deferred revenue   (1,262 )     (1,399 )     1,203       (1,098 )
    Decrease in operating lease liabilities   (4,823 )     (3,456 )     (11,269 )     (9,907 )
    Net cash inflow from operating activities   8,828       11,431       17,731       18,478  
                   
    CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES              
    Purchase of property and equipment   (5,267 )     (1,691 )     (13,216 )     (6,635 )
    Net cash outflow from investing activities   (5,267 )     (1,691 )     (13,216 )     (6,635 )
                   
    CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES              
    Proceeds from line of credit   60,150       57       69,310       153  
    Repayments of line of credit   (48,550 )     (57 )     (50,210 )     (205 )
    Proceeds from the exercise of options   2,809       351       3,534       362  
    Principal payments on finance leases   (286 )     (138 )     (639 )     (342 )
    Purchase of treasury shares   (25,052 )     (8,277 )     (76,421 )     (18,551 )
    Net cash outflow from financing activities   (10,929 )     (8,064 )     (54,426 )     (18,583 )
    Effects of exchange rate difference on cash and cash equivalents   139       (27 )     168       (24 )
    Net (decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents   (7,229 )     1,649       (49,743 )     (6,764 )
    Cash and cash equivalents, beginning   20,206       49,016       62,720       57,429  
    Cash and cash equivalents, ending $ 12,977     $ 50,665     $ 12,977     $ 50,665  
                   
    IBEX LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Reconciliation of GAAP Financial Measures to Non-GAAP Financial Measures
                   

    EXHIBIT 1: Adjusted net income, adjusted net income margin, and adjusted earnings per share

    We define adjusted net income as net income before the effect of the following items: severance costs, impairment losses, warrant contra revenue, foreign currency gain / loss, and share-based compensation expense, net of the tax impact of such adjustments. We define adjusted net income margin as adjusted net income divided by revenue. We define adjusted earnings per share as adjusted net income divided by weighted average diluted shares outstanding.

    The following table provides a reconciliation of net income to adjusted net income, net income margin to adjusted net income margin, and diluted earnings per share to adjusted earnings per share for the periods presented:

      Three Months Ended March 31,
      Nine Months Ended March 31,
    ($000s, except per share amounts)   2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Net income $ 10,469     $ 10,310     $ 27,268     $ 23,810  
    Net income margin   7.4 %     8.1 %     6.6 %     6.2 %
                   
    Severance costs         1,506             1,506  
    Impairment losses         1,257             1,257  
    Warrant contra revenue         299             893  
    Foreign currency loss / (gain)   121       (471 )     666       (571 )
    Share-based compensation expense   1,601       466       3,506       2,741  
    Total adjustments $ 1,722     $ 3,057     $ 4,172     $ 5,826  
    Tax impact of adjustments1   (404 )     (809 )     (1,006 )     (1,480 )
    Adjusted net income $ 11,787     $ 12,558     $ 30,434     $ 28,156  
    Adjusted net income margin   8.4 %     9.9 %     7.4 %     7.3 %
                   
    Diluted earnings per share $ 0.73     $ 0.57     $ 1.70     $ 1.29  
    Per share impact of adjustments to net income   0.09       0.12       0.20       0.24  
    Adjusted earnings per share $ 0.82     $ 0.70     $ 1.90     $ 1.53  
                   
    Weighted average diluted shares outstanding   14,404       18,036       16,135       18,458  
                   

    _______________
    1The tax impact of each adjustment is calculated using the effective tax rate in the relevant jurisdictions.

    EXHIBIT 2:  EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA, and adjusted EBITDA margin

    EBITDA is a non-GAAP profitability measure that represents net income before the effect of the following items: interest expense, income tax expense, and depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP profitability measure that represents EBITDA before the effect of the following items: severance costs, impairment losses, interest income, warrant contra revenue, foreign currency gain / loss, and share-based compensation expense. Adjusted EBITDA margin is a non-GAAP profitability measure that represents adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue.

    The following table provides a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA and net income margin to adjusted EBITDA margin for the periods presented:

      Three Months Ended March 31, Nine Months Ended March 31,
    ($000s)   2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Net income $ 10,469     $ 10,310     $ 27,268     $ 23,810  
    Net income margin   7.4 %     8.1 %     6.6 %     6.2 %
                   
    Interest expense   404       124       1,186       339  
    Income tax expense   2,488       1,279       6,821       3,940  
    Depreciation and amortization   4,329       4,865       12,984       14,853  
    EBITDA $ 17,690     $ 16,578     $ 48,259     $ 42,942  
    Severance costs         1,506             1,506  
    Impairment losses         1,257             1,257  
    Interest income   (32 )     (431 )     (926 )     (1,529 )
    Warrant contra revenue         299             893  
    Foreign currency loss / (gain)   121       (471 )     666       (571 )
    Share-based compensation expense   1,601       466       3,506       2,741  
    Adjusted EBITDA $ 19,380     $ 19,204     $ 51,505     $ 47,239  
                   
    Adjusted EBITDA margin   13.8 %     15.1 %     12.5 %     12.3 %
                   

    EXHIBIT 3: Free cash flow

    We define free cash flow as net cash provided by operating activities less capital expenditures.

      Three Months Ended March 31, Nine Months Ended March 31,
    ($000s)   2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Net cash provided by operating activities $ 8,828     $ 11,431     $ 17,731     $ 18,478  
    Less: capital expenditures   5,267       1,691       13,216       6,635  
    Free cash flow $ 3,561     $ 9,740     $ 4,515     $ 11,843  
                                   

    EXHIBIT 4: Net (debt) / cash

    We define net (debt) / cash as total cash and cash equivalents less debt.

      March 31,   June 30,
    ($000s)   2025       2024  
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 12,977     $ 62,720  
           
    Debt      
    Current $ 19,862     $ 660  
    Non-current   735       867  
    Total debt $ 20,597     $ 1,527  
    Net (debt) / cash $ (7,620 )   $ 61,193  
                   

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: LPL Financial Announces First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Key Financial Results:

    • Net Income was $319 million, translating to diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) of $4.24, up 11% from a year ago
    • Adjusted EPS* increased 22% year-over-year to $5.15
      • Gross profit* increased 19% year-over-year to $1,273 million
      • Core G&A* increased 14% year-over-year to $413 million
      • Adjusted pre-tax income* increased 23% year-over-year to $509 million

    Key Business Results:

    • Total advisory and brokerage assets increased 25% year-over-year to $1.8 trillion
      • Advisory assets increased 23% year-over-year to $977 billion
      • Advisory assets as a percentage of total assets decreased to 54.5%, down from 55.0% a year ago
    • Total organic net new assets were $71 billion, representing 16% annualized growth
      • This included $27 billion of assets from Prudential Advisors (“Prudential”) and $16 billion of assets from Wintrust Investments, LLC and certain private client business at Great Lakes Advisors, LLC (collectively, “Wintrust”) that onboarded during the first quarter, as well as $0.7 billion of assets that off-boarded as part of the previously disclosed planned separation from misaligned large OSJs. Prior to these impacts, organic net new assets were $29 billion, translating to a 7% annualized growth rate
    • Recruited assets(1)were $39 billion, up 91% from a year ago
      • Recruited assets over the trailing twelve months were a record of $167 billion
    • Total client cash balances were $53 billion, a decrease of $2 billion sequentially and an increase of $7 billion year-over-year
      • Client cash balances as a percentage of total assets were 3.0%, down from 3.2% in the prior quarter and prior year

    Key Capital and Liquidity Results:

    • Corporate cash(2)was $621 million
    • Leverage ratio(3)was 1.82x
    • Share repurchases were $100 million and dividends paid were $22.4 million

    *See the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section and the endnotes to this release for further details about these non-GAAP financial measures

    Key Updates

    Large Institutions:

    • Prudential: Completed the onboarding of Prudential, with $67 billion of brokerage and advisory assets, of which $27 billion transitioned onto our platform in Q1
    • Wintrust: Onboarded Wintrust, with $16 billion of brokerage and advisory assets transitioning onto our platform in Q1
    • First Horizon Bank (“First Horizon”): In April 2025, announced a strategic relationship agreement with First Horizon to transition support of the broker-dealer and investment advisory services of First Horizon Advisors, Inc., to LPL’s Institution Services platform, expected to be completed in the second half of 2025. First Horizon supports approximately 110 financial advisors who collectively serve $16 billion of client assets

    M&A:

    • Commonwealth Financial Network (“Commonwealth”): Announced a definitive purchase agreement to acquire Commonwealth, a privately-held independent wealth management firm headquartered in Massachusetts. Commonwealth supports approximately 3,000 advisors in the U.S., managing $285 billion of brokerage and advisory assets. The Company expects to close the transaction in the second half of 2025, subject to receipt of regulatory approvals and other closing conditions. Conversion is expected to be completed in mid-2026
    • Atria Wealth Solutions, Inc. (“Atria”): On-track to complete the conversion in mid-2025
    • The Investment Center, Inc. (“The Investment Center”): Closed on the acquisition of The Investment Center, with $7 billion of brokerage and advisory assets
    • Liquidity & Succession: Deployed approximately $100 million of capital to close 10 deals in Q1, including one external practice

    Capital Management:

    • Common Stock Offering: In April 2025, issued $1.7 billion of common stock at a price of $320 per share. Net proceeds from the common stock offering are expected to fund a portion of the cash consideration payable in connection with the acquisition of Commonwealth
    • Corporate Debt:
      • In February 2025, issued $1.25 billion of senior unsecured notes, including $750 million of 5.200% notes due 2030 and $500 million of 5.650% notes due 2035. Net proceeds from this offering were used to repay outstanding borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facility
      • In April 2025, issued $1.50 billion of senior unsecured notes, including $500 million of 4.900% notes due 2028, $500 million of 5.150% notes due 2030 and $500 million of 5.750% notes due 2035. Net proceeds from this offering are expected to fund a portion of the cash consideration payable in connection with the acquisition of Commonwealth

    Core G&A:

    • Lowered the upper end of our 2025 Core G&A* outlook range by $15 million, resulting in an updated range of $1,730 million to $1,765 million. This includes $170 million to $180 million related to Prudential and Atria, but is prior to costs associated with Commonwealth

    SAN DIEGO, May 08, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — LPL Financial Holdings Inc. (Nasdaq: LPLA) (the “Company”) today announced results for its first quarter ended March 31, 2025, reporting net income of $319 million, or $4.24 per share. This compares with $289 million, or $3.83 per share, in the first quarter of 2024 and $271 million, or $3.59 per share, in the prior quarter.

    “It’s been a strong start to the year for LPL,” said Rich Steinmeier, CEO. “We delivered another quarter of strong business performance, reported excellent financial results, and reached an agreement to acquire Commonwealth, significantly accelerating our progress toward our vision to be the best firm in wealth management.”

    “In the first quarter, we delivered solid business performance and financial results,” said Matt Audette, President and CFO. “We onboarded Prudential and Wintrust and are preparing to onboard First Horizon later this year. As a complement to our strong organic growth, we closed and onboarded the acquisition of The Investment Center in March, continue to prepare to onboard our Atria advisors, and lastly, entered into an agreement to acquire Commonwealth Financial Network. Looking ahead, our business momentum and financial strength position us well to continue delivering shareholder value.”

    Dividend Declaration

    The Company’s Board of Directors declared a $0.30 per share dividend to be paid on June 12, 2025 to all stockholders of record as of May 30, 2025.

    Conference Call and Additional Information

    The Company will hold a conference call to discuss its results at 5:00 p.m. ET on Thursday, May 8, 2025. The conference call will be accessible and available for replay at investor.lpl.com/events.

    Contacts

    Investor Relations
    investor.relations@lplfinancial.com

    Media Relations
    media.relations@lplfinancial.com

    About LPL Financial

    LPL Financial Holdings Inc. (Nasdaq: LPLA) is among the fastest growing wealth management firms in the U.S. As a leader in the financial advisor-mediated marketplace(4), LPL supports over 29,000 financial advisors and the wealth management practices of approximately 1,200 financial institutions, servicing and custodying approximately $1.8 trillion in brokerage and advisory assets on behalf of approximately 7 million Americans. The firm provides a wide range of advisor affiliation models, investment solutions, fintech tools and practice management services, ensuring that advisors and institutions have the flexibility to choose the business model, services, and technology resources they need to run thriving businesses. For further information about LPL, please visit www.lpl.com.

    Securities and advisory services offered through LPL Financial LLC (“LPL Financial”) or its affiliate LPL Enterprise, LLC (“LPL Enterprise”), both registered investment advisers and broker-dealers. Members FINRA/SIPC.

    Throughout this communication, the terms “financial advisors” and “advisors” are used to refer to registered representatives and/or investment advisor representatives affiliated with LPL Financial or LPL Enterprise.

    We routinely disclose information that may be important to shareholders in the “Investor Relations” or “Press Releases” section of our website.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains statements regarding:

    • the expected closing of the Company’s acquisition of Commonwealth;
    • the use of proceeds from the issuance of common stock and senior notes to fund a portion of the cash consideration payable in connection with the acquisition of Commonwealth;
    • the amount and timing of the onboarding of acquired, recruited or transitioned brokerage and advisory assets, including Atria, Commonwealth, First Horizon and The Investment Center;
    • the Company’s future financial and operating results, growth, plans, priorities and business strategies, including forecasts and statements related to the Company’s ICA yield, service and fee revenue, transaction revenue, core G&A expense, promotional expense, interest expense and income, depreciation and amortization, leverage ratio (including plans to reduce leverage) and share repurchases; and
    • future capabilities, future advisor service experience, future investments and capital deployment, including share repurchase activity and dividends, if any, and long-term shareholder value.

    These and any other statements that are not related to present facts or current conditions, or that are not purely historical, constitute forward-looking statements. They reflect the Company’s expectations and objectives as of May 8, 2025 and are not guarantees that expectations or objectives expressed or implied will be achieved. The achievement of such expectations and objectives involves risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results, levels of activity or the timing of events to differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include:

    • the failure to satisfy the closing conditions applicable to the Company’s purchase agreement with Commonwealth, including regulatory approvals;
    • difficulties and delays in onboarding the assets of acquired, recruited or transitioned advisors, including the receipt and timing of regulatory approvals that may be required;
    • disruptions in the businesses of the Company and Commonwealth that could make it more difficult to maintain relationships with advisors and their clients;
    • the choice by clients of acquired or recruited advisors not to open brokerage and/or advisory accounts at the Company;
    • changes in general economic and financial market conditions, including retail investor sentiment;
    • changes in interest rates and fees payable by banks participating in the Company’s client cash programs, including the Company’s success in negotiating agreements with current or additional counterparties;
    • the Company’s strategy and success in managing client cash program fees;
    • fluctuations in the levels of advisory and brokerage assets, including net new assets, and the related impact on revenue;
    • effects of competition in the financial services industry and the success of the Company in attracting and retaining financial advisors and institutions, and their ability to provide financial products and services effectively;
    • whether retail investors served by newly-recruited advisors choose to move their respective assets to new accounts at the Company;
    • changes in the growth and profitability of the Company’s fee-based offerings and asset-based revenues;
    • the effect of current, pending and future legislation, regulation and regulatory actions, including disciplinary actions imposed by federal and state regulators and self-regulatory organizations;
    • the cost of defending, settling and remediating issues related to regulatory matters or legal proceedings, including civil monetary penalties or actual costs of reimbursing customers for losses in excess of our reserves or insurance;
    • changes made to the Company’s services and pricing, including in response to competitive developments and current, pending and future legislation, regulation and regulatory actions, and the effect that such changes may have on the Company’s gross profit streams and costs;
    • the execution of the Company’s capital management plans, including its compliance with the terms of the Company’s amended and restated credit agreement, the committed revolving credit facilities of the Company and LPL Financial, and the indentures governing the Company’s senior unsecured notes;
    • strategic acquisitions and investments, including pursuant to the Company’s Liquidity & Succession solution, and the effect that such acquisitions and investments may have on the Company’s capital management plans and liquidity;
    • the price, availability and trading volumes of shares of the Company’s common stock, which will affect the timing and size of future share repurchases by the Company, if any;
    • the execution of the Company’s plans and its success in realizing the synergies, expense savings, service improvements or efficiencies expected to result from its investments, initiatives and acquisitions, expense plans and technology initiatives;
    • whether advisors affiliated with Atria, Commonwealth, First Horizon, and The Investment Center will transition registration to the Company and whether assets reported as serviced by such financial advisors will translate into assets of the Company;
    • the performance of third-party service providers to which business processes have been transitioned;
    • the Company’s ability to control operating risks, information technology systems risks, cybersecurity risks and sourcing risks; and
    • the other factors set forth in the Company’s most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, as may be amended or updated in the Company’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q or other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

    Except as required by law, the Company specifically disclaims any obligation to update any forward-looking statements as a result of developments occurring after the date of this earnings release, and you should not rely on statements contained herein as representing the Company’s view as of any date subsequent to the date of this press release.

    LPL Financial Holdings Inc.
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income
    (In thousands, except per share data)
    (Unaudited)
             
      Three Months Ended   Three Months Ended  
      March 31, December 31,   March 31,  
        2025     2024 Change   2024 Change
    REVENUE          
    Advisory $ 1,689,245   $ 1,595,834 6 % $ 1,199,811 41 %
    Commission:          
    Sales-based   610,038     525,795 16 %   385,235 58 %
    Trailing   437,719     439,668 %   361,211 21 %
    Total commission   1,047,757     965,463 9 %   746,446 40 %
    Asset-based:          
    Client cash   392,031     378,816 3 %   352,382 11 %
    Other asset-based   303,210     290,962 4 %   248,339 22 %
    Total asset-based   695,241     669,778 4 %   600,721 16 %
    Service and fee   145,199     139,119 4 %   132,172 10 %
    Transaction   67,864     61,535 10 %   57,258 19 %
    Interest income, net   43,851     46,680 (6 %)   43,525 1 %
    Other   (19,150 )   33,942 n/m   52,660 n/m
    Total revenue   3,670,007     3,512,351 4 %   2,832,593 30 %
    EXPENSE          
    Advisory and commission   2,353,925     2,250,427 5 %   1,733,487 36 %
    Compensation and benefits   305,546     321,933 (5 %)   274,369 11 %
    Promotional   145,645     162,057 (10 %)   126,619 15 %
    Depreciation and amortization   92,356     92,032 %   67,158 38 %
    Interest expense on borrowings   85,862     81,979 5 %   60,082 43 %
    Occupancy and equipment   77,240     75,538 2 %   66,264 17 %
    Brokerage, clearing and exchange   44,138     34,789 27 %   30,532 45 %
    Amortization of other intangibles   43,521     42,614 2 %   29,552 47 %
    Professional services   36,326     32,055 13 %   13,279 174 %
    Communications and data processing   19,506     18,772 4 %   19,744 (1 %)
    Other   48,689     58,874 (17 %)   37,315 30 %
    Total expense   3,252,754     3,171,070 3 %   2,458,401 32 %
    INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES   417,253     341,281 22 %   374,192 12 %
    PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES   98,680     70,532 40 %   85,428 16 %
    NET INCOME $ 318,573   $ 270,749 18 % $ 288,764 10 %
    EARNINGS PER SHARE          
    Earnings per share, basic $ 4.27   $ 3.62 18 % $ 3.87 10 %
    Earnings per share, diluted $ 4.24   $ 3.59 18 % $ 3.83 11 %
    Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic   74,600     74,785 %   74,562 %
    Weighted-average shares outstanding, diluted   75,112     75,337 %   75,463 %
                           
    LPL Financial Holdings Inc.
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
    (In thousands, except share data)
    (Unaudited)
         
      March 31, 2025 December 31, 2024
    ASSETS
    Cash and equivalents $ 1,229,181   $ 967,079  
    Cash and equivalents segregated under federal or other regulations   1,513,037     1,597,249  
    Restricted cash   112,458     119,724  
    Receivables from clients, net   613,766     633,834  
    Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations   112,249     76,545  
    Advisor loans, net   2,468,033     2,281,088  
    Other receivables, net   939,411     902,777  
    Investment securities ($122,729 and $42,267 at fair value at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively)   138,007     57,481  
    Property and equipment, net   1,237,693     1,210,027  
    Goodwill   2,213,100     2,172,873  
    Other intangibles, net   1,570,558     1,482,988  
    Other assets   1,815,729     1,815,739  
    Total assets $ 13,963,222   $ 13,317,404  
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
    LIABILITIES:    
    Client payables $ 2,045,285   $ 1,898,665  
    Payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations   252,035     129,228  
    Accrued advisory and commission expenses payable   303,837     323,996  
    Corporate debt and other borrowings, net   5,686,678     5,494,724  
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   479,803     588,450  
    Other liabilities   2,071,801     1,951,739  
    Total liabilities   10,839,439     10,386,802  
    STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:    
    Common stock, $0.001 par value; 600,000,000 shares authorized; 131,194,549 shares and 130,914,541 shares issued at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively   131     131  
    Additional paid-in capital   2,089,155     2,066,268  
    Treasury stock, at cost — 56,611,181 shares and 56,253,909 shares at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively   (4,331,582 )   (4,202,322 )
    Retained earnings   5,366,079     5,066,525  
    Total stockholders’ equity   3,123,783     2,930,602  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 13,963,222   $ 13,317,404  
                 

    LPL Financial Holdings Inc.
    Management’s Statements of Operations
    (In thousands, except per share data)
    (Unaudited)

    Certain information in this release is presented as reviewed by the Company’s management and includes information derived from the Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated statements of income, non-GAAP financial measures and operational and performance metrics. For information on non-GAAP financial measures, please see the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” in this release.

      Quarterly Results
      Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Change Q1 2024 Change
    Gross Profit(5)          
    Advisory $ 1,689,245   $ 1,595,834   6 % $ 1,199,811   41 %
    Trailing commissions   437,719     439,668   %   361,211   21 %
    Sales-based commissions   610,038     525,795   16 %   385,235   58 %
    Advisory fees and commissions   2,737,002     2,561,297   7 %   1,946,257   41 %
    Production-based payout(6)   (2,374,368 )   (2,248,674 ) 6 %   (1,686,332 ) 41 %
    Advisory fees and commissions, net of payout   362,634     312,623   16 %   259,925   40 %
    Client cash(7)   408,224     397,001   3 %   373,408   9 %
    Other asset-based(8)   303,210     290,962   4 %   248,339   22 %
    Service and fee   145,199     139,119   4 %   132,172   10 %
    Transaction   67,864     61,535   10 %   57,258   19 %
    Interest income, net(9)   27,637     28,481   (3 %)   22,482   23 %
    Other revenue(10)   2,023     32,705   (94 %)   3,382   (40 %)
    Total net advisory fees and commissions and attachment revenue   1,316,791     1,262,426   4 %   1,096,966   20 %
    Brokerage, clearing and exchange expense   (44,138 )   (34,789 ) 27 %   (30,532 ) 45 %
    Gross Profit(5)   1,272,653     1,227,637   4 %   1,066,434   19 %
    G&A Expense          
    Core G&A(11)   413,069     421,894   (2 %)   363,513   14 %
    Regulatory charges   6,887     7,335   (6 %)   7,469   (8 %)
    Promotional (ongoing)(12)(13)   151,932     173,191   (12 %)   132,311   15 %
    Acquisition costs excluding interest(13)   43,407     37,261   16 %   9,524   n/m
    Employee share-based compensation   18,366     26,067   (30 %)   22,633   (19 %)
    Total G&A   633,661     665,748   (5 %)   535,450   18 %
    Loss on extinguishment of debt       3,983   (100 %)     %
    EBITDA(14)   638,992     557,906   15 %   530,984   20 %
    Depreciation and amortization   92,356     92,032   %   67,158   38 %
    Amortization of other intangibles   43,521     42,614   2 %   29,552   47 %
    Interest expense on borrowings(15)   80,725     81,979   (2 %)   60,082   34 %
    Acquisition costs – interest(13)   5,137       100 %     100 %
    INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES   417,253     341,281   22 %   374,192   12 %
    PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES   98,680     70,532   40 %   85,428   16 %
    NET INCOME $ 318,573   $ 270,749   18 % $ 288,764   10 %
    Earnings per share, diluted $ 4.24   $ 3.59   18 % $ 3.83   11 %
    Weighted-average shares outstanding, diluted   75,112     75,337   %   75,463   %
    Adjusted EBITDA(14) $ 682,399   $ 584,783   17 % $ 540,508   26 %
    Adjusted pre-tax income(16) $ 509,318   $ 410,772   24 % $ 413,268   23 %
    Adjusted EPS(17) $ 5.15   $ 4.25   21 % $ 4.21   22 %
                               
    LPL Financial Holdings Inc.
    Operating Metrics
    (Dollars in billions, except where noted)
    (Unaudited)
               
      Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Change Q1 2024 Change
    Market Drivers          
    S&P 500 Index (end of period)   5,612     5,882   (5%)   5,254   7%
    Russell 2000 Index (end of period)   2,012     2,230   (10%)   2,125   (5%)
    Fed Funds daily effective rate (average bps)   433     466   (33bps)   533   (100bps)
               
    Advisory and Brokerage Assets(18)          
    Advisory assets $ 977.4   $ 957.0   2% $ 793.0   23%
    Brokerage assets   817.5     783.7   4%   647.9   26%
    Total Advisory and Brokerage Assets $ 1,794.9   $ 1,740.7   3% $ 1,440.9   25%
    Advisory as a % of Total Advisory and Brokerage Assets   54.5 %   55.0 % (50bps)   55.0 % (50bps)
               
    Assets by Platform          
    Corporate advisory assets(19) $ 699.1   $ 678.3   3% $ 537.6   30%
    Independent RIA advisory assets(19)   278.3     278.7   —%   255.4   9%
    Brokerage assets   817.5     783.7   4%   647.9   26%
    Total Advisory and Brokerage Assets $ 1,794.9   $ 1,740.7   3% $ 1,440.9   25%
               
    Centrally Managed Assets          
    Centrally managed assets(20) $ 164.4   $ 160.0   3% $ 121.7   35%
    Centrally Managed as a % of Total Advisory Assets   16.8 %   16.7 % 10bps   15.3 % 150bps
                           
    LPL Financial Holdings Inc.
    Operating Metrics
    (Dollars in billions, except where noted)
    (Unaudited)
               
      Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Change Q1 2024 Change
    Organic Net New Assets (NNA)(21)          
    Organic net new advisory assets $ 35.7   $ 49.3   n/m $ 16.2   n/m
    Organic net new brokerage assets   35.2     18.8   n/m   0.5   n/m
    Total Organic Net New Assets $ 70.9   $ 68.0   n/m $ 16.7   n/m
               
    Acquired Net New Assets(21)          
    Acquired net new advisory assets $ 1.9   $ 21.8   n/m $   n/m
    Acquired net new brokerage assets   6.0     67.5   n/m     n/m
    Total Acquired Net New Assets $ 7.9   $ 89.3   n/m $   n/m
               
    Total Net New Assets(21)          
    Net new advisory assets $ 37.6   $ 71.1   n/m $ 16.2   n/m
    Net new brokerage assets   41.2     86.2   n/m   0.5   n/m
    Total Net New Assets $ 78.8   $ 157.3   n/m $ 16.7   n/m
               
    Net brokerage to advisory conversions(22) $ 5.9   $ 4.8   n/m $ 3.6   n/m
    Organic advisory NNA annualized growth(23)   14.9 %   22.1 % n/m   8.8 % n/m
    Total organic NNA annualized growth(23)   16.3 %   17.1 % n/m   4.9 % n/m
               
    Net New Advisory Assets(21)          
    Corporate RIA net new advisory assets $ 31.7   $ 64.5   n/m $ 13.9   n/m
    Independent RIA net new advisory assets   5.9     6.6   n/m   2.3   n/m
    Total Net New Advisory Assets $ 37.6   $ 71.1   n/m $ 16.2   n/m
    Centrally managed net new advisory assets(21) $ 6.5   $ 24.9   n/m $ 3.6   n/m
               
    Net buy (sell) activity(24) $ 42.0   $ 38.3   n/m $ 37.8   n/m

    Note: Totals may not foot due to rounding.

    LPL Financial Holdings Inc.
    Client Cash Data
    (Dollars in thousands, except where noted)
    (Unaudited)
               
      Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Change Q1 2024 Change
    Client Cash Balances (in billions)(25)          
    Insured cash account sweep $ 36.1   $ 38.3   (6%) $ 32.6   11%
    Deposit cash account sweep   10.7     10.7   —%   9.2   16%
    Total Bank Sweep   46.8     49.0   (4%)   41.8   12%
    Money market sweep   4.3     4.3   —%   2.4   79%
    Total Client Cash Sweep Held by Third Parties   51.1     53.3   (4%)   44.2   16%
    Client cash account (CCA)   1.9     1.8   6%   2.1   (10%)
    Total Client Cash Balances $ 53.1   $ 55.1   (4%) $ 46.3   15%
    Client Cash Balances as a % of Total Assets   3.0 %   3.2 % (20bps)   3.2 % (20bps)
                           

    Note: Totals may not foot due to rounding.

      Three Months Ended
      March 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 March 31, 2024
    Interest-Earnings Assets Average Balance
    (in billions)
    Revenue Net Yield (bps)(26) Average Balance
    (in billions)
    Revenue Net Yield (bps)(26) Average Balance
    (in billions)
    Revenue Net Yield (bps)(26)
    Insured cash account sweep $ 36.0 $ 299,618 337 $ 34.8 $ 292,661 335 $ 33.2 $ 266,792 323
    Deposit cash account sweep   10.2   89,728 356   9.8   83,879 340   8.9   83,978 378
    Total Bank Sweep   46.2   389,346 341   44.6   376,540 336   42.1   350,770 335
    Money market sweep   4.1   2,685 26   3.3   2,277 28   2.3   1,612 28
    Total Client Cash Held By Third Parties   50.4   392,031 316   47.9   378,817 315   44.4   352,382 319
    Client cash account (CCA)   1.8   16,193 368   1.8   18,184 407   1.8   21,026 467
    Total Client Cash   52.2   408,224 317   49.7   397,001 318   46.2   373,408 325
    Margin receivables   0.6   11,444 789   0.6   11,506 829   0.5   10,249 890
    Other interest revenue   1.3   16,193 512   1.3   16,975 524   0.9   12,233 535
    Total Client Cash and Interest Income, Net $ 54.0 $ 435,861 327 $ 51.6 $ 425,482 329 $ 47.6 $ 395,890 334
                                   

    Note: Totals may not foot due to rounding.

    LPL Financial Holdings Inc.
    Monthly Metrics
    (Dollars in billions, except where noted)
    (Unaudited)
               
      March 2025 February 2025 Change January 2025 December 2024
    Advisory and Brokerage Assets(18)          
    Advisory assets $ 977.4 $ 995.0 (2%) $ 992.4 $ 957.0
    Brokerage assets   817.5   828.2 (1%)   819.4   783.7
    Total Advisory and Brokerage Assets $ 1,794.9 $ 1,823.1 (2%) $ 1,811.8 $ 1,740.7
               
    Organic Net New Assets (NNA)(21)          
    Organic net new advisory assets $ 12.7 $ 9.6 n/m $ 13.4 $ 12.5
       Organic net new brokerage assets   0.5   14.1 n/m   20.5   12.9
    Total Organic Net New Assets $ 13.1 $ 23.8 n/m $ 34.0 $ 25.5
               
    Acquired Net New Assets(21)          
       Acquired net new advisory assets $ 1.8 $ n/m $ 0.1 $
       Acquired net new brokerage assets   5.3   0.7 n/m   $ 0.2
    Total Acquired Net New Assets $ 7.1 $ 0.7 n/m $ 0.1 $ 0.3
               
    Total Net New Assets(21)          
    Net new advisory assets $ 14.5 $ 9.6 n/m $ 13.5 $ 12.6
    Net new brokerage assets   5.8   14.8 n/m   20.6   13.2
    Total Net New Assets $ 20.2 $ 24.5 n/m $ 34.1 $ 25.8
    Net brokerage to advisory conversions(22) $ 1.9 $ 1.9 n/m $ 2.1 $ 2.0
               
    Client Cash Balances(25)          
    Insured cash account sweep $ 36.1 $ 35.6 1% $ 36.2 $ 38.3
    Deposit cash account sweep   10.7   10.2 5%   10.0   10.7
    Total Bank Sweep   46.8   45.8 2%   46.3   49.0
    Money market sweep   4.3   4.0 8%   4.1   4.3
    Total Client Cash Sweep Held by Third Parties   51.1   49.8 3%   50.4   53.3
    Client cash account (CCA)   1.9   1.5 27%   1.8   1.8
    Total Client Cash Balances $ 53.1 $ 51.3 4% $ 52.2 $ 55.1
               
    Net buy (sell) activity(24) $ 13.2 $ 14.3 n/m $ 14.5 $ 13.5
               
    Market Drivers          
    S&P 500 Index (end of period)   5,612   5,955 (6%)   6,041   5,882
    Russell 2000 Index (end of period)   2,012   2,163 (7%)   2,288   2,230
    Fed Funds effective rate (average bps)   433   433 —bps   433   448
                       

    Note: Totals may not foot due to rounding.

    LPL Financial Holdings Inc.
    Financial Measures
    (Dollars in thousands, except where noted)
    (Unaudited)
               
      Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Change Q1 2024 Change
    Commission Revenue by Product          
    Annuities $ 615,594   $ 561,918   10% $ 436,473   41%
    Mutual funds   233,895     232,529   1%   186,540   25%
    Fixed income   61,553     59,332   4%   48,641   27%
    Equities   49,074     45,829   7%   35,451   38%
    Other   87,641     65,855   33%   39,341   123%
    Total commission revenue $ 1,047,757   $ 965,463   9% $ 746,446   40%
               
    Commission Revenue by Sales-based and Trailing      
    Sales-based commissions          
    Annuities $ 365,767   $ 314,591   16% $ 229,077   60%
    Mutual funds   55,607     52,908   5%   43,496   28%
    Fixed income   61,553     59,332   4%   48,641   27%
    Equities   49,074     45,829   7%   35,451   38%
    Other   78,037     53,135   47%   28,570   173%
    Total sales-based commissions $ 610,038   $ 525,795   16% $ 385,235   58%
    Trailing commissions          
    Annuities $ 249,827   $ 247,327   1% $ 207,396   20%
    Mutual funds   178,288     179,621   (1%)   143,044   25%
    Other   9,604     12,720   (24%)   10,771   (11%)
    Total trailing commissions $ 437,719   $ 439,668   —% $ 361,211   21%
    Total commission revenue $ 1,047,757   $ 965,463   9% $ 746,446   40%
               
    Payout Rate(6)   86.75 %   87.79 % (104bps)   86.64 % 11bps
                           
    LPL Financial Holdings Inc.
    Capital Management Measures
    (Dollars in thousands, except where noted)
    (Unaudited)
         
      Q1 2025 Q4 2024
    Cash and equivalents $ 1,229,181   $ 967,079  
    Cash at regulated subsidiaries   (1,085,459 )   (884,779 )
    Excess cash at regulated subsidiaries per the Credit Agreement   476,908     397,138  
    Corporate Cash(2) $ 620,630   $ 479,438  
         
    Corporate Cash(2)    
    Cash at LPL Holdings, Inc. $ 104,080   $ 39,782  
    Excess cash at regulated subsidiaries per the Credit Agreement   476,908     397,138  
    Cash at non-regulated subsidiaries   39,642     42,518  
    Corporate Cash $ 620,630   $ 479,438  
         
    Leverage Ratio    
    Total debt $ 5,720,000   $ 5,517,000  
    Total corporate cash   620,630     479,438  
    Credit Agreement Net Debt $ 5,099,370   $ 5,037,562  
    Credit Agreement EBITDA (trailing twelve months)(27) $ 2,797,285   $ 2,665,033  
    Leverage Ratio 1.82x 1.89x
         
      March 31, 2025  
    Total Debt Balance Current Applicable
    Margin
    Interest Rate Maturity
    Revolving Credit Facility(a) $ ABR+37.5 bps / SOFR+147.5 bps 5.794 % 5/20/2029
    Broker-Dealer Revolving Credit Facility   SOFR+135 bps 5.760 % 5/19/2025
    Senior Unsecured Term Loan A   1,020,000 SOFR+147.5 bps(b) 5.798 % 12/5/2026
    Senior Unsecured Notes   500,000 5.700% Fixed 5.700 % 5/20/2027
    Senior Unsecured Notes   400,000 4.625% Fixed 4.625 % 11/15/2027
    Senior Unsecured Notes   750,000 6.750% Fixed 6.750 % 11/17/2028
    Senior Unsecured Notes   900,000 4.000% Fixed 4.000 % 3/15/2029
    Senior Unsecured Notes   750,000 5.200% Fixed 5.200 % 3/15/2030
    Senior Unsecured Notes   400,000 4.375% Fixed 4.375 % 5/15/2031
    Senior Unsecured Notes   500,000 6.000% Fixed 6.000 % 5/20/2034
    Senior Unsecured Notes   500,000 5.650% Fixed 5.650 % 3/15/2035
    Total / Weighted Average $ 5,720,000   5.376 %  
                 

    (a) Unsecured borrowing capacity of $2.25 billion at LPL Holdings, Inc.
    (b) The SOFR rate option is a one-month SOFR rate and subject to an interest rate floor of 0 bps.

    LPL Financial Holdings Inc.
    Key Business and Financial Metrics
    (Dollars in thousands, except where noted)
    (Unaudited)
               
      Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Change Q1 2024 Change
    Business Metrics          
    Advisors   29,493     28,888   2%   22,884   29%
    Net new advisors   605     5,202   (88%)   224   170%
    Annualized advisory fees and commissions per advisor(28) $ 375   $ 390   (4%) $ 342   10%
    Average total assets per advisor ($ in millions)(29) $ 60.9   $ 60.3   1% $ 63.0   (3%)
    Transition assistance loan amortization ($ in millions)(30) $ 81.8   $ 76.3   7% $ 58.3   40%
    Total client accounts (in millions)   10.4     10.0   4%   8.4   24%
    Recruited AUM ($ in billions)   38.6     78.7   (51%)   20.2   91%
               
    Employees(31)   9,118     9,051   1%   8,252   10%
               
    AUM retention rate (quarterly annualized)(32)   98.2 %   97.3 % 90bps   97.4 % 80bps
               
    Capital Management          
    Capital expenditures ($ in millions)(33) $ 119.5   $ 165.5   (28%) $ 121.0   (1%)
    Acquisitions, net ($ in millions)(34) $ 95.1   $ 847.9   (89%) $ 10.2   n/m
               
    Share repurchases ($ in millions) $ 100.0   $ 100.0   —% $ 70.0   43%
    Dividends ($ in millions)   22.4     22.5   —%   22.4   —%
    Total Capital Returned ($ in millions) $ 122.4   $ 122.5   —% $ 92.4   32%
                           

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    Management believes that presenting certain non-GAAP financial measures by excluding or including certain items can be helpful to investors and analysts who may wish to use this information to analyze the Company’s current performance, prospects and valuation. Management uses this non-GAAP information internally to evaluate operating performance and in formulating the budget for future periods. Management believes that the non-GAAP financial measures and metrics discussed below are appropriate for evaluating the performance of the Company.

    Adjusted EPS and Adjusted net income

    Adjusted EPS is defined as adjusted net income, a non-GAAP measure defined as net income plus the after-tax impact of amortization of other intangibles, acquisition costs, losses on extinguishment of debt, and amounts related to the departure of the Company’s former Chief Executive Officer, divided by the weighted average number of diluted shares outstanding for the applicable period. The Company presents adjusted net income and adjusted EPS because management believes that these metrics can provide investors with useful insight into the Company’s core operating performance by excluding non-cash items, acquisition costs, and certain other charges that management does not believe impact the Company’s ongoing operations. Adjusted net income and adjusted EPS are not measures of the Company’s financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to net income, earnings per diluted share or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP. For a reconciliation of net income and earnings per diluted share to adjusted net income and adjusted EPS, please see the endnote disclosures in this release.

    Gross profit

    Gross profit is calculated as total revenue less advisory and commission expense; brokerage, clearing and exchange expense; and market fluctuations on employee deferred compensation. All other expense categories, including depreciation and amortization of property and equipment and amortization of other intangibles, are considered general and administrative in nature. Because the Company’s gross profit amounts do not include any depreciation and amortization expense, the Company considers gross profit to be a non-GAAP financial measure that may not be comparable to similar measures used by others in its industry. Management believes that gross profit can provide investors with useful insight into the Company’s core operating performance before indirect costs that are general and administrative in nature. For a calculation of gross profit, please see the endnote disclosures in this release.

    Core G&A

    Core G&A consists of total expense less the following expenses: advisory and commission; depreciation and amortization; interest expense on borrowings; brokerage, clearing and exchange; amortization of other intangibles; market fluctuations on employee deferred compensation; losses on extinguishment of debt; promotional (ongoing); employee share-based compensation; regulatory charges; and acquisition costs. Management presents core G&A because it believes core G&A reflects the corporate expense categories over which management can generally exercise a measure of control, compared with expense items over which management either cannot exercise control, such as advisory and commission, or which management views as promotional expense necessary to support advisor growth and retention, including conferences and transition assistance. Core G&A is not a measure of the Company’s total expense as calculated in accordance with GAAP. For a reconciliation of the Company’s total expense to core G&A, please see the endnote disclosures in this release. The Company does not provide an outlook for its total expense because it contains expense components, such as advisory and commission, that are market-driven and over which the Company cannot exercise control. Accordingly, a reconciliation of the Company’s outlook for total expense to an outlook for core G&A cannot be made available without unreasonable effort.

    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA

    EBITDA is defined as net income plus interest expense on borrowings, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization, and amortization of other intangibles. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure, plus acquisition costs, amounts related to the departure of the Company’s former Chief Executive Officer, and losses on extinguishment of debt. The Company presents EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA because management believes that they can be useful financial metrics in understanding the Company’s earnings from operations. EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA are not measures of the Company’s financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to net income or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP. For a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA, please see the endnote disclosures in this release.

    Adjusted pre-tax income

    Adjusted pre-tax income is defined as income before provision for income taxes plus amortization of other intangibles, acquisition costs, amounts related to the departure of the Company’s former Chief Executive Officer, and losses on extinguishment of debt. The Company presents adjusted pre-tax income because management believes that it can provide investors with useful insight into the Company’s core operating performance by excluding non-cash items, acquisition costs, and certain other charges that management does not believe impact the Company’s ongoing operations. Adjusted pre-tax income is not a measure of the Company’s financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to income before provision for income taxes or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP. For a reconciliation of income before provision for income taxes to adjusted pre-tax income, please see the endnote disclosures in this release.

    Credit Agreement EBITDA

    Credit Agreement EBITDA is defined in, and calculated by management in accordance with, the Company’s amended and restated credit agreement (“Credit Agreement”) as “Consolidated EBITDA,” which is Consolidated Net Income (as defined in the Credit Agreement) plus interest expense on borrowings, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization, and amortization of other intangibles, and is further adjusted to exclude certain non-cash charges and other adjustments, and to include future expected cost savings, operating expense reductions or other synergies from certain transactions. The Company presents Credit Agreement EBITDA because management believes that it can be a useful financial metric in understanding the Company’s debt capacity and covenant compliance under its Credit Agreement. Credit Agreement EBITDA is not a measure of the Company’s financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP. For a reconciliation of net income to Credit Agreement EBITDA, please see the endnote disclosures in this release.

    Endnote Disclosures

    (1) Represents the estimated total advisory and brokerage assets expected to transition to the Company’s primary broker-dealer subsidiary, LPL Financial, in connection with advisors who transferred their licenses to LPL Financial during the period. The estimate is based on prior business reported by the advisors, which has not been independently and fully verified by LPL Financial. The actual transition of assets to LPL Financial generally occurs over several quarters and the actual amount transitioned may vary from the estimate.
    (2) Corporate cash, a component of cash and equivalents, is the sum of cash and equivalents from the following: (1) cash and equivalents held at LPL Holdings, Inc., (2) cash and equivalents held at regulated subsidiaries as defined by the Company’s Credit Agreement, which include LPL Financial, LPL Enterprise, LLC, The Private Trust Company, N.A. and certain of Atria’s introducing broker-dealer subsidiaries, in excess of the capital requirements of the Company’s Credit Agreement and (3) cash and equivalents held at non-regulated subsidiaries.
    (3) Compliance with the Leverage Ratio is only required under the Company’s revolving credit facility.
    (4) The Company was named a Top RIA custodian (Cerulli Associates, 2024 U.S. RIA Marketplace Report); No. 1 Independent Broker-Dealer in the U.S. (based on total revenues, Financial Planning magazine 1996-2022); and, among third-party providers of brokerage services to banks and credit unions, No. 1 in AUM Growth from Financial Institutions; No. 1 in Market Share of AUM from Financial Institutions; No. 1 in Market Share of Revenue from Financial Institutions; No. 1 on Financial Institution Market Share; No. 1 on Share of Advisors (2021-2022 Kehrer Bielan Research and Consulting Annual TPM Report). Fortune 500 as of June 2021.
    (5) Gross profit is a non-GAAP financial measure. Please see a description of gross profit under the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section of this release for additional information. Below is a calculation of gross profit for the periods presented (in thousands):
       
        Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024
      Total revenue(a) $ 3,670,007   $ 3,512,351   $ 2,832,593
      Advisory and commission expense   2,353,925     2,250,427     1,733,487
      Brokerage, clearing and exchange expense   44,138     34,789     30,532
      Employee deferred compensation   (709 )   (502 )   2,140
      Gross profit(a) $ 1,272,653   $ 1,227,637   $ 1,066,434
      (a) The departure of the Company’s former Chief Executive Officer resulted in other income of $26.4 million during the three months ended December 31, 2024 related to the clawback of share-based compensation awards.
         
    (6)  Production-based payout is a financial measure calculated as advisory and commission expense plus (less) advisor deferred compensation. The payout rate is calculated by dividing the production-based payout by total advisory and commission revenue. Below is a reconciliation of the Company’s advisory and commission expense to the production-based payout and a calculation of the payout rate for the periods presented (in thousands, except payout rate):
       
        Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024
      Advisory and commission expense $ 2,353,925   $ 2,250,427   $ 1,733,487  
      Plus (Less): Advisor deferred compensation   20,443     (1,753 )   (47,155 )
      Production-based payout $ 2,374,368   $ 2,248,674   $ 1,686,332  
             
      Advisory and commission revenue $ 2,737,002   $ 2,561,297   $ 1,946,257  
             
      Payout rate   86.75 %   87.79 %   86.64 %
    (7) Below is a reconciliation of client cash revenue per Management’s Statements of Operations to client cash revenue, a component of asset-based revenue, on the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income for the periods presented (in thousands):
       
             
        Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024
      Client cash on Management’s Statement of Operations $ 408,224   $ 397,001   $ 373,408  
      Interest income on CCA balances segregated under federal or other regulations(9)   (16,193 )   (18,185 )   (21,026 )
      Client cash on Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income $ 392,031   $ 378,816   $ 352,382  
    (8)  Consists of revenue from the Company’s sponsorship programs with financial product manufacturers, omnibus processing and networking services but does not include fees from client cash programs.
    (9) Below is a reconciliation of interest income, net per Management’s Statements of Operations to interest income, net on the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income for the periods presented (in thousands):
       
        Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024
      Interest income, net on Management’s Statement of Operations $         27,637         $         28,481         $         22,482        
      Interest income on CCA balances segregated under federal or other regulations(7)           16,193                   18,185                   21,026        
      Interest income on deferred compensation           21                   14                   17        
      Interest income, net on Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income $         43,851         $         46,680         $         43,525        
    (10) Below is a reconciliation of other revenue per Management’s Statements of Operations to other revenue on the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income for the periods presented (in thousands):
       
        Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024
      Other revenue on Management’s Statement of Operations(a) $ 2,023   $ 32,705   $ 3.382  
      Interest income on deferred compensation   (21 )   (14 )   (17 )
      Deferred compensation   (21,152 )   1,251     49,295  
      Other revenue on Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income $ (19,150 ) $ 33,942   $ 52,660  
      (a) The departure of the Company’s former Chief Executive Officer resulted in other income of $26.4 million during the three months ended December 31, 2024 related to the clawback of share-based compensation awards.
         
    (11) Core G&A is a non-GAAP financial measure. Please see a description of core G&A under the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section of this release for additional information. Below is a reconciliation of the Company’s total expense to core G&A for the periods presented (in thousands):
       
        Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024
      Core G&A Reconciliation      
      Total expense $ 3,252,754   $ 3,171,070   $ 2,458,401  
      Advisory and commission   (2,353,925 )   (2,250,427 )   (1,733,487 )
      Depreciation and amortization   (92,356 )   (92,032 )   (67,158 )
      Interest expense on borrowings(15)   (85,862 )   (81,979 )   (60,082 )
      Brokerage, clearing and exchange   (44,138 )   (34,789 )   (30,532 )
      Amortization of other intangibles   (43,521 )   (42,614 )   (29,552 )
      Employee deferred compensation   709     502     (2,140 )
      Loss on extinguishment of debt       (3,983 )   (— )
      Total G&A   633,661     665,748     535,450  
      Promotional (ongoing)(12)(13)   (151,932 )   (173,191 )   (132,311 )
      Acquisition costs excluding interest(13)   (43,407 )   (37,261 )   (9,524 )
      Employee share-based compensation   (18,366 )   (26,067 )   (22,633 )
      Regulatory charges   (6,887 )   (7,335 )   (7,469 )
      Core G&A $ 413,069   $ 421,894   $ 363,513  
    (12) Promotional (ongoing) includes $14.8 million, $13.4 million and $8.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively, of support costs related to full-time employees that are classified within Compensation and benefits expense in the condensed consolidated statements of income and excludes costs that have been incurred as part of acquisitions that have been classified within acquisition costs.
    (13) Acquisition costs include the costs to setup, onboard and integrate acquired entities and other costs that were incurred as a result of the acquisitions. The below table summarizes the primary components of acquisition costs for the periods presented (in thousands):
       
        Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024
      Acquisition costs      
      Fair value mark on contingent consideration(35) $ 6,594 $ 11,249 $
      Compensation and benefits   17,417   15,950   3,850
      Professional services   6,145   7,357   3,246
      Promotional(12)   8,538   2,235   2,268
      Interest(15)   5,137    
      Other   4,713   470   160
      Acquisition costs $ 48,544 $ 37,261 $ 9,524
    (14) EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures. Please see a description of EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA under the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section of this release for additional information. Below is a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented (in thousands):
       
        Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024
      EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation      
      Net income $ 318,573 $ 270,749   $ 288,764
      Interest expense on borrowings(15)   85,862   81,979     60,082
      Provision for income taxes   98,680   70,532     85,428
      Depreciation and amortization   92,356   92,032     67,158
      Amortization of other intangibles   43,521   42,614     29,552
      EBITDA $ 638,992 $ 557,906   $ 530,984
      Acquisition costs excluding interest(13)   43,407   37,261     9,524
      Departure of former Chief Executive Officer(a)     (14,367 )  
      Loss on extinguishment of debt     3,983    
      Adjusted EBITDA $ 682,399 $ 584,783   $ 540,508
      (a) The departure of the Company’s former Chief Executive Officer resulted in other income of $26.4 million during the three months ended December 31, 2024 related to the clawback of share-based compensation awards which was offset by share-based compensation expense of $12.0 million related to the modification of certain stock options that were retained as per the settlement agreement that the Company reached with the former Chief Executive Officer.
         
    (15) Below is a reconciliation of interest expense on borrowings per Management’s Statements of Operations to interest expense on borrowings on the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income for the periods presented (in thousands):
       
        Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024
      Interest expense on borrowings on Management’s Statement of Operations $ 80,725 $ 81,979 $ 60,082
      Cost of debt issuance related to Commonwealth acquisition(13)   5,137    
      Interest expense on borrowings on Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income $ 85,862 $ 81,979 $ 60,082
    (16) Adjusted pre-tax income is a non-GAAP financial measure. Please see a description of adjusted pre-tax income under the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section of this release for additional information. Below is a reconciliation of income before provision for income taxes to adjusted pre-tax income for the periods presented (in thousands):
       
        Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024
      Income before provision for income taxes $ 417,253 $ 341,281   $ 374,192
      Amortization of other intangibles   43,521   42,614     29,552
      Acquisition costs(13)   48,544   37,261     9,524
      Departure of former Chief Executive Officer(a)     (14,367 )  
      Loss on extinguishment of debt     3,983    
      Adjusted pre-tax income $ 509,318 $ 410,772   $ 413,268
      (a) The departure of the Company’s former Chief Executive Officer resulted in other income of $26.4 million during the three months ended December 31, 2024 related to the clawback of share-based compensation awards which was offset by share-based compensation expense of $12.0 million related to the modification of certain stock options that were retained as per the settlement agreement that the Company reached with the former Chief Executive Officer.
         
    (17) Adjusted net income and adjusted EPS are non-GAAP financial measures. Please see a description of adjusted net income and adjusted EPS under the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section of this release for additional information. Below is a reconciliation of net income and earnings per diluted share to adjusted net income and adjusted EPS for the periods presented (in thousands, except per share data):
       
        Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024
        Amount Per Share Amount Per Share Amount Per Share
      Net income / earnings per diluted share $ 318,573   $ 4.24   $ 270,749   $ 3.59   $ 288,764   $ 3.83  
      Amortization of other intangibles   43,521     0.58     42,614     0.57     29,552     0.39  
      Acquisition costs(13)   48,544     0.65     37,261     0.49     9,524     0.13  
      Departure of former Chief Executive Officer(a)           (14,367 )   (0.19 )        
      Loss on extinguishment of debt           3,983     0.05          
      Tax benefit   (23,937 )   (0.32 )   (19,978 )   (0.27 )   (10,340 )   (0.14 )
      Adjusted net income / adjusted EPS $ 386,701   $ 5.15   $ 320,262   $ 4.25   $ 317,500   $ 4.21  
      Diluted share count   75,112       75,337       75,463    
      Note: Totals may not foot due to rounding.            
      (a) The departure of the Company’s former Chief Executive Officer resulted in other income of $26.4 million during the three months ended December 31, 2024 related to the clawback of share-based compensation awards which was offset by share-based compensation expense of $12.0 million related to the modification of certain stock options that were retained as per the settlement agreement that the Company reached with the former Chief Executive Officer.
         
    (18) Consists of total advisory and brokerage assets under custody at the Company’s primary broker-dealer subsidiary, LPL Financial, as well as assets under custody of a third-party custodian related to Atria’s seven introducing broker-dealer subsidiaries.
    (19) Assets on the Company’s corporate advisory platform are serviced by investment advisor representatives of LPL Financial. Assets on the Company’s independent RIA advisory platform are serviced by investment advisor representatives of separate registered investment advisor firms rather than representatives of LPL Financial.
    (20) Consists of advisory assets in LPL Financial’s Model Wealth Portfolios, Optimum Market Portfolios, Personal Wealth Portfolios and Guided Wealth Portfolios platforms.
    (21) Consists of total client deposits into advisory or brokerage accounts less total client withdrawals from advisory or brokerage accounts, plus dividends, plus interest, minus advisory fees. The Company considers conversions from and to brokerage or advisory accounts as deposits and withdrawals, respectively.
    (22) Consists of existing custodied assets that converted from brokerage to advisory, less existing custodied assets that converted from advisory to brokerage.
    (23) Calculated as annualized current period organic net new assets divided by preceding period assets in their respective categories of advisory assets or total advisory and brokerage assets.
    (24) Represents the amount of securities purchased less the amount of securities sold in client accounts custodied with LPL Financial.
    (25) Client cash balances include CCA and exclude purchased money market funds. CCA balances include cash that clients have deposited with LPL Financial that is included in Client payables in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. The following table presents purchased money market funds for the periods presented (in billions):
       
        Q1 2025 Q4 2024 Q1 2024
      Purchased money market funds $ 44.7 $ 41.0 $ 32.6
    (26) Calculated by dividing revenue for the period by the average balance during the period.
    (27) EBITDA and Credit Agreement EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures. Please see a description of EBITDA and Credit Agreement EBITDA under the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section of this release for additional information. Under the Credit Agreement, management calculates Credit Agreement EBITDA for a trailing twelve month period at the end of each fiscal quarter and in doing so may make further adjustments to prior quarters. Below are reconciliations of trailing twelve month net income to trailing twelve month EBITDA and Credit Agreement EBITDA for the periods presented (in thousands):
       
        Q1 2025 Q4 2024
      EBITDA and Credit Agreement EBITDA Reconciliations    
      Net income $         1,088,425         $         1,058,616        
      Interest expense on borrowings           299,961                   274,181        
      Provision for income taxes           347,528                   334,276        
      Depreciation and amortization           333,725                   308,527        
      Amortization of other intangibles           149,203                   135,234        
      EBITDA $         2,218,842         $         2,110,834        
      Credit Agreement Adjustments:    
      Acquisition costs and other(13)(36) $         249,870         $         223,614        
      Employee share-based compensation           84,690                   88,957        
      M&A accretion(37)           237,160                   235,048        
      Advisor share-based compensation           2,740                   2,597        
      Loss on extinguishment of debt           3,983                   3,983        
      Credit Agreement EBITDA $         2,797,285         $         2,665,033        
    (28) Calculated based on the average advisor count from the current period and prior periods.
    (29) Calculated based on the end of period total advisory and brokerage assets divided by end of period advisor count.
    (30) Represents amortization expense on forgivable loans for transition assistance to advisors and institutions.
    (31) During the first quarter of 2025, the Company updated its reporting of employees to include all full-time employees, including those reflected in Core G&A, promotional (ongoing) and advisory and commission expense. Prior period disclosures have been updated to reflect this change as applicable.
    (32) Reflects retention of total advisory and brokerage assets, calculated by deducting quarterly annualized attrition from total advisory and brokerage assets, divided by the prior quarter total advisory and brokerage assets.
    (33) Capital expenditures represent cash payments for property and equipment during the period.
    (34) Acquisitions, net represent cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired during the period. Acquisitions, net for the three months ended March 31, 2025 excludes $70.2 million related to The Investment Center, which was prefunded on October 1, 2024 in conjunction with the close of the Atria acquisition, as well as cash inflows associated with working capital and other post-closing adjustments.
    (35) Represents a fair value adjustment to our contingent consideration liabilities that is reflected in other expense in the condensed consolidated statements of income.
    (36) Acquisition costs and other primarily include acquisition costs related to Atria, costs incurred related to the integration of the strategic relationship with Prudential, a $26.4 million reduction related to the departure of the Company’s former Chief Executive Officer and related clawback of share-based compensation awards, and an $18.0 million regulatory charge recognized during the three months ended September 30, 2024 reflecting the amount of a penalty proposed by the SEC as part of its civil investigation of the Company’s compliance with certain elements of the Company’s AML compliance program.
    (37) M&A accretion is an adjustment to reflect the annualized expected run rate EBITDA of an acquisition as permitted by the Credit Agreement for up to eight fiscal quarters following the close of such acquisition.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: CarGurus Announces First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Marketplace revenue grew 13% YoY

    Q1’25 Net Income of $39.0 million; Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA of $66.3 million, up 32% YoY

    Repurchased $184.2 million worth of shares in Q1’25, representing 6% of our outstanding capital

    BOSTON, May 08, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — CarGurus, Inc. (Nasdaq: CARG), the No. 1 visited digital auto platform for shopping, buying, and selling new and used vehicles*, today announced financial results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    “Our strong momentum in our Marketplace business continued into 2025, which grew 13% year-over-year,” said Jason Trevisan, Chief Executive Officer at CarGurus. “Across the company, we advanced our 2025 core drivers of value creation: expanding data-driven solutions that help dealers drive more profitable businesses, meeting the evolving needs of car shoppers with a more intelligent and seamless experience, and enabling customers to do more of the transaction online. As a result, this focused execution has translated into deeper consumer and dealer engagement and has expanded our market share.”

    First Quarter Financial Highlights

        Three Months Ended  
        March 31, 2025  
        Results
    (in millions)
        Variance from Prior Year  
    Revenue            
    Marketplace Revenue   $ 212.2       13 %
    Wholesale Revenue     7.7       (52 )%
    Product Revenue     5.2       (58 )%
    Total Revenue   $ 225.2       4 %
                 
    Gross Profit   $ 199.7       14 %
    % Margin     89 %   762 bps  
                 
    Operating Expenses   $ 154.0       4 %
                 
    GAAP Net Income   $ 39.0       83 %
    % Margin     17 %   747 bps  
                 
    Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA (1)   $ 66.3       32 %
    % Margin (1)     29 %   609 bps  
                 
    Cash and Cash Equivalents at period end (2)   $ 172.9       (43 )%

    (1)  For more information regarding our use of non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA and other non-GAAP financial measures, please see the reconciliations of GAAP financial measures to non-GAAP financial measures and the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Other Business Metrics” below.
    (2)  Variance represents the change from December 31, 2024.

        Three Months Ended  
        March 31, 2025  
        Results     Variance from Prior Year  
    Key Performance Indicators (1)            
    U.S. Paying Dealers (2)     25,153       3 %
    International Paying Dealers (2)     7,219       7 %
    Total Paying Dealers (2)     32,372       4 %
                 
    U.S. QARSD (2)   $ 7,369       10 %
    International QARSD (2)   $ 2,073       10 %
    Consolidated QARSD (2)   $ 6,173       9 %
                 
    Transactions     5,209       (49 )%
                 
    U.S. Average Monthly Unique Users (in millions) (3)     35.0     N/A(4)  
    U.S. Average Monthly Sessions (in millions) (3)     85.7     N/A(4)  
                 
    International Average Monthly Unique Users (in millions) (3)     10.6     N/A(4)  
    International Average Monthly Sessions (in millions) (3)     22.2     N/A(4)  
                 
    Segment Reporting (in millions)            
    U.S. Marketplace Segment Revenue   $ 195.2       13 %
    U.S. Marketplace Segment Operating Income   $ 49.8       45 %
    Digital Wholesale Segment Revenue   $ 12.9       (55 )%
    Digital Wholesale Segment Operating Loss   $ (5.8 )     44 %

    (1)  For more information regarding our use of Key Performance Indicators, please see the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Other Business Metrics” below.
    (2)  Metrics presented as of March 31, 2025.
    (3)  CarOffer website is excluded from the metrics presented for users and sessions.
    (4)  As a result of the change from Google Universal Analytics (“Google Analytics”) to Google Analytics 4 (“GA4”) on July 1, 2024, we are unable to provide comparable monthly unique users or monthly sessions information for this period. For more information regarding the change in methodology for monthly unique users or monthly sessions, please see the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Other Business Metrics” below.

    Second Quarter 2025 Guidance

    The table below provides CarGurus’ guidance, which is based on recent market trends, industry conditions, and management’s expectations and assumptions as of today.

    Second Quarter 2025 Guidance Metrics Values
    Total Revenue $222.0 million to $242.0 million
    Marketplace Revenue $219.5 million to $224.5 million
    Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA $71.5 million to $79.5 million
    Non-GAAP Earnings per Share $0.52 to $0.58

    The second quarter 2025 non-GAAP earnings per share calculation assumes 100.0 million diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding.

    The assumptions that are built into guidance for the second quarter 2025 regarding our pace of paid dealer acquisition, churn, and expansion activity for the relevant period are based on recent market trends and industry conditions. Guidance for the second quarter 2025 excludes macro-level industry issues that result in dealers and consumers materially changing their recent market trends or that cause us to enact measures to assist dealers. Guidance also excludes any potential impact of future foreign currency exchange gains or losses. CarGurus may incur charges, realize gains or losses, or experience other events or circumstances in 2025 that could cause any of these assumptions to change and/or actual results to vary from this guidance.

    CarGurus has not reconciled its guidance of non-GAAP adjusted EBITDA to GAAP net income or non-GAAP earnings per share to GAAP earnings per share because reconciling items between such GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures, which include, as applicable, stock-based compensation, amortization of intangible assets, depreciation expenses, non-intangible amortization, transaction-related expenses, other income, net, the provision for income taxes, and income tax effects, cannot be reasonably predicted due to, as applicable, the timing, amount, valuation, and number of future employee equity awards and the uncertainty relating to the timing, frequency, and effect of acquisitions and the significance of the resulting transaction-related expenses, and therefore cannot be determined without unreasonable effort.

    Conference Call and Webcast Information

    CarGurus will host a conference call and live webcast to discuss its first quarter 2025 financial results and business outlook at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time today, May 8, 2025. To access the conference call, dial (877) 451-6152 for callers in the U.S. or Canada, or (201) 389-0879 for international callers. The webcast will be available live on the Investors section of CarGurus’ website at https://investors.cargurus.com.

    An audio replay of the call will also be available to investors beginning at approximately 8:00 p.m. Eastern Time today, May 8, 2025, until 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on May 22, 2025, by dialing (844) 512-2921 for callers in the U.S. or Canada, or (412) 317-6671 for international callers, and entering passcode 13752230. In addition, an archived webcast will be available on the Investors section of CarGurus’ website at https://investors.cargurus.com.

    About CarGurus

    CarGurus (Nasdaq: CARG) is a multinational, online automotive platform for buying and selling vehicles that is building upon its industry-leading listings marketplace with both digital retail solutions and the CarOffer online wholesale platform. The CarGurus platform gives consumers the confidence to purchase and/or sell a vehicle either online or in person, and it gives dealerships the power to accurately price, effectively market, instantly acquire, and quickly sell vehicles, all with a nationwide reach. The Company uses proprietary technology, search algorithms, and data analytics to bring trust, transparency, and competitive pricing to the automotive shopping experience. CarGurus is the most visited automotive shopping site in the U.S.*

    In addition to the U.S. marketplace, the Company operates online marketplaces under the CarGurus brand in Canada and the U.K., as well as independent online marketplace brands Autolist in the U.S. and PistonHeads in the U.K.

    To learn more about CarGurus, visit www.cargurus.com, and for more information about CarOffer, visit www.caroffer.com.

    *Source: Similarweb, Traffic Report (Cars.com, Autotrader, TrueCar, CARFAX Listings
    (defined as CARFAX Total visits minus Vehicle History Reports traffic)), Q1 2025, U.S.

    CarGurus® and Autolist® are each a registered trademark of CarGurus, Inc., and CarOffer® is a registered trademark of CarOffer, LLC. PistonHeads® is a registered trademark of CarGurus Ireland Limited in the U.K. and the European Union. All other product names, trademarks, and registered trademarks are property of their respective owners.

    © 2025 CarGurus, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

    Cautionary Language Concerning Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release includes forward-looking statements. Other than statements of historical facts, all statements contained in this press release, including statements regarding our future financial and operating results; our second quarter 2025 financial and business performance, including guidance; our business and growth strategy and our plans to execute on our growth strategy; our ability to grow our business profitably and efficiently; our capital allocation and investment strategy; the attractiveness and value proposition of our current offerings and other product opportunities; our ability to maintain existing and acquire new customers; addressable opportunities; our expectation that we will continue to invest in growth initiatives; our ability to quickly make transformations necessary for our business to achieve long-term goals; and our ability to overcome challenges facing the automotive industry ecosystem, including inventory supply problems, global supply chain challenges, including disruptions to pre-existing supply chains and vendor relations, changes to trade policies or tariff regulations, financial market volatility and disruption, increased interest rates, inflationary concerns, and other macroeconomic issues, including uncertain or volatile economic conditions in the U.S. and abroad, are forward-looking statements. The words “aim,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “goal,” “guide,” “guidance,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “potential,” “predicts,” “projects,” “seeks,” “should,” “strive,” “target,” “will,” “would,” and similar expressions and their negatives are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events.

    These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those reflected in such statements, including risks related to our growth and our ability to grow our revenue; our relationships with dealers; competition in the markets in which we operate; market growth; our ability to innovate; our ability to realize benefits from our acquisitions and successfully implement the integration strategies in connection therewith; impairment of the carrying value of our goodwill, intangible assets, right-of-use assets, or other assets; increased inflation and interest rates, global supply chain challenges, changes in international trade policies, including tariffs, volatile economic conditions, and other macroeconomic issues; changes in our key personnel; natural disasters, epidemics, or pandemics; and our ability to operate in compliance with applicable laws as well as other risks and uncertainties as may be detailed from time to time in our Annual Reports on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and other reports we file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Moreover, we operate in very competitive and rapidly changing environments. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, we cannot guarantee that future results, levels of activity, performance, achievements, or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will occur. We are under no duty to update any of these forward-looking statements after the date of this press release to conform these statements to actual results or revised expectations, except as required by law. You should, therefore, not rely on these forward-looking statements as representing our views as of any date subsequent to the date of this press release.

    Investor Contact:
    Kirndeep Singh
    Vice President, Head of Investor Relations
    investors@cargurus.com

    Media Contact:
    Maggie Meluzio
    Director, Public Relations and External Communications
    pr@cargurus.com

    Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)

        As of
    March 31,
    2025
        As of
    December 31,
    2024
     
    Assets            
    Current assets:            
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 172,862     $ 304,193  
    Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $808
    and $788, respectively
        40,703       44,248  
    Inventory     810       338  
    Prepaid expenses, prepaid income taxes, and other current assets     21,107       27,868  
    Deferred contract costs     13,640       12,523  
    Restricted cash     2,848       2,036  
    Total current assets     251,970       391,206  
    Property and equipment, net     132,383       130,010  
    Intangible assets, net     11,318       11,767  
    Goodwill     46,714       46,167  
    Operating lease right-of-use assets     119,589       121,484  
    Deferred tax assets     110,050       106,672  
    Deferred contract costs, net of current portion     13,088       13,196  
    Other non-current assets     4,003       4,034  
    Total assets   $ 689,115     $ 824,536  
    Liabilities and stockholders’ equity            
    Current liabilities:            
    Accounts payable   $ 29,891     $ 26,410  
    Accrued expenses, accrued income taxes, and other current liabilities     32,240       35,975  
    Deferred revenue     22,407       21,661  
    Operating lease liabilities     9,969       9,005  
    Total current liabilities     94,507       93,051  
    Operating lease liabilities     185,463       183,739  
    Deferred tax liabilities     15       26  
    Other non–current liabilities     7,080       6,031  
    Total liabilities     287,065       282,847  
    Stockholders’ equity:            
    Preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share; 10,000,000 shares authorized;
    no shares issued and outstanding
               
    Class A common stock, $0.001 par value per share; 500,000,000 shares
    authorized; 84,334,642 and 89,002,571 shares issued and outstanding
    at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively
        84       89  
    Class B common stock, $0.001 par value per share; 100,000,000 shares
    authorized; 14,216,250 and 14,986,745 shares issued and outstanding
    at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively
        14       15  
    Additional paid-in capital     6,775       169,013  
    Retained earnings     396,486       375,119  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (1,309 )     (2,547 )
    Total stockholders’ equity     402,050       541,689  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 689,115     $ 824,536  

    Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Income Statements
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)

        Three Months Ended  
        March 31,  
        2025     2024  
    Revenue            
    Marketplace   $ 212,235     $ 187,219  
    Wholesale     7,747       16,125  
    Product     5,176       12,452  
    Total revenue     225,158       215,796  
    Cost of revenue (1)            
    Marketplace     14,248       14,385  
    Wholesale     6,170       14,224  
    Product     5,033       12,226  
    Total cost of revenue     25,451       40,835  
    Gross profit     199,707       174,961  
    Operating expenses            
    Sales and marketing     86,716       82,274  
    Product, technology, and development     36,250       35,545  
    General and administrative     26,780       28,066  
    Depreciation and amortization     4,206       2,792  
    Total operating expenses     153,952       148,677  
    Income from operations     45,755       26,284  
    Other income, net            
    Interest income     3,098       3,906  
    Other expense, net     (302 )     (505 )
    Total other income, net     2,796       3,401  
    Income before income taxes     48,551       29,685  
    Provision for income taxes     9,506       8,384  
    Net income     39,045       21,301  
    Net income per share attributable to common stockholders:            
    Basic   $ 0.38     $ 0.20  
    Diluted   $ 0.37     $ 0.20  
    Weighted-average number of shares of common stock used in
    computing net income per share attributable to common stockholders:
               
    Basic     103,094,690       107,174,812  
    Diluted     105,068,046       108,632,159  

    (1)  Includes depreciation and amortization expense for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 of $2,348 and $4,689, respectively.

    Unaudited Segment Revenue
    (in thousands)

        Three Months Ended  
        March 31,  
        2025     2024  
    Segment Revenue:            
    U.S. Marketplace   $ 195,228     $ 172,988  
    Digital Wholesale     12,923       28,577  
    Other     17,007       14,231  
    Total   $ 225,158     $ 215,796  

    Unaudited Segment Income (Loss) from Operations
    (in thousands)

        Three Months Ended  
        March 31,  
        2025     2024  
    Segment Income (Loss) from Operations:            
    U.S. Marketplace   $ 49,781     $ 34,217  
    Digital Wholesale     (5,779 )     (10,340 )
    Other     1,753       2,407  
    Total   $ 45,755     $ 26,284  

    Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    (in thousands)

        Three Months Ended  
        March 31,  
        2025     2024  
    Operating Activities            
    Net income   $ 39,045     $ 21,301  
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:            
    Depreciation and amortization     6,554       7,481  
    Currency (gain) loss on foreign denominated transactions     (165 )     384  
    Deferred taxes     (3,389 )     (9,052 )
    Provision for doubtful accounts     424       290  
    Stock-based compensation expense     12,900       15,822  
    Amortization of deferred financing costs     129       129  
    Amortization of deferred contract costs     3,810       3,258  
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:            
    Accounts receivable     3,070       (4,182 )
    Inventory     (353 )     (319 )
    Prepaid expenses, prepaid income taxes, and other assets     6,801       5,974  
    Deferred contract costs     (4,744 )     (3,326 )
    Accounts payable     4,075       707  
    Accrued expenses, accrued income taxes, and other liabilities     (5,592 )     681  
    Deferred revenue     731       120  
    Lease obligations     4,583       12,696  
    Net cash provided by operating activities     67,879       51,964  
    Investing Activities            
    Purchases of property and equipment     (2,240 )     (28,665 )
    Capitalization of website development costs     (5,391 )     (5,465 )
    Purchases of short-term investments           (494 )
    Sale of short-term investments           21,218  
    Advance payments to customers, net of collections           259  
    Net cash used in investing activities     (7,631 )     (13,147 )
    Financing Activities            
    Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options     394       11  
    Payment of withholding taxes on net share settlements of restricted stock units     (8,985 )     (5,115 )
    Repurchases of common stock     (182,828 )     (77,442 )
    Payment of finance lease obligations     (20 )     (18 )
    Change in gross advance payments received from third-party transaction processor     (38 )     (474 )
    Net cash used in financing activities     (191,477 )     (83,038 )
    Impact of foreign currency on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash     710       (577 )
    Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash     (130,519 )     (44,798 )
    Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period     306,229       293,926  
    Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period   $ 175,710     $ 249,128  

    Unaudited Reconciliation of GAAP Net Income to Non-GAAP Net Income and Non-GAAP Net Income Attributable to Common Stockholders and GAAP Net Income Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders to Non-GAAP Net Income Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders:
    (in thousands, except per share data)

        Three Months Ended  
        March 31,  
        2025     2024(1)  
    GAAP net income   $ 39,045     $ 21,301  
    Stock-based compensation expense     12,900       15,822  
    Amortization of intangible assets     505       1,882  
    Transaction-related expenses     1,087       811  
    Income tax effects and adjustments     (5,174 )     (3,422 )
    Non-GAAP net income   $ 48,363     $ 36,394  
    GAAP net income per share attributable to common stockholders:            
    Basic   $ 0.38     $ 0.20  
    Diluted   $ 0.37     $ 0.20  
    Non-GAAP net income per share attributable to common stockholders:            
    Basic   $ 0.47     $ 0.34  
    Diluted   $ 0.46     $ 0.34  
    Shares used in GAAP and Non-GAAP per share calculations            
    Basic     103,095       107,175  
    Diluted     105,068       108,632  

    (1)  During the three months ended March 31, 2025, we identified an immaterial error to our non-GAAP net income calculation related to the income tax effects and adjustments and have updated the table to correct the calculation for the three months ended March 31, 2024. This resulted in an increase in the non-GAAP net income per share attributable to common stockholders from $0.32 per share to $0.34 per share.

    Unaudited Reconciliation of GAAP Net Income to Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA and GAAP Net Income Margin to Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA Margin
    (in thousands)

        Three Months Ended  
        March 31,  
        2025     2024  
    GAAP net income   $ 39,045     $ 21,301  
    Depreciation and amortization     6,554       7,481  
    Stock-based compensation expense     12,900       15,822  
    Transaction-related expenses     1,087       811  
    Other income, net     (2,796 )     (3,401 )
    Provision for income taxes     9,506       8,384  
    Non-GAAP adjusted EBITDA   $ 66,296     $ 50,398  
                 
    GAAP net income margin     17 %     10 %
    Non-GAAP adjusted EBITDA margin     29 %     23 %

    Unaudited Reconciliation of GAAP Gross Profit to Non-GAAP Gross Profit and GAAP Gross Profit Margin to Non-GAAP Gross Profit Margin
    (in thousands, except percentages)

        Three Months Ended  
        March 31,  
        2025     2024  
    Revenue   $ 225,158     $ 215,796  
    Cost of revenue     25,451       40,835  
    GAAP gross profit     199,707       174,961  
    Stock-based compensation expense included in Cost of revenue     60       231  
    Amortization of intangible assets included in Cost of revenue           875  
    Transaction-related expenses included in Cost of revenue     269       92  
    Non-GAAP gross profit   $ 200,036     $ 176,159  
                 
    GAAP gross profit margin     89 %     81 %
    Non-GAAP gross profit margin     89 %     82 %

    Unaudited Reconciliation of GAAP Expense to Non-GAAP Expense
    (in thousands)

        Three Months Ended March 31, 2025  
        GAAP expense     Stock-based
    compensation
    expense
        Amortization of
    intangible assets
        Transaction-related expenses     Non-GAAP
    expense
     
    Cost of revenue   $ 25,451     $ (60 )   $     $ (269 )   $ 25,122  
    Sales and marketing     86,716       (2,833 )           (491 )     83,392  
    Product, technology, and development     36,250       (5,565 )           (151 )     30,534  
    General and administrative     26,780       (4,442 )           (176 )     22,162  
    Depreciation & amortization     4,206             (505 )           3,701  
    Operating expenses(1)   $ 153,952     $ (12,840 )   $ (505 )   $ (818 )   $ 139,789  
    Total cost of revenue and operating expenses   $ 179,403     $ (12,900 )   $ (505 )   $ (1,087 )   $ 164,911  
                                   
        Three Months Ended March 31, 2024  
        GAAP expense     Stock-based
    compensation
    expense
        Amortization of
    intangible assets
        Transaction-related expenses     Non-GAAP
    expense
     
    Cost of revenue   $ 40,835     $ (231 )   $ (875 )   $ (92 )   $ 39,637  
    Sales and marketing     82,274       (2,874 )           (394 )     79,006  
    Product, technology, and development     35,545       (5,977 )           (1 )     29,567  
    General and administrative     28,066       (6,740 )           (324 )     21,002  
    Depreciation & amortization     2,792             (1,007 )           1,785  
    Operating expenses(1)   $ 148,677     $ (15,591 )   $ (1,007 )   $ (719 )   $ 131,360  
    Total cost of revenue and operating expenses   $ 189,512     $ (15,822 )   $ (1,882 )   $ (811 )   $ 170,997  

    (1)  Operating expenses include sales and marketing, product, technology, and development, general and administrative, and depreciation & amortization.

    Unaudited Reconciliation of GAAP Net Cash and Cash Equivalents Provided by Operating Activities to Non-GAAP Free Cash Flow
    (in thousands)

        Three Months Ended  
        March 31,  
        2025     2024  
    GAAP net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities   $ 67,879     $ 51,964  
    Purchases of property and equipment     (2,240 )     (28,665 )
    Capitalization of website development costs     (5,391 )     (5,465 )
    Non-GAAP free cash flow   $ 60,248     $ 17,834  

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Other Business Metrics

    To supplement our consolidated financial statements, which are prepared and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. (“GAAP”), we provide investors with certain non-GAAP financial measures and other business metrics, which we believe are helpful to our investors. We use these non-GAAP financial measures and other business metrics for financial and operational decision-making purposes and as a means to evaluate period-to-period comparisons. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures and other business metrics provide useful information about our operating results, enhance the overall understanding of past financial performance and future prospects, and allow for greater transparency with respect to metrics used by our management in its financial and operational decision-making.

    The presentation of non-GAAP financial information and other business metrics is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the directly comparable financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. While our non-GAAP financial measures and other business metrics are an important tool for financial and operational decision-making and for evaluating our own operating results over different periods of time, we urge investors to review the reconciliation of these financial measures to the comparable GAAP financial measures included above, and not to rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.

    While a reconciliation of non-GAAP guidance measures to corresponding GAAP measures is not available on a forward-looking basis without unreasonable effort due to, as applicable, the timing, amount, valuation, and number of future employee equity awards and the uncertainty relating to the timing, frequency, and effect of acquisitions and the significance of the resulting transaction-related expenses, we have provided a reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures and other business metrics to the nearest comparable GAAP measures in the accompanying financial statement tables included in this press release.

    We monitor operating measures of certain non-GAAP items including non-GAAP gross profit, non-GAAP gross margin, non-GAAP expense, non-GAAP net income, non-GAAP net income attributable to common stockholders, and non-GAAP net income per share attributable to common stockholders. These non-GAAP financial measures exclude the effect of stock-based compensation expense, amortization of intangible assets, and transaction related-expenses. Non-GAAP net income, non-GAAP net income attributable to common stockholders, and non-GAAP net income per share attributable to common stockholders also exclude certain income tax effects and adjustments. Our calculations of non-GAAP net income per share attributable to common stockholders utilize applicable GAAP share counts as included in the accompanying financial statement tables included in this press release. In addition, we evaluate our non-GAAP gross profit in relation to our revenue. We refer to this as non-GAAP gross profit margin and define it as non-GAAP gross profit divided by total revenue. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information about our operating results, enhance the overall understanding of past financial performance and future prospects, and allow for greater transparency with respect to metrics used by our management in its financial and operational decision-making.

    We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income, adjusted to exclude: depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense, transaction-related expenses, other income, net, and provision for income taxes.

    In addition, we evaluate our Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA in relation to our revenue. We refer to this as Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA margin and define it as Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA divided by total revenue.

    We have presented Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin because they are key measures used by our management and Board of Directors to understand and evaluate our operating performance, generate future operating plans, and make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital. We believe Adjusted EBITDA helps identify underlying trends in our business that could otherwise be masked by the effect of the expenses that we exclude. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results, enhancing the overall understanding of our past performance and future prospects, and allowing for greater transparency with respect to key financial metrics used by our management in its financial and operational decision making.

    We define Free Cash Flow as cash flow from operations adjusted to include: purchases of property and equipment and capitalization of website development costs. We have presented Free Cash Flow because it is a measure of our financial performance that represents the cash that we are able to generate after expenditures required to maintain or expand our asset base.

    We define a paying dealer as a dealer account with an active, paid marketplace subscription at the end of a defined period. The number of paying dealers we have is important to us and we believe it provides valuable information to investors because it is indicative of the value proposition of our marketplace products, as well as our sales and marketing success and opportunity, including our ability to retain paying dealers and develop new dealer relationships.

    We define Quarterly Average Revenue per Subscribing Dealer (“QARSD”), which is measured at the end of a fiscal quarter, as the marketplace revenue primarily from subscriptions to our Listings packages and Real-time Performance Marketing, our digital advertising suite, and other digital add-on products during that trailing quarter divided by the average number of paying dealers in that marketplace during the quarter. We calculate the average number of paying dealers for a period by adding the number of paying dealers at the end of such period and the end of the prior period and dividing by two. This information is important to us, and we believe it provides useful information to investors, because we believe that our ability to grow QARSD is an indicator of the value proposition of our products and the return on investment that our paying dealers realize from our products. In addition, increases in QARSD, which we believe reflect the value of exposure to our engaged audience in relation to subscription cost, are driven in part by our ability to grow the volume of connections to our users and the quality of those connections, which result in increased opportunity to upsell package levels and cross-sell additional products to our paying dealers.

    We define Transactions within the Digital Wholesale segment as the number of vehicles processed from car dealers, consumers, and other marketplaces through the CarOffer website within the defined period. Transactions consists of each unique vehicle (based on vehicle identification number) that reaches “sold and invoiced” status on the CarOffer website within the defined period, including vehicles sold to car dealers, vehicles sold at third-party auctions, vehicles ultimately sold to a different buyer, and vehicles that are returned to their owners without completion of a sale transaction. We exclude vehicles processed within CarOffer’s intra-group trading solution (Group Trade) from the definition of Transactions, and we only count any unique vehicle once even if it reaches sold status multiple times. The Digital Wholesale segment includes the purchase and sale of vehicles between dealers, or Dealer-to-Dealer transactions, and Sell My Car – Instant Max Cash Offer transactions. We view Transactions as a key business metric, and we believe it provides useful information to investors, because it provides insight into growth and revenue for the Digital Wholesale segment. Transactions drive a significant portion of Digital Wholesale segment revenue. We believe growth in Transactions demonstrates consumer and dealer utilization and our market share penetration in the Digital Wholesale segment.

    Historically, we have used data from Google Analytics to measure two of our key business metrics: monthly unique users and monthly sessions. Effective July 1, 2024, GA4 replaced Google Analytics. The methodologies used in GA4 are different and not comparable to the methodologies used in Google Analytics. As discussed below, we also make certain adjustments to the GA4 data in order to improve the accuracy of the reported monthly unique users and monthly sessions. Due to the change in methodology, we are unable to provide comparable monthly unique user and monthly session information for prior periods, including any periods prior to June 30, 2024.

    For each of our websites (excluding the CarOffer website), we define a monthly unique user as an individual who has visited any such website and taken a Visitor Action (as defined below) within a calendar month, based on data as measured by GA4. We calculate average monthly unique users as the sum of the monthly unique users of each of our websites in a defined period, divided by the number of months in that period. Effective July 1, 2024, we count a unique user the first time a computer or mobile device with a unique device identifier accesses any of our websites or application during a calendar month and takes an action on such website or in such application, such as performing a search, visiting vehicle detail pages, and connecting with a dealer (“Visitor Action”). If an individual accesses a website or application using a different device within a given month, the first Visitor Action taken by each such device is counted as a separate unique user. If an individual uses multiple browsers on a single device and/or clears their cookies and returns to our website or application and takes a Visitor Action within a calendar month, each such Visitor Action is counted as a separate unique user. We eliminate any duplicate unique users that may arise when users visit a webview within our native application. We view our average monthly unique users as a key indicator of the quality of our user experience, the effectiveness of our advertising and traffic acquisition, and the strength of our brand awareness. Measuring unique users is important to us and we believe it provides useful information to our investors because our marketplace revenue depends, in part, on our ability to provide dealers with connections to our users and exposure to our marketplace audience. We define connections as interactions between consumers and dealers on our marketplace through phone calls, email, managed text and chat, and clicks to access the dealer’s website or map directions to the dealership.

    We define monthly sessions as the number of distinct visits to our websites (excluding the CarOffer website) that include a Visitor Action that take place each month within a given time frame, as measured and defined by GA4. We calculate average monthly sessions as the sum of the monthly sessions in a defined period, divided by the number of months in that period. Effective July 1, 2024, a session is defined as beginning with the first Visitor Action from a computer or mobile device and ending at the earliest of when a user closes their browser window or after 30 minutes of inactivity. We eliminate any duplicate monthly sessions that may arise when users visit a webview within our native application. We believe that measuring the volume of sessions in a time period, when considered in conjunction with the number of unique users in that time period, is an important indicator to us of consumer satisfaction and engagement with our marketplace, and we believe it provides useful information to our investors because the more satisfied and engaged consumers we have, the more valuable our service is to dealers.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: ARKO Corp. Reports First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    RICHMOND, Va., May 08, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — ARKO Corp. (Nasdaq: ARKO) (“ARKO” or the “Company”), a Fortune 500 company and one of the largest convenience store operators in the United States, today announced financial results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    First Quarter 2025 Key Highlights (vs. Year-Ago Quarter) 1,2

    • Net loss for the quarter was $12.7 million compared to a net loss of $0.6 million.
    • Adjusted EBITDA for the quarter was $30.9 million compared to $33.2 million.
    • Merchandise margin for the quarter increased to 33.2% compared to 32.5%.
    • Merchandise contribution for the quarter was $117.6 million compared to $134.9 million; more than half of the merchandise contribution decline for the quarter was associated with the Company’s accretive dealerization program.
    • Retail fuel margin for the quarter was 37.9 cents per gallon compared to 36.4 cents per gallon.
    • Retail fuel contribution for the quarter was $85.3 million compared to $92.9 million; more than half of the retail fuel contribution decline for the quarter was associated with the Company’s accretive dealerization program.

    Other Key Highlights

    • As part of the Company’s developing transformation plan, the Company converted 59 retail stores to dealer sites during the three months ended March 31, 2025. In April of 2025, the Company converted 18 additional retail stores to dealer sites and plans to convert a meaningful number of additional stores throughout 2025. The Company continues to expect that, at scale, this channel optimization will yield a cumulative annualized operating income benefit in excess of $20 million.
    • The Company advanced its store remodeling initiative, which is expected to include an expanded and refined merchandise assortment with an enhanced in-store experience and a focus on food. These remodels are designed to elevate the customer experience through improved store layout and convenience. The Company began construction of the first of its seven planned pilot remodels in early May 2025 and expects to begin construction on the second pilot remodel in mid-May 2025.
    • In the first quarter of 2025, the Company opened a new Dunkin’ store and a fastmarket(R) location. Additionally, the Company expects to open four NTI (new-to-industry) stores in the second half of 2025. Three of these NTIs have started construction, with one store awaiting a final permit.
    • On March 12, 2025, the Company started its Fueling America’s Future campaign in its stores, centered around providing enrolled loyalty customers with both value promotions inside the store and significant discounts at the pump.
    • The Board declared a quarterly dividend of $0.03 per share of common stock to be paid on May 30, 2025 to stockholders of record as of May 19, 2025.

    1 See Use of Non-GAAP Measures below.
    2 All figures for fuel costs, fuel contribution and fuel margin per gallon exclude the estimated fixed margin or fixed fee paid to the Company’s wholesale fuel distribution subsidiary, GPM Petroleum LP (“GPMP”) for the cost of fuel (intercompany charges by GPMP).

    “Despite a pressured consumer environment, we effectively navigated ongoing macroeconomic headwinds in the first quarter,” said Arie Kotler, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of ARKO. “We delivered results above the midpoint of our guidance, underscoring our commitment to execution with discipline and remaining focused on what we can control. This quarter, we also faced incremental pressure from adverse weather conditions in January and February, which impacted sales and increased snow removal expenses across key regions, and from lapping of a leap day in the first quarter of the prior year. We also continued to advance key elements of our transformation strategy – converting company-operated retail stores to dealer sites, advancing our NTI store rollout, and enhancing customer engagement through food service and targeted loyalty initiatives both in-store and at the pump. We remain focused on executing across the business while keeping our long-term strategic priorities firmly in view.”

    Mr. Kotler continued: “As we move forward in 2025, we remain committed to driving shareholder returns. We repurchased 1.3 million shares during the first quarter, with substantially all of those repurchases executed in March. We are focused on using all available tools to support long-term value creation and taking a disciplined approach to capital deployment. These actions reflect our commitment to shareholders and represent a strategic and thoughtful path to delivering meaningful returns.”

    First Quarter 2025 Segment Highlights

    Retail

      For the Three Months
    Ended March 31,
     
      2025     2024  
      (in thousands)  
    Fuel gallons sold   225,063       255,464  
    Same store fuel gallons sold decrease (%) 1   (6.2 %)     (6.7 %)
    Fuel contribution 2 $ 85,273     $ 92,933  
    Fuel margin, cents per gallon 3   37.9       36.4  
    Same store fuel contribution 1,2 $ 83,027     $ 86,275  
    Same store merchandise sales decrease (%) 1   (6.9 %)     (4.1 %)
    Same store merchandise sales excluding cigarettes decrease (%) 1   (5.2 %)     (3.0 %)
    Merchandise revenue $ 354,485     $ 414,655  
    Merchandise contribution 4 $ 117,570     $ 134,918  
    Merchandise margin 5   33.2 %     32.5 %
    Same store merchandise contribution 1,4 $ 114,046     $ 120,666  
    Same store site operating expenses 1 $ 169,994     $ 172,325  
               
    Same store is a common metric used in the convenience store industry. The Company considers a store a same store beginning in the first quarter in which the store had a full quarter of activity in the prior year. Refer to Use of Non-GAAP Measures below for discussion of this measure.  
    Calculated as fuel revenue less fuel costs; excludes the estimated fixed margin or fixed fee paid to GPMP for the cost of fuel.  
    Calculated as fuel contribution divided by fuel gallons sold.  
    Calculated as merchandise revenue less merchandise costs.  
    Calculated as merchandise contribution divided by merchandise revenue.  
       

    Merchandise contribution for the first quarter of 2025 decreased $17.3 million, or 12.9%, compared to the first quarter of 2024, while merchandise margin increased to 33.2% in the first quarter of 2025 compared to 32.5% in the prior year period. The decrease in merchandise contribution was due to a decrease of $12.8 million related to retail stores that were closed or converted to dealers in the trailing 12 month period and a decrease in same store merchandise contribution of $6.6 million, primarily caused by a decline in customer transactions reflecting the challenging macroeconomic environment as well as severe weather conditions in January and February 2025 in certain of the markets in which the Company operates. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in merchandise contribution of $1.8 million from the SpeedyQ acquisition that closed in April 2024. Merchandise contribution at same stores decreased in the first quarter of 2025 primarily due to lower contribution from several core destination categories and cigarettes.

    Fuel contribution for the first quarter of 2025 decreased $7.7 million, or 8.2%, compared to the first quarter of 2024, with a same store fuel contribution decrease of $3.2 million attributable to gallon demand declines, reflecting the challenging macroeconomic environment as well as severe weather conditions in January and February 2025 in certain of the markets in which the Company operates. Fuel margin of 37.9 cents per gallon was up 1.5 cents per gallon compared to the first quarter of 2024. In addition, a decrease in retail fuel contribution of $5.8 million was related to retail stores that were closed or converted to dealers in the trailing 12 month period, partially offset by incremental fuel contribution from the SpeedyQ acquisition of approximately $1.3 million.

    Wholesale

      For the Three Months
    Ended March 31,
     
      2025     2024  
      (in thousands)  
    Fuel gallons sold – fuel supply locations   191,077       186,731  
    Fuel gallons sold – consignment agent locations   36,515       37,504  
    Fuel contribution – fuel supply locations $ 11,453     $ 11,562  
    Fuel contribution – consignment agent locations $ 8,594     $ 9,168  
    Fuel margin, cents per gallon – fuel supply locations   6.0       6.2  
    Fuel margin, cents per gallon – consignment agent locations   23.5       24.4  
               
    Calculated as fuel revenue less fuel costs; excludes the estimated fixed margin or fixed fee paid to GPMP for the cost of fuel.  
    Calculated as fuel contribution divided by fuel gallons sold.  
    Note: Comparable wholesale sites exclude retail stores converted to dealers, until the first quarter in which these sites had a full quarter of wholesale activity in the prior year.  
       

    For the first quarter of 2025, wholesale operating income increased $0.3 million, compared to the first quarter of 2024. Additional operating income from retail sites converted to dealers in the trailing 12 month period more than offset reduced operating income at comparable wholesale sites.

    Fuel contribution was $20.0 million for the first quarter of 2025 compared to $20.7 million for the first quarter of 2024. Fuel contribution for the first quarter of 2025 at fuel supply locations decreased by $0.1 million, and fuel contribution at consignment agent locations decreased by $0.6 million, as compared to the prior year period, with fuel margin decreases of 0.2 cents per gallon and 0.9 cents per gallon, respectively, due principally to lower volumes at comparable wholesale sites primarily due to severe weather conditions in January and February 2025 in certain of the markets in which the Company operates, which was partially offset by incremental contribution from retail stores converted to dealers. For the first quarter of 2025, other revenues, net increased by approximately $3.5 million, and site operating expenses increased by $2.5 million in each case as compared to the first quarter of 2024, resulting primarily from retail stores which converted to dealers in the trailing 12 month period.

    Fleet Fueling

      For the Three Months
    Ended March 31,
     
      2025     2024  
      (in thousands)  
    Fuel gallons sold – proprietary cardlock locations   31,918       33,449  
    Fuel gallons sold – third-party cardlock locations   3,175       3,199  
    Fuel contribution – proprietary cardlock locations $ 14,706     $ 13,669  
    Fuel contribution – third-party cardlock locations $ 596     $ 247  
    Fuel margin, cents per gallon – proprietary cardlock locations   46.1       40.9  
    Fuel margin, cents per gallon – third-party cardlock locations   18.7       7.7  
               
    Calculated as fuel revenue less fuel costs; excludes the estimated fixed fee paid to GPMP for the cost of fuel.  
    Calculated as fuel contribution divided by fuel gallons sold.  
       

    Fuel contribution for the first quarter of 2025 increased by $1.4 million compared to the first quarter of 2024. At proprietary cardlocks, fuel contribution increased by $1.0 million, and fuel margin per gallon also increased for the first quarter of 2025 compared to the first quarter of 2024 primarily due to favorable diesel margins. At third-party cardlock locations, fuel contribution increased by $0.4 million, and fuel margin per gallon also increased for the first quarter of 2025 compared to the first quarter of 2024, primarily due to the closure of underperforming third-party locations.

    Site Operating Expenses

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025, convenience store operating expenses decreased $20.8 million, or 10.5%, compared to the prior year period primarily due to a decrease of $22.2 million from retail stores that were closed or converted to dealers and a decrease in same store operating expenses of $2.3 million, or 1.4%, related to lower personnel costs and credit card fees, partially offset by higher snow removal expenses resulting from severe weather conditions in certain of the markets in which the Company operates. These decreases were partially offset by $3.3 million of incremental expenses related to the SpeedyQ acquisition that closed in April 2024.

    Liquidity and Capital Expenditures

    As of March 31, 2025, the Company’s total liquidity was approximately $847 million, consisting of approximately $265 million of cash and cash equivalents and approximately $582 million of availability under lines of credit. Outstanding debt was $880 million, resulting in net debt, excluding lease related financing liabilities, of approximately $615 million. Capital expenditures were approximately $27.4 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, including the purchase of a fee property, investments in NTI stores, EV chargers, upgrades to fuel dispensers and other investments in stores.

    Quarterly Dividend and Share Repurchase Program

    The Company’s ability to return cash to its stockholders through its cash dividend program and share repurchase program is consistent with its capital allocation framework and reflects the Company’s confidence in the strength of its cash generation ability and strong financial position.

    The Board declared a quarterly dividend of $0.03 per share of common stock to be paid on May 30, 2025 to stockholders of record as of May 19, 2025.

    During the quarter, the Company repurchased approximately 1.3 million shares of common stock under its previously announced repurchase program for approximately $5.2 million, or an average price of $4.01 per share. There was approximately $20.5 million remaining under the share repurchase program as of March 31, 2025.

    Company-Operated Retail Store Count and Segment Update

    The following tables present certain information regarding changes in the retail, wholesale and fleet fueling segments for the periods presented:

      For the Three Months
    Ended March 31,
     
    Retail Segment 2025     2024  
    Number of sites at beginning of period   1,389       1,543  
    Newly opened or reopened sites   2       1  
    Company-controlled sites converted to          
    consignment or fuel supply locations, net   (59 )      
    Sites closed, divested or converted to rentals   (3 )     (4 )
    Number of sites at end of period   1,329       1,540  
      For the Three Months
    Ended March 31,
     
    Wholesale Segment 1 2025     2024  
    Number of sites at beginning of period   1,922       1,825  
    Newly opened or reopened sites 2   6       9  
    Consignment or fuel supply locations converted          
    from Company-controlled sites, net   59        
    Closed or divested sites   (26 )     (18 )
    Number of sites at end of period   1,961       1,816  
               
    Excludes bulk and spot purchasers.  
    Includes all signed fuel supply agreements irrespective of fuel distribution commencement date.  
      For the Three Months
    Ended March 31,
     
    Fleet Fueling Segment 2025     2024  
    Number of sites at beginning of period   280       298  
    Newly opened or reopened sites   1        
    Closed or divested sites   (1 )     (2 )
    Number of sites at end of period   280       296  
                   

    Full Year and Second Quarter 2025 Guidance Range

    The Company currently expects second quarter 2025 Adjusted EBITDA to range between $70 million and $80 million, with an assumed range of average total retail fuel margin from 42.5 to 44.5 cents per gallon. The Company is maintaining its full year 2025 Adjusted EBITDA range of $233 million to $253 million, with an assumed range of average total retail fuel margin from 40 to 42 cents per gallon.

    The Company is not providing guidance on net income at this time due to the volatility of certain required inputs that are not available without unreasonable efforts, including future fair value adjustments associated with its stock price, as well as depreciation and amortization related to its capital allocation as part of its focus on accelerating organic growth.

    Conference Call and Webcast Details

    The Company will host a conference call today, May 8, 2025, to discuss these results at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time. Investors and analysts interested in participating in the live call can dial 888-396-8049 or 416-764-8646.

    A simultaneous, live webcast will also be available on the Investor Relations section of the Company’s website at https://www.arkocorp.com/news-events/ir-calendar. The webcast will be archived for 30 days.

    About ARKO Corp.

    ARKO Corp. (Nasdaq: ARKO) is a Fortune 500 company that owns 100% of GPM Investments, LLC and is one of the largest operators of convenience stores and wholesalers of fuel in the United States. Based in Richmond, VA, our highly recognizable Family of Community Brands offers delicious, prepared foods, beer, snacks, candy, hot and cold beverages, and multiple popular quick serve restaurant brands. We operate in four reportable segments: retail, which includes convenience stores selling merchandise and fuel products to retail customers; wholesale, which supplies fuel to independent dealers and consignment agents; fleet fueling, which includes the operation of proprietary and third-party cardlock locations, and issuance of proprietary fuel cards that provide customers access to a nationwide network of fueling sites; and GPM Petroleum, which sells and supplies fuel to our retail and wholesale sites and charges a fixed fee, primarily to our fleet fueling sites. To learn more about GPM stores, visit: www.gpminvestments.com. To learn more about ARKO, visit: www.arkocorp.com.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This document includes certain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements may address, among other things, the Company’s expected financial and operational results and the related assumptions underlying its expected results. These forward-looking statements are distinguished by use of words such as “accretive,” “anticipate,” “aim,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “guidance,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” and the negative of these terms, and similar references to future periods. These statements are based on management’s current expectations and are subject to uncertainty and changes in circumstances. Actual results may differ materially from these expectations due to, among other things, changes in economic, business and market conditions; the Company’s ability to maintain the listing of its common stock and warrants on the Nasdaq Stock Market; changes in its strategy, future operations, financial position, estimated revenues and losses, projected costs, prospects and plans; expansion plans and opportunities; changes in the markets in which it competes; changes in applicable laws or regulations, including those relating to environmental matters; market conditions and global and economic factors beyond its control; and the outcome of any known or unknown litigation and regulatory proceedings. Detailed information about these factors and additional important factors can be found in the documents that the Company files with the Securities and Exchange Commission, such as Form 10-K, Form 10-Q and Form 8-K. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the statements were made. The Company does not undertake an obligation to update forward-looking information, except to the extent required by applicable law.

    Use of Non-GAAP Measures

    The Company discloses certain measures on a “same store basis,” which is a non-GAAP measure. Information disclosed on a “same store basis” excludes the results of any store that is not a “same store” for the applicable period. A store is considered a same store beginning in the first quarter in which the store had a full quarter of activity in the prior year. The Company believes that this information provides greater comparability regarding its ongoing operating performance. Neither this measure nor those described below should be considered an alternative to measurements presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”).

    The Company defines EBITDA as net income (loss) before net interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA further adjusts EBITDA by excluding the gain or loss on disposal of assets, impairment charges, acquisition and divestiture costs, share-based compensation expense, other non-cash items, and other unusual or non-recurring charges. Both EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures.

    The Company uses EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for operational and financial decision-making and believe these measures are useful in evaluating its performance because they eliminate certain items that it does not consider indicators of its operating performance. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are also used by many of its investors, securities analysts, and other interested parties in evaluating its operational and financial performance across reporting periods. The Company believes that the presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors by allowing an understanding of key measures that it uses internally for operational decision-making, budgeting, evaluating acquisition targets, and assessing its operating performance.

    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not recognized terms under GAAP and should not be considered as a substitute for net income (loss) or any other financial measure presented in accordance with GAAP. These measures have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of its results as reported under GAAP. The Company strongly encourages investors to review its financial statements and publicly filed reports in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure.

    Because non-GAAP financial measures are not standardized, same store measures, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, as defined by the Company, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. It therefore may not be possible to compare the Company’s use of these non-GAAP financial measures with those used by other companies.

    Company Contact
    Jordan Mann
    ARKO Corp.
    investors@gpminvestments.com

    Investor Contact
    Sean Mansouri, CFA
    Elevate IR
    (720) 330-2829
    ARKO@elevate-ir.com 

         
      Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations  
      For the Three Months Ended March 31,  
      2025     2024  
      (in thousands)  
    Revenues:          
    Fuel revenue $ 1,446,916     $ 1,631,332  
    Merchandise revenue   354,485       414,655  
    Other revenues, net   27,504       26,467  
    Total revenues   1,828,905       2,072,454  
    Operating expenses:          
    Fuel costs   1,325,056       1,502,302  
    Merchandise costs   236,915       279,737  
    Site operating expenses   199,981       218,931  
    General and administrative expenses   41,613       42,158  
    Depreciation and amortization   34,887       31,716  
    Total operating expenses   1,838,452       2,074,844  
    Other expenses, net   2,217       2,476  
    Operating loss   (11,764 )     (4,866 )
    Interest and other financial income   9,475       22,014  
    Interest and other financial expenses   (23,326 )     (24,471 )
    Loss before income taxes   (25,615 )     (7,323 )
    Income tax benefit   12,922       6,707  
    Income from equity investment   21       22  
    Net loss attributable to ARKO Corp. $ (12,672 )   $ (594 )
    Series A redeemable preferred stock dividends   (1,418 )     (1,414 )
    Net loss attributable to common shareholders $ (14,090 )   $ (2,008 )
    Net loss per share attributable to common shareholders – basic and diluted $ (0.12 )   $ (0.02 )
    Weighted average shares outstanding:          
    Basic and diluted   115,883       117,275  
                   
         
      Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets  
      March 31, 2025     December 31, 2024  
      (in thousands)  
    Assets          
    Current assets:          
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 265,420     $ 261,758  
    Restricted cash   24,117       30,650  
    Short-term investments   5,665       5,330  
    Trade receivables, net   110,046       95,832  
    Inventory   220,650       231,225  
    Other current assets   93,332       97,413  
    Total current assets   719,230       722,208  
    Non-current assets:          
    Property and equipment, net   744,524       747,548  
    Right-of-use assets under operating leases   1,366,100       1,386,244  
    Right-of-use assets under financing leases, net   155,360       157,999  
    Goodwill   299,973       299,973  
    Intangible assets, net   176,755       182,355  
    Equity investment   3,029       3,009  
    Deferred tax asset   83,075       67,689  
    Other non-current assets   54,509       53,633  
    Total assets $ 3,602,555     $ 3,620,658  
    Liabilities          
    Current liabilities:          
    Long-term debt, current portion $ 14,011     $ 12,944  
    Accounts payable   196,847       190,212  
    Other current liabilities   167,337       159,239  
    Operating leases, current portion   73,250       71,580  
    Financing leases, current portion   11,486       11,515  
    Total current liabilities   462,931       445,490  
    Non-current liabilities:          
    Long-term debt, net   866,097       868,055  
    Asset retirement obligation   87,712       87,375  
    Operating leases   1,390,419       1,408,293  
    Financing leases   209,536       211,051  
    Other non-current liabilities   230,634       223,528  
    Total liabilities   3,247,329       3,243,792  
               
    Series A redeemable preferred stock   100,000       100,000  
               
    Shareholders’ equity:          
    Common stock   12       12  
    Treasury stock   (113,514 )     (106,123 )
    Additional paid-in capital   280,017       276,681  
    Accumulated other comprehensive income   9,119       9,119  
    Retained earnings   79,592       97,177  
    Total shareholders’ equity   255,226       276,866  
    Total liabilities, redeemable preferred stock and equity $ 3,602,555     $ 3,620,658  
                   
         
      Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  
      For the Three Months Ended March 31,  
      2025     2024  
      (in thousands)  
    Cash flows from operating activities:          
    Net loss $ (12,672 )   $ (594 )
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:          
    Depreciation and amortization   34,887       31,716  
    Deferred income taxes   (15,386 )     (10,075 )
    Loss on disposal of assets and impairment charges   1,528       2,664  
    Foreign currency loss   16       27  
    Gain from issuance of shares as payment of deferred consideration related to business acquisition         (2,681 )
    Gain from settlement related to business acquisition         (6,356 )
    Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount   664       664  
    Amortization of deferred income   (4,990 )     (1,946 )
    Accretion of asset retirement obligation   608       616  
    Non-cash rent   3,307       3,484  
    Charges to allowance for credit losses   217       327  
    Income from equity investment   (21 )     (22 )
    Share-based compensation   3,336       3,329  
    Fair value adjustment of financial assets and liabilities   (7,059 )     (10,772 )
    Other operating activities, net   20       624  
    Changes in assets and liabilities:          
    Increase in trade receivables   (14,431 )     (24,304 )
    Decrease in inventory   10,575       188  
    Decrease in other assets   5,325       5,095  
    Increase in accounts payable   6,694       21,347  
    Increase (decrease) in other current liabilities   17,370       (4,152 )
    Decrease in asset retirement obligation   (317 )     (55 )
    Increase in non-current liabilities   13,731       3,631  
    Net cash provided by operating activities   43,402       12,755  
    Cash flows from investing activities:          
    Purchase of property and equipment   (27,392 )     (29,228 )
    Proceeds from sale of property and equipment   473       2,039  
    Prepayment for acquisition         (1,000 )
    Loans to equity investment, net   15       14  
    Net cash used in investing activities   (26,904 )     (28,175 )
    Cash flows from financing activities:          
    Receipt of long-term debt, net         41,588  
    Repayment of debt   (5,690 )     (6,635 )
    Principal payments on financing leases   (1,380 )     (1,135 )
    Early settlement of deferred consideration related to business acquisition         (17,155 )
    Common stock repurchased   (7,382 )     (31,921 )
    Dividends paid on common stock   (3,495 )     (3,596 )
    Dividends paid on redeemable preferred stock   (1,418 )     (1,414 )
    Net cash used in financing activities   (19,365 )     (20,268 )
    Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash   (2,867 )     (35,688 )
    Effect of exchange rate on cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash   (4 )     (19 )
    Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period   292,408       241,421  
    Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period $ 289,537     $ 205,714  
                   

    Supplemental Disclosure of Non-GAAP Financial Information

      Reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA  
      For the Three Months Ended March 31,  
      2025     2024  
      (in thousands)  
    Net loss $ (12,672 )   $ (594 )
    Interest and other financing expenses, net   13,851       2,457  
    Income tax benefit   (12,922 )     (6,707 )
    Depreciation and amortization   34,887       31,716  
    EBITDA   23,144       26,872  
    Acquisition and divestiture costs (a)   1,150       680  
    Loss on disposal of assets and impairment charges (b)   1,528       2,664  
    Share-based compensation expense (c)   3,336       3,329  
    Income from equity investment (d)   (21 )     (22 )
    Fuel and franchise taxes received in arrears (e)         (565 )
    Adjustment to contingent consideration (f)   (66 )     18  
    Accrual related to potential wage and hour claim (g)   2,023        
    Other (h)   (239 )     189  
    Adjusted EBITDA $ 30,855     $ 33,165  
               
    Additional information          
    Non-cash rent expense (i) $ 3,307     $ 3,484  
               
    (a) Eliminates costs incurred that are directly attributable to business acquisitions and divestitures (including conversion of retail stores to dealer sites) and salaries of employees whose primary job function is to execute the Company’s acquisition and divestiture strategy and facilitate integration of acquired operations.  
    (b) Eliminates the non-cash loss from the sale or disposal of property and equipment, the loss recognized upon the sale of related leased assets, and impairment charges on property and equipment and right-of-use assets related to closed and non-performing sites.  
    (c) Eliminates non-cash share-based compensation expense related to the equity incentive program in place to incentivize, retain, and motivate our employees and members of the Board.  
    (d) Eliminates our share of income attributable to our unconsolidated equity investment.  
    (e) Eliminates the receipt of historical fuel and franchise tax amounts for multiple prior periods.  
    (f) Eliminates fair value adjustments to the contingent consideration owed to the seller for the 2020 Empire acquisition.  
    (g) Eliminates non-recurring expenses accrued in net loss related to a potential wage and hour collective action.  
    (h) Eliminates other unusual or non-recurring items that we do not consider to be meaningful in assessing operating performance.  
    (i) Non-cash rent expense reflects the extent to which GAAP rent expense recognized exceeded (or was less than) cash rent payments. GAAP rent expense varies depending on the terms of the Company’s lease portfolio. For newer leases, rent expense recognized typically exceeds cash rent payments, whereas, for more mature leases, rent expense recognized is typically less than cash rent payments.  
       

    Supplemental Disclosures of Segment Information

    Retail Segment

      For the Three Months
    Ended March 31,
     
      2025     2024  
      (in thousands)  
    Revenues:          
    Fuel revenue $ 690,686     $ 824,428  
    Merchandise revenue   354,485       414,655  
    Other revenues, net   14,547       16,679  
    Total revenues   1,059,718       1,255,762  
    Operating expenses:          
    Fuel costs 1   605,413       731,495  
    Merchandise costs   236,915       279,737  
    Site operating expenses   177,239       198,017  
    Total operating expenses   1,019,567       1,209,249  
    Operating income $ 40,151     $ 46,513  
               
    Excludes the estimated fixed margin or fixed fee paid to GPMP for the cost of fuel.  
       

    The table below shows financial information and certain key metrics of the SpeedyQ Acquisition in the retail segment, for which there is no comparable information for the prior period.

      For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2025  
      SpeedyQ 1  
      (in thousands)  
    Date of Acquisition: Apr 9, 2024  
    Revenues:    
    Fuel revenue $ 9,220  
    Merchandise revenue   5,679  
    Other revenues, net   254  
    Total revenues   15,153  
    Operating expenses:    
    Fuel costs 2   7,951  
    Merchandise costs   3,874  
    Site operating expenses   3,281  
    Total operating expenses   15,106  
    Operating income $ 47  
    Fuel gallons sold   3,091  
    Fuel contribution 3 $ 1,269  
    Merchandise contribution 4 $ 1,805  
    Merchandise margin 5   31.8 %
         
    Acquisition of 21 SpeedyQ retail stores.  
    Excludes the estimated fixed margin paid to GPMP for the cost of fuel.  
    Calculated as fuel revenue less fuel costs.  
    Calculated as merchandise revenue less merchandise costs.  
    Calculated as merchandise contribution divided by merchandise revenue.  
       

    Wholesale Segment

      For the Three Months
    Ended March 31,
     
      2025     2024  
      (in thousands)  
    Revenues:          
    Fuel revenue $ 629,492     $ 664,514  
    Other revenues, net   10,352       6,858  
    Total revenues   639,844       671,372  
    Operating expenses:          
    Fuel costs 1   609,445       643,784  
    Site operating expenses   11,769       9,299  
    Total operating expenses   621,214       653,083  
    Operating income $ 18,630     $ 18,289  
               
    Excludes the estimated fixed margin or fixed fee paid to GPMP for the cost of fuel.  
       

    Fleet Fueling Segment

      For the Three Months
    Ended March 31,
     
      2025     2024  
      (in thousands)  
    Revenues:          
    Fuel revenue $ 118,406     $ 132,193  
    Other revenues, net   2,118       2,385  
    Total revenues   120,524       134,578  
    Operating expenses:          
    Fuel costs 1   103,104       118,277  
    Site operating expenses   6,428       6,543  
    Total operating expenses   109,532       124,820  
    Operating income $ 10,992     $ 9,758  
               
    Excludes the estimated fixed fee paid to GPMP for the cost of fuel.  
       

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Altus Group Reports Q1 2025 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TORONTO, May 08, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Altus Group Limited (“Altus Group” or “the Company”) (TSX: AIF), a leading provider of commercial real estate (“CRE”) intelligence, announced today its financial and operating results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    “Our strong performance in Q1 demonstrates the continued execution of our growth initiatives and our commitment to delivering value to stakeholders,” said Jim Hannon, Chief Executive Officer. “We successfully launched Benchmark Manager, signed dozens of asset-based pricing agreements, and achieved significant software bookings growth despite lower CRE transaction volumes year-over-year. Margin expanded across all business units and we improved cash flow, highlighting our operating leverage. In addition, we returned over $76 million to shareholders through buybacks this quarter. We look forward to building on this momentum.”

    Selected Q1 2025 Information

    C$M Q1 2025 Q1 2024 % change  
    Revenue $129.2 $125.4 (1.5%) Constant Currency*
    Recurring Revenue* $98.8 $91.7 2.1% Constant Currency
    Profit (Loss) from continuing operations ($6.4) ($12.2) 47.1% As Reported
    Adjusted EBITDA* $15.7 $10.9 29.7% Constant Currency
    Analytics Adjusted EBITDA margin* 26.2% 23.3% 200 bps Constant Currency
    Net cash provided by operating activities $0.7 ($3.0) 123.7% As Reported
    Free Cash Flow* $(0.6) ($5.7) 89.3% As Reported
    Investment in share repurchases** $76.3 $0.0 n/a  
    Funded debt to EBITDA ratio 1.44:1 2.15:1 n/a  


    *Denotes non-GAAP financial measure, non-GAAP ratio, total of segments measure, capital management measure, and/or supplementary and other financial measures as defined in National Instrument 52-112 – Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures Disclosure (“NI 52-112”).
     Please refer to the “Non-GAAP and Other Measures” section of this press release for further information.

    **Investment in share repurchases represents the total cash consideration of the shares purchased for cancellation during the quarter under the Company’s Normal Course Issuer Bid.

    Business Outlook

    The Company maintains previously issued guidance for fiscal 2025. Additionally, given the macro environment, the Company is providing guidance for Q2 2025 as follows:

      FY 2025 Q2 2025
    Analytics
    • 4-7% total Analytics revenue growth
    • 6-9% Recurring Revenue growth
    • 250-350 bps of Adjusted EBITDA margin expansion
    • 1-3% total Analytics revenue growth
    • 3-5% Recurring Revenue growth
    • 200-300 bps of Adjusted EBITDA margin expansion
    Appraisals and Development Advisory
    • Low single digit revenue growth
    • Adjusted EBITDA margin expansion
    • Flat revenue
    • Adjusted EBITDA margin expansion
    Consolidated
    • 3-5% revenue growth
    • 300-400 bps of Adjusted EBITDA margin expansion
    • 1-3% revenue growth
    • 200-300 bps of Adjusted EBITDA margin expansion

    Note: Business Outlook presented on a Constant Currency basis over the corresponding period in 2024. Future acquisitions are not factored into this outlook.

    Key assumptions for the business outlook by segment: Analytics: consistency and growth in number of assets on the Valuation Management Solutions platform, continued ARGUS cloud conversions, new sales (including New Bookings converting to revenue within Management’s expected timeline and uptake on new product functionality), client and software retention consistent with 2024 levels, pricing action, improved operating leverage, as well as consistent and gradually improving economic conditions in financial and CRE markets, in particular a stronger recovery in the second half of the year. Appraisal & Development Advisory: improved client profitability and improved operating leverage. The Consolidated outlook assumes that corporate costs will remain elevated throughout 2025 consistent with 2024 levels.


    About Altus Group

    Altus connects data, analytics, and expertise to deliver the intelligence necessary to drive optimal CRE performance. The industry’s top leaders rely on our market-leading solutions and expertise to power performance and mitigate risk. Our global team of ~2,000 experts are making a lasting impact on an industry undergoing unprecedented change – helping shape the cities where we live, work, and build thriving communities. For more information about Altus (TSX: AIF) please visit www.altusgroup.com

    Non-GAAP and Other Measures

    Altus Group uses certain non-GAAP financial measures, non-GAAP ratios, total of segments measures, capital management measures, and supplementary and other financial measures as defined in NI 52-112. These non-GAAP and other financial measures include Adjusted Earnings (Loss), and Constant Currency; non-GAAP ratios such as Adjusted EPS; total of segments measures such as Adjusted EBITDA; capital management measures such as Free Cash Flow; and supplementary financial and other measures such as Adjusted EBITDA margin, Recurring Revenue. Management believes that these measures may assist investors in assessing an investment in the Company’s shares as they provide additional insight into the Company’s performance. Readers are cautioned that they are not defined performance measures, and do not have any standardized meaning under IFRS and may differ from similar computations as reported by other similar entities and, accordingly, may not be comparable to financial measures as reported by those entities. These measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for financial measures prepared in accordance with IFRS. Refer to the “Non-GAAP and Other Measures” section on Page 3 of the Management’s Discussion & Analysis dated May 8, 2025 for the period ended March 31, 2025 (the “MD&A”), which is incorporated by reference in this press release and which is available on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca for more information on each measure, including definitions and methods of calculation. A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Earnings (Loss) to Profit (Loss) and Free Cash Flow to Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities is included at the end of this press release.

    Forward-looking Information 

    Certain information in this press release may constitute “forward-looking information” within the meaning of applicable securities legislation. All information contained in this press release, other than statements of current and historical fact, is forward-looking information. Forward-looking information includes, but is not limited to, statements relating to expected financial and other benefits of acquisitions and the closing of acquisitions (including the expected timing of closing), as well as the discussion of our business, strategies and leverage (including the commitment to increase borrowing capacity), expectations of future performance, including any guidance on financial expectations, and our expectations with respect to cash flows and liquidity. Generally, forward-looking information can be identified by use of words such as “may”, “will”, “expect”, “believe”, “anticipate”, “estimate”, “intend”, “plan”, “would”, “could”, “should”, “continue”, “goal”, “objective”, “remain” and other similar terminology.

    Forward-looking information is not, and cannot be, a guarantee of future results or events. Forward-looking information is based on, among other things, opinions, assumptions, estimates and analyses that, while considered reasonable by us at the date the forward-looking information is provided, inherently are subject to significant risks, uncertainties, contingencies and other factors that may not be known and may cause actual results, performance or achievements, industry results or events to be materially different from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking information. The material factors or assumptions that we identified and applied in drawing conclusions or making forecasts or projections set out in the forward-looking information (including sections entitled “Business Outlook”) include, but are not limited to: no significant impact on our business from changes or potential changes to trade regulations, including tariffs; engagement and product pipeline opportunities in Analytics will result in associated definitive agreements; continued adoption of cloud subscriptions by our customers; retention of material clients and bookings; sustaining our software and subscription renewals; successful execution of our business strategies; consistent and stable economic conditions or conditions in the financial markets including stable interest rates and credit availability for CRE; consistent and stable legislation in the various countries in which we operate; consistent and stable foreign exchange conditions; no disruptive changes in the technology environment; opportunity to acquire accretive businesses and the absence of negative financial and other impacts resulting from strategic investments or acquisitions on short term results; successful integration of acquired businesses; and continued availability of qualified professionals.

    Inherent in the forward-looking information are known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause our actual results, performance or achievements, or industry results, to differ materially from any results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking information. Those risks include, but are not limited to: the CRE market conditions; the general state of the economy; our financial performance; our financial targets; our international operations; acquisitions, joint ventures and strategic investments; business interruption events; third party information and data; cybersecurity; industry competition; professional talent; our subscription renewals; our sales pipeline; client concentration and loss of material clients; product enhancements and new product introductions; technology strategy; our use of technology; intellectual property; compliance with laws and regulations; privacy and data protection; artificial intelligence; our leverage and financial covenants; interest rates; inflation; our brand and reputation; our cloud transition; fixed price engagements; currency fluctuations; credit; tax matters; our contractual obligations; legal proceedings; regulatory review; health and safety hazards; our insurance limits; dividend payments; our share price; share repurchase programs; our capital investments; equity and debt financings; our internal and disclosure controls; and environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) matters and climate change, as well as those described in our annual publicly filed documents, including the Annual Information Form for the year ended December 31, 2024 (which are available on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca). 

    Investors should not place undue reliance on forward-looking information as a prediction of actual results. The forward-looking information reflects management’s current expectations and beliefs regarding future events and operating performance and is based on information currently available to management. Although we have attempted to identify important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking information contained herein, there are other factors that could cause results not to be as anticipated, estimated or intended. The forward-looking information contained herein is current as of the date of this press release and, except as required under applicable law, we do not undertake to update or revise it to reflect new events or circumstances. Additionally, we undertake no obligation to comment on analyses, expectations or statements made by third parties in respect of Altus Group, our financial or operating results, or our securities.

    Certain information in this press release, including sections entitled “2025 Business Outlook”, may be considered as “financial outlook” within the meaning of applicable securities legislation. The purpose of this financial outlook is to provide readers with disclosure regarding Altus Group’s reasonable expectations as to the anticipated results of its proposed business activities for the periods indicated. Readers are cautioned that the financial outlook may not be appropriate for other purposes.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION PLEASE CONTACT: 

    Camilla Bartosiewicz 
    Chief Communications Officer, Altus Group 
    (416) 641-9773 
    camilla.bartosiewicz@altusgroup.com

    Martin Miasko 
    Sr. Director, Investor Relations and Strategy, Altus Group 
    (416) 204-5136 
    martin.miasko@altusgroup.com 

    Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
    For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2025 and 2024
    (Unaudited)
    (Expressed in Thousands of Canadian Dollars, Except for Per Share Amounts)

      Three months ended March 31
      2025 2024 (1)
    Revenues   $    129,165   $    125,418
    Expenses      
    Employee compensation   88,306 88,110
    Occupancy   1,496 1,216
    Other operating   25,864 23,796
    Depreciation of right-of-use assets   2,094 2,060
    Depreciation of property, plant and equipment   948 951
    Amortization of intangibles   7,349 8,410
    Acquisition and related transition costs (income)   18 3,496
    Share of (profit) loss of joint venture   231 158
    Restructuring costs (recovery)   6,217 5,176
    (Gain) loss on investments   138 186
    Finance costs (income), net – leases   245 164
    Finance costs (income), net – other   (1,512) 4,126
    Profit (loss) before income taxes from continuing operations   (2,229) (12,431)
    Income tax expense (recovery)   4,194 (279)
    Profit (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax   $     (6,423)   $     (12,152)
    Profit (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax   382,207 11,999
    Profit (loss) for the period   $    375,784   $     (153)
    Other comprehensive income (loss):      
    Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods:      
    Currency translation differences   3,229 5,499
    Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax   3,229 5,499
    Total comprehensive income (loss) for the period, net of tax   $ 379,013   $ 5,346
             
    Earnings (loss) per share attributable to the shareholders of the Company during the period      
    Basic earnings (loss) per share:      
    Continuing operations   $(0.14)   $(0.27)
    Discontinued operations   $8.34   $0.26
    Diluted earnings (loss) per share:      
    Continuing operations   $(0.14)   $(0.27)
    Discontinued operations   $8.34   $0.26

    (1) Comparative figures have been restated to reflect discontinued operations.

    Interim Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
    As at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024
    (Unaudited)
    (Expressed in Thousands of Canadian Dollars)

      March 31, 2025 December 31, 2024
    Assets      
    Current assets      
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 491,913   $ 41,876
    Trade receivables and other   146,346 144,812
    Income taxes recoverable   3,175 5,099
    Derivative financial instruments   1,013 8,928
        642,447 200,715
    Assets held for sale   282,233
    Total current assets   642,447 482,948
    Non-current assets      
    Trade receivables and other   9,598 9,620
    Derivative financial instruments   10,990 9,984
    Investments   14,489 14,580
    Investment in joint venture   25,374 25,605
    Deferred tax assets   22,565 56,797
    Right-of-use assets   17,235 19,420
    Property, plant and equipment   13,213 13,217
    Intangibles   210,319 214,614
    Goodwill   407,636 404,176
    Total non-current assets   731,419 768,013
    Total assets   $ 1,373,866   $ 1,250,961
    Liabilities      
    Current liabilities      
    Trade payables and other   $ 221,630   $ 216,390
    Income taxes payable   40,743 3,017
    Lease liabilities   14,726 11,009
        277,099 230,416
    Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale   57,680
    Total current liabilities   277,099 288,096
    Non-current liabilities      
    Trade payables and other   18,077 19,828
    Lease liabilities   23,347 26,751
    Borrowings   157,596 281,887
    Deferred tax liabilities   20,653 17,179
    Total non-current liabilities   219,673 345,645
    Total liabilities   496,772 633,741
    Shareholders’ equity      
    Share capital   739,172 798,087
    Contributed surplus   (14,646) 21,394
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)   59,472 56,243
    Retained earnings (deficit)   93,096 (275,935)
    Reserves of assets held for sale   17,431
    Total shareholders’ equity   877,094 617,220
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 1,373,866   $ 1,250,961


    Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

    For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2025 and 2024
    (Unaudited)
    (Expressed in Thousands of Canadian Dollars)

      Three months ended March 31
      2025 2024
    Cash flows from operating activities      
    Profit (loss) before income taxes from continuing operations   $  (2,229)   $ (12,431)
    Profit (loss) before income taxes from discontinued operations   454,686 13,446
    Profit (loss) before income taxes   $ 452,457   $ 1,015
    Adjustments for:      
    Depreciation of right-of-use assets   2,094 2,773
    Depreciation of property, plant and equipment   948 1,420
    Amortization of intangibles   7,349 10,314
    Finance costs (income), net – leases   245 279
    Finance costs (income), net – other   (1,512) 4,132
    Share-based compensation   3,596 5,776
    Unrealized foreign exchange (gain) loss   (1,826) (1,326)
    (Gain) loss on investments   138 186
    (Gain) loss on disposal of right-of-use assets, property, plant and equipment and intangibles   12 983
    (Gain) loss on disposal of assets   (457,986)
    (Gain) loss on equity derivatives   6,176 (6,453)
    Share of (profit) loss of joint venture   231 158
    Impairment of right-of-use assets, net of (gain) loss on sub-leases   3,534 12
    Net changes in:      
    Operating working capital   (7,201) (19,787)
    Liabilities for cash-settled share-based compensation   (7,305) 4,831
    Deferred consideration payables   81
    Net cash generated by (used in) operations   950 4,394
    Interest paid on borrowings   (1,790) (4,828)
    Interest paid on leases   (245) (279)
    Interest received   3,008
    Income taxes paid   (1,218) (2,259)
    Income taxes refunded   3
    Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities   705 (2,969)
    Cash flows from financing activities      
    Proceeds from exercise of options   10,017 5,116
    Financing fees paid   (513)
    Proceeds from borrowings   20,000
    Repayment of borrowings   (127,000) (3,000)
    Payments of principal on lease liabilities   (3,088) (4,235)
    Dividends paid   (6,507) (6,042)
    Treasury shares purchased for share-based compensation   (11,358) (3,561)
    Cancellation of shares   (76,304)
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities   (214,753) 8,278
    Cash flows from investing activities      
    Purchase of investments   (39) (212)
    Purchase of intangibles   (388) (2,477)
    Purchase of property, plant and equipment   (927) (238)
    Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations, net of cash disposed   655,811
    Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities   654,457 (2,927)
    Effect of foreign currency translation   912 3
    Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents   441,321 2,385
    Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period   50,592 41,892
    Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 491,913   $ 44,277


    Reconciliation of Profit (Loss) to Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Earnings (Loss)

    The following table provides a reconciliation of Profit (Loss) to Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Earnings (Loss):

      Quarter ended March 31,
    In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts 2025 2024 (1)
    Profit (loss) for the period $ 375,784   $ (153)
    (Profit) loss from discontinued operations, net of tax (382,207) (11,999)
    Occupancy costs calculated on a similar basis prior to the adoption of IFRS 16 (2) (2,213) (2,443)
    Depreciation of right-of-use assets 2,094 2,060
    Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and amortization of intangibles (8) 8,297 9,361
    Acquisition and related transition costs (income) 18 3,496
    Unrealized foreign exchange (gain) loss (3) (1,826) (1,271)
    (Gain) loss on disposal of right-of-use assets, property, plant and equipment and intangibles (3) 12 515
    Share of (profit) loss of joint venture 231 158
    Non-cash share-based compensation costs (4) 2,472 3,533
    (Gain) loss on equity derivatives net of mark-to-market adjustments on related RSUs and DSUs (4) 2,566 (2,591)
    Restructuring costs (recovery) 6,217 5,176
    (Gain) loss on investments (5) 138 186
    Other non-operating and/or non-recurring (income) costs (6) 1,233 883
    Finance costs (income), net – leases 245 164
    Finance costs (income), net – other (9) (1,512) 4,126
    Income tax expense (recovery) (10) 4,194 (279)
    Adjusted EBITDA $ 15,743   $ 10,922
    Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and amortization of intangibles of non-acquired businesses (8) (948) (1,717)
    Finance (costs) income, net – other (9) 1,512 (4,126)
    (Gain) loss on hedging transactions, including currency forward contracts and interest expense (income) on swaps (9) 850 (897)
    Tax effect of adjusted earnings (loss) adjustments (10) (8,305) (4,539)
    Adjusted earnings (loss)* $ 8,852   $ (357)
    Weighted average number of shares – basic 45,817,956 45,533,236
    Weighted average number of restricted shares 92,321 418,458
    Weighted average number of shares – adjusted 45,910,277 45,951,694
    Adjusted earnings (loss) per share (7) $0.19   $(0.01)

    (1) Comparative figures have been restated to reflect discontinued operations.
    (2) Management uses the non-GAAP occupancy costs calculated on a similar basis prior to the adoption of IFRS 16 when analyzing financial and operating performance.
    (3) Included in other operating expenses in the interim condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).
    (4) Included in employee compensation expenses in the interim condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).
    (5) (Gain) loss on investments relates to changes in the fair value of investments in partnerships.
    (6) Other non-operating and/or non-recurring (income) costs for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 relate to legal, advisory, consulting, and other professional fees related to organizational and strategic initiatives. These are included in other operating expenses in the interim condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).
    (7) Refer to page 4 of the MD&A for the definition of Adjusted EPS.
    (8) For the purposes of reconciling to Adjusted Earnings (Loss), the amortization of intangibles of acquired businesses is adjusted from Profit (loss) for the period. Per the quantitative reconciliation above, we have added back depreciation of property, plant and equipment and amortization of intangibles and then deducted the depreciation of property, plant and equipment and amortization of intangibles of non-acquired businesses to arrive at the amortization of intangibles of acquired businesses.
    (9) For the purposes of reconciling to Adjusted Earnings (Loss), the interest accretion on contingent consideration payables and (gains) losses on hedging transactions and interest expense (income) on swaps is adjusted from Profit (loss) for the period. Per the quantitative reconciliation above, we have added back finance costs (income), net – other and then deducted finance costs (income), net – other prior to adjusting for interest accretion on contingent consideration payables and (gains) losses on hedging transactions and interest expense (income) on swaps.
    (10) For the purposes of reconciling to Adjusted Earnings (Loss), only the tax impacts for the reconciling items noted in the definition of Adjusted Earnings (Loss) is adjusted from profit (loss) for the period.


    Reconciliation of Free Cash Flow

    Free Cash Flow Quarter ended March 31,
    In thousands of dollars 2025 2024
    Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities $ 705   $ (2,969)
    Less: Capital Expenditures (1,315) (2,715)
    Free Cash Flow $ (610)   $ (5,684)


    Constant Currency

      Quarter ended March 31, 2025
      As presented   For Constant Currency
    Canadian Dollar 1.000   1.000
    United States Dollar 1.435   1.348
    Pound Sterling 1.807   1.709
    Euro 1.509   1.463
    Australian Dollar 0.900   0.886
      Quarter ended March 31, 2024
      As presented   For Constant Currency
    Canadian Dollar 1.000   1.000
    United States Dollar 1.348   1.352
    Pound Sterling 1.709   1.642
    Euro 1.463   1.450
    Australian Dollar 0.886   0.924

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Global: How Donald Trump’s assault on universities echoes earlier American conservative ideas

    Source: The Conversation – Canada – By Michael Williams, Professor of International Politics, L’Université d’Ottawa/University of Ottawa

    Fifty years ago, the American philosopher and conservative thinker James Burnham wrote his most infamous book, The Suicide of the West: An Essay on the Meaning and Destiny of Liberalism.

    Burnham argued that liberalism — which he associated with unbridled individualism and excessive belief in human progress — was eroding the foundations of the West’s social orders and, equally importantly, its geopolitical power.

    In an ironic twist, it’s not liberals ushering in the decline of America in contemporary times. Burnham’s acolytes in Donald Trump’s administration are busy doing that work.

    Influence on the American right

    It is easy to recognize Burnham’s ideas in the arguments and actions of the Trump administration.

    In both The Suicide of the West and his previous 1941 bestseller, The Managerial Revolution, Burnham argued that liberalism’s individualism weakened social bonds and national allegiance. At the same time, it promoted the rise of a new class of experts that eroded democracy and individual rights under the guise of acting for the common good.

    This “new class” of highly educated, managerial elites had come to dominate virtually all aspects of life, from business and bureaucracy to commerce, culture and education.

    Ruling through their claims to expertise, Burnham argued that these elites spread relativistic liberal values that undermined social cohesion and national confidence, sapping the West’s ability to define and defend its fundamental values.

    If these trends continued, he warned, the West would not long survive. Burnham exercised an important influence on the American right from the 1950s through the 1970s, and near the end of his life received the Presidential Medal of Freedom from Ronald Reagan. Yet by the 1990s, his ideas had fallen out of fashion and few remembered his warnings.

    Rediscovered by radical conservatives

    Recently, however, Burnham’s provocative ideas have resurfaced as one of the most important intellectual lineages underpinning American radical conservatism and its attacks on “elite institutions.”

    In his writings, and those of his followers such as Samuel Francis, a range of political and intellectual figures have found the ideological ammunition needed to launch their crusade against liberalism in order to save the West — or in the case of the U.S., to “Make America Great Again.”




    Read more:
    Why the radical right has turned to the teachings of an Italian Marxist thinker


    JD Vance’s attack on Europe’s democratic credentials, Elon Musk’s DOGE determination to “deconstruct” the administrative state and the Trump administration’s assaults on elite universities all reflect Burnhamite ideas.

    Risk bringing about America’s decline

    There is considerable irony in this situation. Most obviously, Burnham was wrong about the self-inflicted death of the West. Contrary to his predictions, liberalism did not lead to the erosion of western global power.

    Far from collapsing, the United States and its allies fought the Cold War to a victorious conclusion and by the turn of the 20th century emerged with a power and dominance that Burnham could scarcely have imagined. Liberalism was the reigning ideology. American and western commerce, culture, science and technology dominated the world.

    Yet the greatest irony is that Burnham’s followers risk bringing about the very situation he sought to avoid – the decline of America and its dominant status.

    Nowhere is this clearer than in the attack on elite universities, where no one should not be misled by charges of antisemitism.

    Important as addressing antisemitism is, this framing distracts from the ways that the right’s attack on universities are part of its wider assault the foundations of “new class” power.

    Tech leadership, geopolitical dominance

    In this broader campaign, leading illiberal zealots in the Trump administration are pursuing policies that will damage the foundations of American power far more than liberalism ever did.

    Most obviously, the attacks on universities threaten U.S. technological leadership, since research universities remain an indispensable site of basic research, innovation and next-generation training — something especially vital at a time when the country’s leadership in these areas is challenged in ways unseen for nearly half a century.




    Read more:
    Three scientists speak about what it’s like to have research funding cut by the Trump administration


    At the same time, assaults on academic freedom threaten the considerable cultural power and prestige that, as Burnham was well aware, are vital areas of geopolitical struggle.

    Finally, these policies undermine the American ability to attract the best and the brightest from around the world — a capacity that has long underpinned its dominance in science and innovation, and ultimately its global influence.

    Diminished intellectual capital

    One might be tempted to say: fine, if America no longer values its intellectual capital, other countries can reap the benefit by attracting the expertise it shuns. To some degree, this may be true.

    But no western country or group of countries – such as the EU – possesses the institutional research capacity, network density and depth of funding found until now in the U.S.

    At best, a more fragmented, diffuse and less impactful situation is likely to occur, with America weakened and the benefits gained by others unlikely to make up the balance. The West as a whole is likely to emerge weaker rather than stronger.

    Geopolitical decline

    Recognizing these negative outcomes does not require treating elite universities as paragons of virtue or viewing higher education as beyond reproach. Nor are today’s Burnhamites completely delusional. Increased inequality, economic dislocation and the death of local industries have followed in the footsteps of liberal globalization.




    Read more:
    How Commonwealth universities profited from Indigenous dispossession through land grants


    Cultural divides are significant, even if they are often polarized for political purposes. But addressing such issues demands serious engagement, not simplistic accusations of elite decadence and divisive political rhetoric. Crucially, it requires seeing elite (and other) universities as sources of global power as well as sites of education.

    The conservative columnist Irving Kristol once said that politics is a struggle over “who owns the future.”

    Materially and ideologically, Burnham’s contemporary followers are making sure that America will no longer be on the winning side of this struggle. Their efforts to “make America great again” misunderstand important parts of what made it great in the first place. The most likely outcome will be the decline, not the recovery, of America.

    The Conversation

    Michael Williams receives funding from the Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada.

    Rita Abrahamsen receives funding from Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada (SSHRC)

    ref. How Donald Trump’s assault on universities echoes earlier American conservative ideas – https://theconversation.com/how-donald-trumps-assault-on-universities-echoes-earlier-american-conservative-ideas-255470

    MIL OSI – Global Reports

  • MIL-OSI USA: ICYMI: Secretary Chavez-DeRemer celebrates National Skilled Trades Day, highlights apprenticeship programs in Denver

    Source: US Department of Labor

    DENVER – U.S. Secretary of Labor Lori Chavez-DeRemer continued her America at Work Tour in Denver on May 7, meeting with leaders from the Western States Regional Council of Carpenters and the Southwest Mountain States Carpenters Training Fund at an apprentice training facility.

    During Secretary Chavez-DeRemer’s meeting with leaders from both groups, she gained insight into WSRCC’s hands-on workforce development programs and learned more about the Southwest Carpenters Training Fund, which is responsible for training over 11,000 apprentices in 12 states. 

    The Secretary then participated in a discussion with leaders from CareerWise USA, a national nonprofit dedicated to expanding youth apprenticeships, as well as Pinnacol Assurance and Intertech Plastics, two of the dozens of companies that partner with CareerWise to hire apprentices.

    “As the Labor Department continues our efforts to meet President Trump’s goal of one million new active apprentices, it is essential to connect with the organizations that are successfully advancing workforce development in their communities,” Secretary Chavez-DeRemer said. “The partnerships I learned about demonstrate the importance of collaboration to build a strong, resilient workforce, which is especially important as this Administration advances America First policies to bring jobs back to the U.S. I’ll continue moving forward with commonsense policies to ensure every worker, regardless of their background, has the skills they need to succeed.”

    Also on May 7, Secretary Chavez-DeRemer joined the Colorado Business Roundtable’s “Future of Work: Looking Around Corners” conference. The discussion focused on exploring where the future of work is headed, including in emerging industries like artificial intelligence. The group discussed President Trump’s Executive Order, “Preparing Americans for High-Paying Skilled Trade Jobs of the Future,” highlighting the important role apprenticeships play in developing a workforce that fits region-specific needs.

    Colorado marked Secretary Chavez-DeRemer’s seventh stop on her nationwide America at Work listening tour, which she launched in early April. So far, she has brought together union leaders, business owners, community college educators, local elected officials, and others to fulfill her goal of bringing real-world feedback from American workers to the policymaking table in Washington.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Canada: Companies sentenced for workplace fatalities

    Source: Government of Canada regional news (2)

    MIL OSI Canada News

  • MIL-OSI Global: How the Take It Down Act tackles nonconsensual deepfake porn − and how it falls short

    Source: The Conversation – USA – By Sylvia Lu, Faculty Fellow and Visiting Assistant Professor of Law, University of Michigan

    The Take It Down bill, co-authored by U.S. Sen. Ted Cruz, R-Texas, easily passed both houses of Congress. President Trump is expected to sign it into law. Andrew Harnik/Getty Images

    In a rare bipartisan move, the U.S. House of Representatives passed the Take It Down Act by a vote of 409-2 on April 28, 2025. The bill is an effort to confront one of the internet’s most appalling abuses: the viral spread of nonconsensual sexual imagery, including AI-generated deepfake pornography and real photos shared as revenge porn.

    Now awaiting President Trump’s expected signature, the bill offers victims a mechanism to force platforms to remove intimate content shared without their permission – and to hold those responsible for distributing it to account.

    As a scholar focused on AI and digital harms, I see this bill as a critical milestone. Yet it leaves troubling gaps. Without stronger protections and a more robust legal framework, the law may end up offering a promise it cannot keep. Enforcement issues and privacy blind spots could leave victims just as vulnerable.

    The Take It Down Act targets “non-consensual intimate visual depictions” – a legal term that encompasses what most people call revenge porn and deepfake porn. These are sexual images or videos, often digitally manipulated or entirely fabricated, circulated online without the depicted person’s consent.

    The bill compels online platforms to build a user-friendly takedown process. When a victim submits a valid request, the platform must act within 48 hours. Failure to do so may trigger enforcement by the Federal Trade Commission, which can treat the violation as an unfair or deceptive act or practice. Criminal penalties also apply to those who publish the images: Offenders may be fined and face up to three years in prison if anyone under 18 is involved, and up to two years if the subject is an adult.

    A growing problem

    Deepfake porn is not just a niche problem. It is a metastasizing crisis. With increasingly powerful and accessible AI tools, anyone can fabricate a hyper-realistic sexual image in minutes. Public figures, ex-partners and especially minors have become regular targets. Women, disproportionately, are the ones harmed.

    These attacks dismantle lives. Victims of nonconsensual intimate image abuse suffer harassment, online stalking, ruined job prospects, public shaming and emotional trauma. Some are driven off the internet. Others are haunted repeatedly by resurfacing content. Once online, these images replicate uncontrollably – they don’t simply disappear.

    In that context, a swift and standardized takedown process can offer critical relief. The bill’s 48-hour window for response has the potential to reclaim a fragment of control for those whose dignity and privacy were invaded by a click. Despite its promise, unresolved legal and procedural gaps can hinder its effectiveness.

    NBC News gives an overview of the Take It Down Act.

    Blind spots and shortfalls

    The bill targets only public-facing interactive platforms that primarily host user-generated content such as social media platforms. It may not reach the countless hidden private forums or encrypted peer-to-peer networks where such content often first appears. This creates a critical legal gap: When nonconsensual sexual images are shared on closed or anonymous platforms, victims may never even know – or know in time – that the content exists, much less have a chance to request its removal.

    Even on platforms covered by the bill, implementation is likely to be challenging. Determining whether the online content depicts the person in question, lacks consent and affects the hard-to-define privacy interests requires careful judgment. This demands legal understanding, technical expertise and time. But platforms must reach that decision within 24 hours or less.

    On the other hand, time is a luxury victims do not have. But even with the 48-hour removal window, the content can still spread widely before it is taken down. The bill does not include meaningful incentives for platforms to detect and remove such content proactively. And it provides no deterrent strong enough to discourage most malicious creators from generating these images in the first place.

    This takedown mechanism can also be subject to abuse. Critics warn that the bill’s broad language and lack of safeguards could lead to overcensorship, potentially affecting journalistic and other legitimate content. As platforms may be flooded with a mix of real and malicious takedown requests – some filed in bad faith to suppress speech or art – they may resort to poorly designed and privacy-invasive automated monitoring filters that tend to issue blanket rejections or err on the side of removing content that falls outside the scope of the law.

    Without clear standards, platforms may act improperly. How – and even whether – the FTC will hold platforms accountable under the act is another open question.

    Burden on the victims

    The bill also places the burden of action on victims, who must locate the content, complete the paperwork, explain that it was nonconsensual, and submit personal contact information – often while still reeling from the emotional toll.

    Moreover, while the bill targets both AI-generated deepfakes and revenge porn involving real images, it fails to account for the complex realities victims face. Many are trapped in unequal relationships and may have “consented” under pressure, manipulation or fear to having intimate content about them posted online. Situations like this fall outside the bill’s legal framing. The bill bars consent obtained through overt threats and coercion, yet it overlooks more insidious forms of manipulation.

    Even for those who do engage the takedown process, the risks remain. Victims must submit contact information and a statement explaining that the image was nonconsensual, without legal guarantees that this sensitive data will be protected. This exposure could invite new waves of harassment and exploitation.

    Loopholes for offenders

    The bill includes liability-evasive conditions and exceptions that could allow distributors to escape liability. If the content was shared with the subject’s consent, served a public concern, or was unintentional or caused no demonstrable harm, they may avoid consequences under the Take It Down Act. If offenders deny causing harm, victims face an uphill battle. Emotional distress, reputational damage and career setbacks are real, but they rarely come with clear documentation or a straightforward chain of cause and effect.

    Equally concerning, the bill allows exceptions for publication of such content for legitimate medical, educational or scientific purposes. Though well-intentioned, this language creates a confusing and potentially dangerous loophole. It risks becoming a shield for exploitation masquerading as research or education.

    Getting ahead of the problem

    The notice and takedown mechanism is fundamentally reactive. It intervenes only after the damage has begun. But deepfake pornography is designed for rapid proliferation. By the time a takedown request is filed, the content may have already been saved, reposted or embedded across dozens of sites – some hosted overseas or buried in decentralized networks. The current bill provides a system that treats the symptoms while leaving the harms to spread.

    In my research on algorithmic and AI harms, I have argued that legal responses should move beyond reactive actions. I have proposed a framework that anticipates harm before it occurs – not one that merely responds after the fact. That means incentivizing platforms to take proactive steps to protect the privacy, autonomy, equality and safety of users exposed to harms caused by AI-generated images and tools. It also means broadening accountability to cover more perpetrators and platforms, supported by stronger safeguards and enforcement systems.

    The Take It Down Act is a meaningful first step. But to truly protect the vulnerable, I believe that lawmakers should build stronger systems – ones that prevent harm before it happens and treat victims’ privacy and dignity not as afterthoughts but as fundamental rights.

    Sylvia Lu does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organization that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    ref. How the Take It Down Act tackles nonconsensual deepfake porn − and how it falls short – https://theconversation.com/how-the-take-it-down-act-tackles-nonconsensual-deepfake-porn-and-how-it-falls-short-255809

    MIL OSI – Global Reports

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Winning the AI race: Strengthening U.S. capabilities in computing and innovation

    Source: Microsoft

    Headline: Winning the AI race: Strengthening U.S. capabilities in computing and innovation

    Editor’s note: On Thursday, May 8, Microsoft Vice Chair and President Brad Smith testified before the Senate Commerce Committee. To view the proceedings, visit the committee’s website.


     

    Winning the AI Race:
    Strengthening U.S. Capabilities in Computing and Innovation

    Written Testimony of Brad Smith
    Vice Chair and President, Microsoft Corporation

    Senate Commerce Committee

    Chairman Cruz, Ranking Member Cantwell, and Members of the Committee,

    Thank you for the opportunity to testify on the critical issue of artificial intelligence. I am Brad Smith, the Vice Chair and President of Microsoft Corporation.

    AI has the potential to become the most useful tool for people ever invented. Like the general purpose technologies that preceded it, such as electricity, machine tools, and digital computing, AI will impact every part of our economy. It will shape not just how we work and live, but how we compete, prosper, and stay secure as a nation between now and the middle of this century.

    The notice for this hearing aptly refers to an “AI race.” I would like to talk today about what is needed to win this race.

    The AI race involves both technology and economics. It requires both innovation and diffusion. It is both a sprint and a marathon. The country can win a lap but lose the race if it fails to bring together all the ingredients needed for success.

    It is a race that no company or country can win by itself.

    To win the AI race, the United States will need to support the private sector at every layer of the AI tech stack. The nation will need to partner with American allies and friends around the world.

    In my testimony today, I will focus on three strategic priorities where this Congress and the federal government will make a difference.

    First, the country must win the AI innovation race. This will require massive datacenters and AI infrastructure that need federal support to expand and modernize the electrical grid on which they depend. The country must recruit and train skilled labor like electricians and pipefitters that are in short supply. We all must summon the best of our researchers at national labs and universities, supported by federal basic research programs and partnerships that have become the envy of the world. We will need to continue to excel in moving innovative ideas from academic labs into companies and new products. And we will need to support AI developers with open and broad access to public data.

    Second, the nation must win the AI diffusion race. This will require that we promote broad AI adoption that will enable productivity growth across every sector of the economy. More than anything, this requires new initiatives to promote the AI skilling of the American workforce. This will involve basic AI fluency in our schools and new AI training programs in our community colleges. It will also include advanced AI education that will represent the next generation of computer science degrees, organizational skills that will be mastered in the country’s business schools, and new courses in the nation’s law schools. When combined, these will enable companies, non-profits, and government agencies alike to put AI to effective use. Governments at the federal, state, and local levels can then help accelerate this diffusion by adopting AI services to improve the effectiveness and efficiency of the services they provide to the public.

    Third, the United States must export AI to American allies and friends. No company or country is so powerful that it can master the future of AI without friends. The United States and China are competing not only to innovate but to spread their respective technologies to other countries. This part of the race likely will be won by the fastest first mover. The United States needs a smart export control strategy that protects our national security while assuring other countries that they will have reliable and sustained access to critical American AI components and services. Perhaps as much as anything, this requires that we collectively sustain international trust in our products, our companies, and the country itself.

    AI as a General Purpose Technology

    Economists sometimes put technologies into two categories, general purpose technologies and single-purpose tools. Most things in the world are single-purpose tools, like a smoke detector or a lawn mower. They do one thing very well. But over the course of history, certain so-called general purpose technologies impact and sometimes even redefine almost every sector of the economy. Electricity is the prototypical example, because when you think about it, electricity changed the way every economic sector works.

    The key to mastering the future of AI starts in part by understanding the role technology has played in the past. The past three centuries have brought the world three industrial revolutions, each driven by these general purpose technologies. First, it was iron working in the United Kingdom, starting in the 1700s. And then it was electricity and machine tools in the 1800s, when the United States overtook the United Kingdom by putting these technologies to work more broadly than any other country. And then there was the third industrial revolution during the last 50 years, driven by computer chips and software.

    Without question, being a global leader in advancing a general purpose technology gives a country a major edge. But one lesson of history is that the countries that benefit the most and advance the fastest are not necessarily the countries where the technology is invented. Rather, it’s where the technology is diffused – or adopted – the most quickly and broadly. This is for good reason. If a technology improves productivity and changes every part of an economy, then the country that uses it the most broadly and quickly will benefit the most.

    This both frames and defines the AI opportunity and challenge for the United States. As a nation, we need to focus both on advancing innovation and driving diffusion, both domestically and as a leading American export.

    The AI Tech Stack

    The key to driving both innovation and diffusion is to recognize that AI, like all general purpose technologies, is built on what we in the industry call a tech stack – a stack of technologies that are used together. This is true for every great general purpose technology. You can see this, for example, if we go back in time and think about electricity. Thomas Edison first succeeded in 1878 in using electricity to light a lightbulb. But the illumination of lights across a city quickly required the construction of power plants, the fuel to run them, the creation of an electrical grid, the standardization of circuits, and a wide range of electrical appliances beyond the lightbulb itself. In short, a tech stack for electricity.

    Artificial intelligence similarly is built on an AI tech stack. Fundamentally, it is divided into three layers, infrastructure, the platform layer, and applications. You can see this illustrated below.

    The infrastructure layer is massive. Microsoft is spending more than $80 billion this fiscal year on the capital investment needed for this layer, with more than half this amount being spent in the United States. This goes to buying land, investing in electricity and broadband connectivity, procuring chips like GPUs, and installing liquid cooling. These lead to the construction of datacenters – or often datacenter campuses with many buildings with potentially hundreds of thousands of computers. This infrastructure supports both the training of new AI models and their deployment, so they can be used for AI-based services around the world.

    On top of this infrastructure, there is the platform layer. The heart of this layer consists of AI foundation models, including frontier models created by companies like OpenAI, as well as open source and other models from a wide variety of other firms – including Anthropic, Google, Mistral, DeepSeek, and Microsoft itself. The platform layer relies on data to train and ground models. And it includes a new generation of software-based AI platform services that are used to help build AI applications.

    Ultimately, both the infrastructure and platform layers support the applications layer. These are devices and software applications that use AI to deliver better services to people. ChatGPT and Microsoft’s Copilot are both examples of AI applications. One of the amazing things about the applications layer is it’s not just companies – large or small or established or startup – that are creating AI applications. It’s everybody. It’s researchers using new AI-infused applications to change drug discovery. It’s non-profits changing the way they deliver services. It’s teachers using AI as a tool to improve the way they prepare material for a classroom. It’s governments making everything from the filing of a tax return to the renewal of a driver’s license easier and more efficient.

    To build a new AI economy, it’s critical to get all three of these layers working and to get a flywheel turning across the ecosystem. It’s essential to build the infrastructure layer so people can develop and deploy the models at the platform layer. It’s essential to use the AI models so that people will build the applications on top of them. And it’s essential for customers to adopt the applications, so the market can grow, and drive increased investment to expand the infrastructure further. The process repeats itself. This is how a new economy is born.

    Success Requires an Entire Ecosystem

    The flywheel effect makes clear that success requires not only national progress at one layer of the tech stack, but at every layer. That is what the private sector currently is pursuing in the United States better than in any other country. And it’s what this Congress and the Executive Branch can help support with a strategy that promotes both AI innovation and diffusion up and down this stack.

    National AI leadership requires not only success by a few companies, but by many. Today’s panel, involving leading firms such as OpenAI, AMD, CoreWeave, and Microsoft, reflects important slices of the new AI economy. The AI economy requires a multifaceted and integrated ecosystem that includes “Big Tech” and “Little Tech,” startups and more established firms, open source and proprietary developers, suppliers and customers, firms that create data and firms that consume it, all working together. Governments as both regulators and leading AI adopters have critical roles to play.

    Commentators sometimes focus on the tensions between different participants in this tech ecosystem. These deserve attention. What’s often overlooked is that the different participants also depend on each other. And this means that the different contributors to the AI ecosystem all need to be healthy.

    A large technology company like Microsoft has a unique opportunity – and responsibility – to partner with and support the participants at every level of the tech stack. We strive to advance not just innovation but an economic architecture, business models, and responsible practices that will help grow the AI market on a long-term basis. Not just for the United States, but the country’s friends and allies.

    Winning the Innovation Race

    Although the AI economy is being built mostly by the private sector, government policies and initiatives need to play a critical role. This starts with work needed to help fuel innovation. A few areas deserve particular attention in this hearing.

    Power the growth of datacenters

    Just as you can’t have reliable electricity in your home without a powerplant, you can’t have AI without datacenters and AI infrastructure. And these datacenters require a vast supply chain to construct and large amounts of electricity to operate.

    America’s advanced economy relies on 50-year-old infrastructure that cannot meet the increasing electricity demands driven by AI, reshoring of manufacturing, and increased electrification. The United States will need to invest in more transmission and energy resources, onshore our supply chains, and modernize our electric grid to support forecasted increases in electrical loads. Microsoft is investing in these areas itself.

    We urge the federal government to streamline the federal permitting process to accelerate growth in all these areas. The current federal permitting processes often involve multiple agencies and complex, unpredictable, multi-year reviews. This hinders progress. The federal government should take immediate steps to establish reliable, reasonable, and transparent timelines for permitting decisions. This can also be done by standardizing federal permitting processes and designating a lead agency to shepherd the permits through the process. Further, the permitting agencies should utilize AI and digital tools to improve timelines and transparency for applicants and ensure the permitting agencies have quick access to information to assist them in their review and decision-making process.

    We were pleased to see President Trump’s recent Executive Order, “Updating Permitting Technology for the 21st Century,” directing agencies to make maximum use of technology in the environmental review and permitting process. The Congress should also look to the Federal-State Modern Grid Deployment Initiative as a proven program that can be leveraged to deliver results.

    This is just the start of what is needed to modernize and expand America’s energy grid. We need to recognize that new investments in the grid are just as important today as they were a century ago, when the United States led the world in private and public sector support for electricity.

    Grow the AI Infrastructure workforce

    Perhaps the single biggest challenge for data center expansion in the United States is a national shortage of people – including skilled electricians and pipefitters. Electricians, for example, are essential to datacenter construction, installing a complex system of electrical panels, transformers and backup power systems. We have hired thousands of electricians across the country, including in Arizona, Georgia, Virginia, Washington, and Wisconsin. But the United States doesn’t have enough electricians to fill the growing demand. We estimate that over the next decade, the United States will need to recruit and train half a million new electricians to meet the country’s growing electricity needs. We need a national strategy to ensure we meet this opportunity for American workers.

    These are good jobs that will provide great long-term careers for people across the country. We recommend making existing federal education and training funds, as well as tax incentives, available to scale up these opportunities. These could include targeting current federal apprenticeship investments in regions that have identified major AI infrastructure initiatives and supporting existing training centers to quickly increase the number of registered apprenticeships focused on electricians.

    We commend President Trump’s recent Executive Order, “Preparing Americans for High-Paying Skilled Trade Jobs of the Future,” for highlighting the importance of skilled trades in the building of AI infrastructure and for paving the way to meet this moment. As federal agencies work to implement the order, it will be critical that industry forecasters and union training centers work together to maximize impact.

    Ultimately, we need new steps at every level of government and in communities across the country. For example, we need to do more as a nation to revitalize the industrial arts and shop classes in American high schools. This should be a priority for local school boards and state governments. Similarly, the nation’s community colleges will need to do more to support a national initiative to help train a new generation of skilled labor, including electricians and pipefitters.

    Invest in AI research and development

    To uphold America’s position as a global scientific leader, it is imperative to enhance federal investment in fundamental scientific research. The United States boasts a storied history of employing public-private partnerships. The decisions made decades ago to publicly fund research infrastructure and provide financial support to talented scientists and entrepreneurs paved a pathway to American technological leadership. Through federal, state and local government initiatives, investments were made in regional economies and programs, betting on the ingenuity of the American people. Notable incubators of the 20th  century – such as Bell Labs and the network of federal national laboratories – were the result of deliberate efforts to unite industry, government, and academia to propel scientific advancement. We must deploy a similar strategy today for AI and quantum technologies. Investments in these areas are critical to advancing the development of innovative technological solutions that address complex global challenges.

    To outcompete nations like China, which have significantly boosted their research and development (R&D) investments, the United States must accelerate strategic investments in scientific research for future technologies. Experts predict China will continue to invest substantial resources in next-generation technologies such as AI, advanced manufacturing, clean energy, quantum computing, and semiconductors over the next decade.

    Since the Second World War, America’s technological innovation has been driven by R&D based on two critical ingredients that the rest of the world has both studied and envied. The first is sustained support for basic research. While a few tech companies invest substantial sums in basic research, as we do through Microsoft Research (MSR), most world-leading basic research is pursued by academics at American universities, often based on funding from the National Science Foundation and other federal agencies. Driven by curiosity rather than a profit motive, this research often leads to unexpected but profound discoveries that are published publicly.

    The second ingredient is a sustained commitment to investments in product development by companies of all sizes. The United States, more than any other country, has mastered the process of moving new ideas quickly from universities to the private sector. This success rests on healthy investments in both R and D, recognizing that basic research is often publicly funded and typically in universities, while product development is robustly and privately funded through companies. It’s the combination of the two that makes American R&D so successful.

    In 2019, President Trump approved an executive order designed to strengthen America’s lead in artificial intelligence. It rightly focused on federal investments in AI research and making federal data and computing resources more accessible. Six years later, the President and Congress should expand on these efforts to support advancing America’s AI leadership. More funding for basic research at the National Science Foundation and through our universities is one good place to start.

    Ensure public data is open and accessible

    Data is the fuel that powers artificial intelligence. The quality, quantity, and accessibility of data directly determines the strength and sophistication of AI models. While the internet has been a major source of training data, the federal government remains one of the largest untapped sources of high-quality and high-volume data. Yet today, many of these datasets are either inaccessible or not usable for AI development.

    By making government data readily available for AI training, the United States can significantly accelerate the advancement of AI capabilities, driving innovation and discovery. Opening access to these datasets would allow for the analysis of themes, patterns, and insights across broad datasets, propelling the country to the forefront of global AI development.

    Importantly, accessible public data levels the playing field. It empowers not only large companies but startups, academic institutions, and nonprofits to train and refine AI models. This fosters a more competitive and inclusive AI ecosystem, where innovation is driven by ideas and ingenuity – not just proprietary data.

    In comparison, countries like China and the United Kingdom are already investing heavily in their data resources, recognizing the economic and strategic value of national-scale data management. China’s comprehensive system to manage datasets as a strategic resource and the UK’s National Data Library underscore a growing global trend of treating data as a common good for economic competitiveness.

    Winning the AI Diffusion Race

    History teaches us that the true impact of a general-purpose technology is not measured solely by the caliber of its leading inventions, but by how quickly, widely, and effectively these are adopted across society. But the reality is that technology diffusion takes time, investment, partnerships, and sound public policy.

    The history of electricity offers an important insight for AI. Once Thomas Edison proved in 1878 that electricity could power a lightbulb, why would anyone choose to sit at night in a room illuminated by a candle or kerosene? Yet tonight, almost 150 years later, more than 700 million people on the planet still live without electricity in their homes. Diffusion requires not only great technology, but sound economics.

    The economics of tech diffusion start with skilling. Countries need to invest in the skills needed to use new technology, both as individuals and across organizations. It is easy to underestimate both the role that skilling plays and the need for public policy to support it. But in each industrial revolution, the country that best harnessed the leading general-purpose technology of its time was the nation that skilled its population the most quickly and broadly.

    Skill the American workforce

    In the new AI economy, Americans of all backgrounds will need critical AI skills to compete. To meet the totality of the skilling challenge, the country must pursue a new national goal to make AI skilling accessible and useful for every American. This will require a very broad range of partnerships and new policy ideas, spanning across geographic, organizational, economic, and political divides.

    President Trump’s recent executive orders focused on AI education and the workforce provide critical steps towards a national skilling strategy for AI. The “Advancing Artificial Intelligence Education for American Youth” EO establishes a clear policy to promote AI literacy by responsibly integrating AI into education for teachers and students. By fostering this early exposure, the nation’s youth will be better positioned for AI-enabled work. Congress can also consider leveraging existing federal funding to the nation’s school districts to encourage AI learning and literacy in K-12 education.

    Businesses and non-profits have important roles to play. At Microsoft, we are seeking to do our part to meet this skilling challenge. In 2025 alone, we are on a path to train 2.5 million Americans in basic AI skills. We’re partnering with the National Future Farmers of America (FFA) to train educators in every state to integrate AI into the agricultural classroom through our Farm Beats for Students program. We are partnering with the American Federation of Teachers (AFT), the largest organization representing the nation’s educators in America, to deliver a co-developed training program to 10,000 AFT members. And we’re partnering with the State of New Jersey, Princeton University, and CoreWeave on an AI Hub in New Jersey that will include support for AI education in local community colleges.

    When it comes to AI skilling, the most important thing we need to do is recognize that this is a critical field that is ripe for attention, learning, partnership, and innovation. It will have a huge impact on broadening access to this technology across our economy and society. Generative AI is a new and young technology. So is our knowledge of the full extent of need in terms of AI skilling programs and support. This is a first-class priority that deserves as much attention and support as innovation in AI technology itself.

    Encourage AI adoption

    The federal government also will play a critical role in AI diffusion by using AI itself. There are opportunities across the government to use AI to improve the quality and efficiency of public services for citizens.

    It’s encouraging to see the recent OMB publication of M-Memos focused on federal government use and procurement of AI. Both memos emphasized the importance of removing barriers to innovation, maximizing the use of domestically developed AI products, and encouraging AI leaders within the federal government to facilitate responsible AI adoption.

    We’re seeing activity in the states as well. We partnered with the Texas Department of Transportation to launch a six-week pilot program aimed at boosting productivity and improving decision-making across various departments. The program saw strong results with 97 percent of participants using the AI digital assistant during the pilot, 68 percent have integrated it into their daily workflow, and participants reporting saving an average of 12 hours a week on routine tasks.

    Exporting American AI

    The ability to export our AI is essential to sustaining our global competitiveness and ensuring that our technological progress benefits not only our nation, but also our allies and partners around the world. Building on recent AI diplomacy efforts, the United States offers a compelling and trusted value proposition in the global technology landscape.

    American tech companies, including Microsoft, are making unprecedented investments in AI infrastructure around the world. Microsoft alone is building AI infrastructure in more than forty countries, including regions where China has focused its investments. We urgently need a national policy that provides the right balance of export controls and trade support for these investments.

    While the U.S. government rightly has focused on protecting sensitive AI components in secure datacenters through export controls, an even more important element of AI competition will involve a race between the United States and China to spread their respective technologies to other countries. Given the nature of technology markets and their potential network effects, this race between the United States and China for international influence likely will be won by the fastest first mover. The United States needs a smart international strategy to rapidly support American AI around the world.

    This fundamental lesson emerges from the past twenty years of telecommunications equipment exports. Initially, American and European companies such as Lucent, Alcatel, Ericsson, and Nokia built innovative products that defined international standards. But as Huawei invested in innovation and China’s government subsidized sales of its products, especially across the developing world, adoption of these Chinese products outpaced the competition and became the backbone of numerous countries’ telecommunications networks. This created the technology foundation for what later became an important issue for the Trump Administration in 2020, as it grappled with the presence of Huawei’s 5G products and their implications for national and cybersecurity.

    Early signs suggest the Government of China is interested in replicating its successful telecommunications strategy. China is starting to offer developing countries subsidized access to scarce chips, and it’s promising to build local AI datacenters. The Chinese wisely recognize that if a country standardizes on China’s AI platform, it likely will continue to rely on that platform in the future.

    International partnerships will be critical. This is why Microsoft has partnered with entities like the UAE’s G42 and investment funds like Blackrock and MGX, aiming to raise up to $100 billion for AI infrastructure and supply chains. American tech companies and private capital markets are forging stronger ties with key nations and sovereign investors in the Middle East, surpassing previous efforts to counter Chinese subsidies in telecommunications and reflecting our commitment to innovation and cooperation. While China’s government may subsidize its technology adoption in developing regions, it will struggle to match the scale and impact of America’s private sector investments.

    Pragmatic American export control policies are essential, balancing security protections with the ability to expand rapidly. Protecting national security by preventing adversaries from acquiring advanced AI technology is crucial. Rules should include qualitative standards for secure datacenter deployments to prevent chip diversion to China and ensure advanced AI services are safeguarded. We support this type of approach.

    However, we have expressed our concerns about the quantitative caps imposed on GPU shipments by the interim final AI Diffusion Rule issued in January. These place key American allies and partners in a Tier Two category, imposing limits on AI datacenter expansion. This includes countries like Switzerland, Poland, Greece, Singapore, India, Indonesia, Israel, the UAE, and Saudi Arabia. Customers in these countries now fear restricted access to American AI technology – potentially benefitting China’s AI sector by turning to alternatives.

    The Trump administration has an opportunity to revise the rule, eliminating quantitative caps and retaining qualitative standards. This approach ensures American allies and partners remain confident in accessing American AI products.

    Ultimately, we need to recognize that countries around the world will use American AI only if they can trust it. This creates responsibilities for American companies to develop and deploy AI infrastructure and products in a responsible manner that meets local needs. And it requires that countries have confidence in sustained and uninterrupted access to critical AI components and services. The United States has long built a reputation for trustworthy technology that China has been unable to match. But this reputation, like everything that truly matters, requires constant attention and care.

    Tags: AI, AI economy, artificial intelligence, Brad Smith, Congress, Innovation, Innovation Featured, Technology

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI USA: New Dashboard Shows Importance of Peers in Mental Health Wellness and Substance Use Recovery

    Source: US State of North Carolina

    Headline: New Dashboard Shows Importance of Peers in Mental Health Wellness and Substance Use Recovery

    New Dashboard Shows Importance of Peers in Mental Health Wellness and Substance Use Recovery
    hejones1

    The North Carolina Department of Health and Human Services today announced the release of a new dashboard highlighting the success of North Carolina’s Peer Warmline. The Warmline is a free resource for people experiencing emotional difficulty, mental health issues, substance use challenges, or for those who just need to talk with someone who understands what they are going through. Since launch, warmline counselors have received more than 67,000 calls, and 99% of callers who responded to a recent survey expressed satisfaction with the support they received. The dashboard launch coincides with Mental Health Awareness Month in May.

    “Mental Health matters to all of us, and we are committed to ensuring everyone who needs care can access that care when they need it and in the setting that is most appropriate for them,” said NC Health and Human Services Secretary Dev Sangvai. “For many, having the opportunity to speak with a Peer Support Specialist is critical in their wellness journey, and these numbers show how effective this resource is in North Carolina.”

    The dashboard provides a snapshot of how many people call the line, the general reason they called, how long they spent on the line and how satisfied they were with the support they received. Support from others with lived experience has been shown to reduce hospitalizations and emergency room visits. The North Carolina Warmline is available 24/7 by calling 855-PEERS-NC (855-733-7762) or calling the North Carolina 988 Suicide and Crisis Lifeline and asking to be transferred. 988 is available to anyone who needs crisis support for themselves or a loved one. North Carolina’s 988 dashboard shows more than 134,000 calls in the past year with calls answered within 14 seconds on average. These are two of many resources available in North Carolina if you or someone you know needs mental health care. 

    “When someone we love is struggling, we want them to have support that is accessible, compassionate, and effective,” said Kelly Crosbie, MSW, LCSW, Director of the NCDHHS Division of Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Use Services. “The Peer Warmline offers people a chance to connect with someone who truly understands – someone who’s been there. This new dashboard shows us just how valued that support is, with a 99% satisfaction rate among tens of thousands of callers. It’s one more way we’re working to build a behavioral health system that meets people where they are, whenever they need it.”

    Community crisis centers are another key feature of the state’s behavioral health system, offering safe places where individuals can get help without going to the emergency room. These centers are one of several options if you are experiencing a mental health crisis. They offer immediate help with mental health needs and treatment for alcohol or drugs. Most are open 24 hours a day, 7 days a week and don’t require appointments or insurance. Visit the NCDHHS website for crisis services to find a location near you.

    If you are struggling and need someone to listen and understand your situation, a mobile crisis team can also come to you. The team is made up of one or two helpful and caring counselors who can meet you at your home, school or somewhere you feel safe. NCDHHS has a list of mobile crisis teams you can call 24/7 across North Carolina. 

    To support youth across North Carolina, NCDHHS partnered with Somethings.com to offer a free mental health peer mentorship program for all teens struggling with depression, anxiety, eating disorders or other emotional trauma. The digital service connects teens with mentors and clinical providers who are trained to offer social and emotional support. Users can talk or text with their mentors through the Somethings app whenever it works for them. Somethings says 77% of users have reported that their services have been more effective than traditional therapy.

    The 988 Suicide and Crisis Lifeline is free, confidential, and available any time, 24/7. You can call or text 988 or use the chat function at 988Lifeline.org. Individuals who speak Spanish can connect directly to Spanish-speaking crisis counselors by calling 988 and pressing option 2, by texting “AYUDA” to 988, or by chatting online at 988lineadevida.org or 988Lifeline.org. Trained counselors are also available for veterans and members of the LBGTQI+ community.

    The NC Recovery Helpline is dedicated to advocating for, connecting with and educating North Carolina citizens seeking help for themselves or a loved one struggling with substance use and/or mental health. Individuals can reach the Recovery Helpline via phone (1.800.688.4232), text (919.703.1872), email (help4recovery.org), or chat.

    Additionally, NCDHHS has a wealth of suicide prevention resources for people struggling with their mental health, providers treating people in need of mental health care and communities impacted by suicide.  

    El Departamento de Salud y Servicios Humanos de Carolina del Norte anunció hoy el lanzamiento de un nuevo tablero que destaca el éxito de la línea Peer Warmline de Carolina del Norte. La linea Warmline es un recurso gratuito para personas que experimentan dificultades emocionales, enfermedades de salud mental, desafíos de uso de substanacias o para las personas que solo necesitan hablar con alguien que entienda por lo que están pasando. Desde su lanzamiento, los consejeros de la línea Warmline han recibido más de 67,000 llamadas, y el 99% de las personas que llamaron también respondieron a una encuesta reciente expresaron su satisfacción con el apoyo que recibieron.  El lanzamiento del tablero coincide con el Mes de Concientización sobre la Salud Mental en mayo.

    “La salud mental es importante para todos nosotros, y estamos comprometidos a garantizar que todas las personas que necesitan atención puedan acceder a esa atención cuando la necesiten y en el entorno que sea más apropiado para ellas”, dijo Dev Sangvai, Secretario de Salud y Servicios Humanos de Carolina del Norte. “Para muchos, tener la oportunidad de hablar con un especialista en apoyo entre pares es fundamental en su viaje de bienestar, y estas cifras muestran cuán efectivo es este recurso en Carolina del Norte”.

    El tablero proporciona una vista instantánea de cuántas personas llaman a la línea, la razón general por la que llamaron, cuánto tiempo pasaron en la línea y qué tan satisfechos estaban con el apoyo que recibieron. Se ha demostrado que el apoyo de otras personas con experiencia vivida reduce las hospitalizaciones y las visitas a la sala de emergencias. La linea North Carolina Warmline está disponible 24/7 llamando al 855-PEERS-NC (855-733-7762) o llamando a la Línea 988 de Prevención del Suicidio y Crisis de Carolina del Norte (North Carolina 988 Suicide and Crisis Lifeline) y pidiendo ser transferido. La linea 988 está disponible para cualquier persona que necesite apoyo de crisis para sí misma o para un ser querido. El tablero 988 de Carolina del Norte muestra más de 134,000 llamadas en el último año, con un promedio de llamadas respondidas en 14 segundos. Estos son dos de los muchos recursos disponibles en Carolina del Norte si usted o alguien que conoce necesita atención de salud mental.

    “Cuando alguien que amamos tiene dificultades, queremos que tenga un apoyo accesible, compasivo y efectivo”, dijo Kelly Crosbie, MSW, LCSW, Directora de la División de Salud Mental, Discapacidades del Desarrollo y Servicios de Uso de Sustancias de NCDHHS. “Peer Warmline ofrece a las personas la oportunidad de conectarse con alguien que realmente entiende, alguien que ha estado allí. Este nuevo tablero nos muestra lo valioso que es ese apoyo, con una tasa de satisfacción del 99% entre decenas de miles de personas que llaman. Es una forma más de trabajar para crear un sistema de salud conductual que va al encuentro de las personas donde estén, cuando lo necesiten”.

    Los centros comunitarios de crisis son otra característica clave del sistema de salud conductual del estado, que ofrece lugares seguros donde las personas pueden obtener ayuda sin tener que ir a la sala de emergencias. Estos centros son una de las varias opciones si está experimentando una crisis de salud mental. Ofrecen ayuda inmediata con las necesidades de salud mental y tratamiento para el alcohol o las drogas. La mayoría están abiertos 24 horas del día, los 7 días de la semana y no requiere citas ni seguro. Visite el sitio web de NCDHHS para obtener servicios para situaciones de crisis y encontrar una ubicación cerca de usted.

    Si tiene dificultades y necesita que alguien escuche y comprenda su situación, un equipo móvil de crisis también puede acudir a usted. El equipo está formado por uno o dos consejeros serviciales y comprensivos que pueden reunirse con usted en su hogar, escuela o en algún lugar donde se sienta seguro. El NCDHHS tiene una lista de equipos móviles para situaciones de crisis a los que puede llamar las 24 horas del día, los 7 días de la semana en Carolina del Norte.

    Para apoyar a los jóvenes de Carolina del Norte, NCDHHS se asoció con Somethings.com para ofrecer un programa gratuito de tutoría entre pares de salud mental para todos los adolescentes que luchan contra la depresión, la ansiedad, los trastornos alimentarios u otros traumas emocionales. El servicio digital conecta a los adolescentes con mentores y proveedores clínicos que están capacitados para ofrecer apoyo social y emocional. Los usuarios pueden hablar o enviar mensajes de texto a sus mentores a través de la aplicación Somethings siempre que les funcione. Somethings dice que el 77% de los usuarios han informado que sus servicios han sido más efectivos que la terapia tradicional.

    La Línea 988 de Prevención del Suicidio y Crisis es gratuita, confidencial y está disponible en cualquier momento, las 24 horas del día, los 7 días de la semana. Puede llamar o enviar un mensaje de texto al 988 o usar la función de chat en 988Lifeline.org. Las personas que hablan español pueden comunicarse directamente con los consejeros de crisis de habla hispana llamando al 988 y oprimiendo la opción 2, enviando un mensaje de texto con “AYUDA” al 988 o chateando en línea en 988lineadevida.org o 988Lifeline.org. También hay consejeros capacitados disponibles para veteranos y miembros de la comunidad LBGTQI+.

    La Línea de ayuda de NC Recovery está dedicada a abogar por, conectarse con y educar a los ciudadanos de Carolina del Norte que buscan ayuda para sí mismos o para un ser querido que lucha contra el uso de sustancias y/o la salud mental. Las personas pueden comunicarse con la Línea de Ayuda de Recuperación por teléfono (1.800.688.4232), mensaje de texto (919.703.1872), correo electrónico (help4recovery.org) o chateo.

    Además, NCDHHS tiene una gran cantidad de recursos de prevención del suicidio para personas que luchan con su salud mental, proveedores que tratan a personas que necesitan atención de salud mental y comunidades afectadas por el suicidio.

    May 8, 2025

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Global: Donald Trump has reduced tariffs on British metals and cars, but how important is this trade deal? Experts react

    Source: The Conversation – UK – By Maha Rafi Atal, Adam Smith Senior Lecturer in Political Economy, School of Social and Political Sciences, University of Glasgow

    The US president called it a “very big deal”. The UK prime minister said it was “fantastic, historic” day. For sure, Keir Starmer and his team will have been delighted that the UK was first in line to negotiate adjustments to Donald Trump’s sweeping tariffs announced on “liberation day” just a few weeks ago. But what might the trade deal between the UK and US actually mean? We asked four economic experts to respond to the Oval Office announcement.

    Wins for the UK are real, but limited

    Maha Rafi Atal, Adam Smith Senior Lecturer (Associate Professor) in Political Economy, University of Glasgow

    The new UK-US trade announcement is less a breakthrough than a careful balancing act – partial, tactical and politically calculated.

    Key UK wins are real but limited. Tariffs on British metals and autos are eased, thanks in part to the UK government acquisition of the Chinese-owned Scunthorpe steelmaking facility, removing a longstanding US objection. But even auto tariffs are only scaled back to the general baseline of 10% and not eliminated.

    Agriculture and tech remain the real stress points. The UK has granted market access to US agricultural products, including beef, but crucially without changing its food safety standards. This sidesteps a domestic political fight and avoids undermining the UK’s Northern Ireland arrangements or its EU alignment. Still, if US beef doesn’t meet those standards, the market access may prove meaningless in practice – setting up future pressure points.

    Perhaps the most notable UK win: it retains its digital services tax on US tech giants. That tax hits Silicon Valley hard, and the US wanted it gone. Instead, the announcement punts this to future talks – holding the line for now, but not securing it permanently.

    This isn’t the long-anticipated UK-US free trade agreement. It’s not a treaty, not comprehensive, and not ratified. It’s a limited, executive-level arrangement with more questions than answers – and more negotiations to come.

    Stronger ties and badly needed growth to come

    David Collins, Professor of International Economic Law, City St George’s, University of London

    This deal is an excellent development that should help restore the UK-US trade relationship to what it was before President Trump took office for the second time. At the time of writing, few details about the arrangement are known. But the 25% tariff on UK steel and aluminium has been removed, as has the tariff rate on most car exports – from 27.5% to 10%

    The lower car rate applies to the first 100,000 vehicles exported from the UK to the US each year. Around 101,000 were exported last year.

    More details are promised in the coming days and weeks. Perhaps they will include an agreement which separates the UK from any restrictions that the US intends to impose on the film industry. In return, the UK might eliminate its digital services tax on the US (which I argue it should never have imposed because it will only raise prices for consumers and generate little revenue).

    But overall, it seems clear that the Labour government has prioritised the UK’s relationship with the EU, evidently seeking as close as possible a connection without formally rejoining. So, while this agreement with Trump is well short of a comprehensive free trade agreement, it is a welcome development that should strengthen Anglo-American ties and bring some badly needed economic growth to both countries.

    Political theatre for both sides

    Conor O’Kane, Senior Lecturer in Economics, University of Bournemouth

    This announcement is a framework for a trade deal rather than an actual formal completed agreement. Trade deals are detailed, complex and take many months to negotiate.

    The US and the UK are both countries with massive persistent structural trade deficits. It is very unlikely that what has been announced will significantly shift the dial on either country’s structural deficit or growth forecast.

    Jerome Powell, chair of the US Federal Reserve, recently warned that Donald Trump’s tariff policy risked higher inflation and higher unemployment at the same time, what economists call “stagflation”. The president’s announcement will prove a welcome distraction from Powell’s comments.

    The deal should perhaps be viewed as symbolic. Trump’s US tariff policy has been chaotic to date and his administration finally has something they can point to as a win in the aftermath of “liberation day”.

    Of course, a trade deal is also a good news story for the Labour government after disappointing local elections. Prime Minister Keir Starmer can claim economic credibility by being first in line for a trade deal, perhaps cementing the “special relationship”.

    Mini-tariffs on UK cars.
    balipadma/Shutterstock

    However, is the US a reliable partner to sign a trade deal with? During his first term, Trump signed a free trade deal with Mexico and Canada (the 2020 United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement, or USMCA – the successor to Nafta). At the time, he said the deal “will be fantastic for all”. But he subsequently reneged on it.

    There is also a wider strategic element to this. First, the US wanted to get a trade deal in place with the UK ahead of what looks like a comprehensive EU-UK trade deal coming down the line. Second, Trump sees the EU as an economic rival. By signing a deal with the UK, he is signalling to other European countries the possibility of a potentially better trading relationship with the US outside of the EU.

    Deal leaves the door open for EU relationship

    Sangeeta Khorana, Professor of International Trade Policy, Aston University

    The agreement is a tactical win for both countries. It eases trade frictions, supports key industries and sets the framework for a broader UK-US free trade agreement without impacting on the UK’s economic reset with the European Union.

    The UK–US agreement, which suspends some of Trump’s recent tariffs, is sector-specific and far from comprehensive. It preserves UK food safety and animal-welfare standards. And it safeguards post-Brexit EU links while allowing the UK to cement its strategic partnership with Washington. Talks will be launched on aerospace, advanced batteries, data flows and services liberalisation within 12 months.

    This is a timely coup, coming so soon after the India deal. The pact represents a strategic diplomatic gain that brings tariff relief (and potentially the associated uncertainty) for key British industries, while also preserving UK’s regulatory alignment with the EU.

    Maha Rafi Atal is sometimes a volunteer organiser for the US Democratic party/candidates and has no party affiliation or involvement in the UK.

    Sangeeta Khorana is Professor and endowed Chair of International Trade Policy at Aston University.

    Conor O’Kane and David Collins do not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and have disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    ref. Donald Trump has reduced tariffs on British metals and cars, but how important is this trade deal? Experts react – https://theconversation.com/donald-trump-has-reduced-tariffs-on-british-metals-and-cars-but-how-important-is-this-trade-deal-experts-react-256240

    MIL OSI – Global Reports

  • MIL-OSI Canada: Helping heroes heal

    Every day, Alberta’s first responders face danger, trauma and heartbreak to safeguard the lives, futures and well-being of Alberta’s families, communities and loved ones. That’s why it is important to honour their sacrifice by ensuring Alberta’s heroes don’t face their battles alone.

    Budget 2025 provides the Supporting Psychological Health in First Responders (SPHIFR) grant program with an ongoing investment of $1.5 million per year. This grant supports non-profit organizations in delivering critical mental health services to first responders living with or at risk for post-traumatic stress injuries (PTSIs), as well as those conducting applied research to advance prevention and treatment. This funding ensures Alberta’s police and peace officers, correctional workers, paramedics and firefighters (including wildland firefighters) get the help they need, when they need it.

    “First responders and emergency workers face Alberta’s hardest moments – trauma, danger, and crisis – so others don’t have to. This grant program makes sure they get the support they need when it matters most. Alberta’s government will continue to stand with our local heroes by funding the services and research that safeguard their mental health and well-being.”

    Matt Jones, Minister of Jobs, Economy and Trade

    “We owe so much to the men and women on the frontlines working as first responders – police and peace officers, firefighters, paramedics and correctional workers. These jobs come with a cost, with workers often facing post-traumatic stress injuries or other mental health challenges. I am pleased to see funding go toward helping first responders heal from these challenges.”

    Dan Williams, Minister of Mental Health and Addiction

    “Supporting the mental health and well-being of our first responders is crucial. They bravely confront Alberta’s most challenging situations, and this grant program provides essential resources to help them heal and continue their vital work, ensuring they receive the care they deserve.”

    Mike Ellis, Minister of Public Safety and Emergency Services

    The grant program helps organizations across Alberta offer accessible, high-impact programming that addresses the psychological risks of first response work. It also funds applied research to develop and evaluate new approaches to treatment and prevention, ensuring support systems evolve to meet the growing needs of those on the front lines.

    Applications are currently open for the 2025-26 intake of the Supporting Psychological Health in First Responders grant program. The application period opened March 31, 2025, and will close on May 26.

    Some grant recipients from 2024-25 included:

    • The Alberta Municipal Health and Safety Association (received $185,435):
      • For their “First Responder and Family PTSI Train the Trainer” project. Building on a previous grant for “Working Mind First Responder,” this funding will train 48 new facilitators to deliver mental health training.
         
    • Legacy Place Society (received $161,000):
      • For their 12-month “Families as Allies” project to support families of first responders recovering from PTSI. The project will offer resources and strategies to help family members care for their own well-being while supporting their loved ones.
    • The University of Alberta (received $331,000):
      • For their “Moving Forward: 3MDR Study with First Responders in Alberta.” The project will train providers in 3MDR, an emerging virtual reality therapy for PTSD.

    “The receipt of SPHIFR grant funding has been pivotal to our ongoing efforts to provide evidence-based mental health services to Alberta first responders, emergency workers and families living with or at risk for PTSI.”

    Craig Hrynchuk, CEO and executive director, Alberta Municipal Health and Safety Association

    Alberta’s government is putting the well-being of first responders at the forefront because when first responders are supported, communities are safer and stronger. By investing in the mental health of first responders, Alberta’s government is helping ensure the province’s emergency workforce remains strong, supported and ready to serve.

    Quick Facts:

    • Since the program launched in 2020, 62 grants have been provided to 32 service providers and 30 for researchers, for a total of almost $7.5 million in funding.
    • In the 2024-25 intake, six service providers and six researchers received a total of $1.5 million in grants.

    Related information: 

    • First responders’ mental health grants

    MIL OSI Canada News

  • MIL-OSI Global: How Canada can turn tariff tensions into a global affordable housing alliance

    Source: The Conversation – Canada – By Ehsan Noroozinejad Farsangi, Visiting Senior Researcher, Smart Structures Research Group, University of British Columbia

    Canada is facing a worsening housing crisis. Home prices have exploded, with 45 per cent of Canadians saying they are deeply worried about finding affordable housing.

    The country needs to build an additional 3.5 million homes by 2030 to achieve housing affordability. However, housing supply is lagging well behind that target even as demand continues to rise, driven largely by population growth and immigration.




    Read more:
    Canada’s housing crisis: Innovative tech must come with policy reform


    Into this crisis have come new costs. In March 2025, the United States imposed 25 per cent tariffs on Canadian steel and aluminum imports. Canada immediately hit back with its own 25 per cent duties on U.S. steel and aluminum, affecting roughly $12.6 billion of steel and $3 billion of aluminum goods.

    In practical terms, that means higher costs for key building materials like steel beams, aluminum cladding, appliances and machinery.

    Industry groups say these duties will drive up the price of new construction and further erode affordability. In a market already strained, adding tariff charges is like pouring salt on an open wound: it makes every new home more expensive to build and to buy.

    Factory-built housing offers a way forward

    Modern methods of construction, such as modular and prefabricated housing, are a promising answer to the housing shortage. These methods involve large components of houses being produced in factories and assembled at their final location.

    Factory-built housing can be done about 50 per cent faster and up to 35 per cent cheaper than site-built homes.

    Importantly, this speed and affordability do not come at the expense of quality or energy performance. Canadian-built modular homes achieve top efficiency ratings and reach net-zero energy while frequently delivering superior performance compared to site-built homes. They are also greener, as controlled factory processes produce far less waste.

    In Japan, modular factories produce over 15 per cent of all new housing. Sweden’s construction industry heavily relies on prefabricated construction as well; it is present in approximately 84 per cent of detached houses.

    Other countries are rapidly scaling up modern construction methods. Singapore mandates every public housing project to use modular techniques because this enables mass apartment production with efficiency.

    The combination of expensive labour costs and immediate housing needs makes Australia, the United Kingdom and parts of the United States optimal markets for modular construction expansion.

    Canada can lead in modular housing

    Canada has key advantages that make it well suited to expand modular and prefabricated housing. In particular, it has a strong forest products sector for supplying wood panels and engineered timber, a skilled construction and technology workforce and a growing policy drive for lower-carbon building.

    Canadian builders have already shown they can deliver modular housing at scale. Launched in 2020, Canada’s Rapid Housing Initiative committed $1 billion to modular projects, followed by another $1.5 billion in 2021 to quickly house vulnerable populations.

    The Rapid Housing Initiative exceeded its target, creating nearly 4,700 new homes in short order. It proved that factory-built housing can be both fast and high-quality in Canada.

    Canada has the opportunity to build on that success. The 2024 federal budget created a Homebuilding Technology and Innovation Fund aimed at expanding prefabricated housing. It set aside $50 million through Next Generation Manufacturing Canada (to be matched by industry) and up to $500 million in low-cost loans from the Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation for prefabricated apartment projects.

    Prime Minister Mark Carney has also shown interest in modular and prefabricated housing technologies to create sustained demand.

    Provinces like Ontario and British Columbia are focusing on modular construction to cut red tape and better understand how to expand it. Canada’s National Research Council is also consulting on aligning building codes and inspections for factory-built homes with the help of Canadian universities.

    A global alliance on modular housing

    As Canada faces a deepening housing crisis, it has the opportunity to turn today’s tariff tensions into deeper international partnerships.

    By forming an international affordable housing consortium, Canada could collaborate with countries that have succeeded in modern construction methods, like Sweden, Japan, Australia and Germany, to share knowledge. Together, these nations could harmonize building standards and invest in research.

    Here are five practical moves Canada can take to build this global modular housing alliance:

    1. Create a zero-tariff modular homes club.

    Canada should use the trade tools it already has, like the Canada-European Union Comprehensive Economic and Trade Agreement and the Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership, to eliminate most tariffs with the European Union and Asian countries. Canada should negotiate an add-on protocol that lets modular components, such as panels and factory equipment, cross borders without tariffs.

    2. Launch a joint show-home projects in partner countries.

    We propose a “FastBuild 1000 initiative” initiative that would see each member nation commit to building a minimum of 1,000 modular homes. Pilot sites could include Vancouver, Sydney, Hamburg and Osaka — urban centres in countries already familiar with modern construction techniques. Engineers could travel across countries to test how modules fit different climates and design codes, while giving factories steady orders.

    3. Pool global buying power for materials and appliances.

    Canada and its partners could form a modular materials co-operative that bundles steel, engineered timber, heat pumps and windows. The proposed system should leverage economies of scale in factory production to make the final product much cheaper.

    4. Open-source designs and one-click certifications.

    Ottawa’s catalogue of pre-approved housing designs could be expanded into a global online catalogue where partner countries can download and adapt pre-existing designs while keeping the structure safe and secure. Simplified, one-click certification would help speed up approvals across borders.

    5. Create a ‘modular skills passport’ and research and development hub.

    Canadian universities and colleges could train workers through micro-credentials in areas like offsite manufacturing, digital construction, robotics, penalization and on-site assembly. Some countries like Japan have a huge prefabrication industry valued at over $24 billion. Linking research and development would give Canada access to the latest technologies while offering partner countries entry into the Canadian construction sector.

    By investing in this kind of international collaboration, Canada can address its domestic housing crisis while leading a fast, green housing revolution that makes homes affordable worldwide.

    Dr. Ehsan Noroozinejad has received funding from both national and international organizations to support research addressing housing and climate crises. His most recent funding for integrated housing and climate policy comes from the James Martin Institute for Public Policy. He has also been involved in securing funding from NSERC and Mitacs.

    Prof. T.Y. Yang secures funding from national and international organizations to develop innovative solutions for housing and climate crises, with a focus on modern methods of construction. His most recent funding has been from NRCan, NSERC and Mitacs.

    ref. How Canada can turn tariff tensions into a global affordable housing alliance – https://theconversation.com/how-canada-can-turn-tariff-tensions-into-a-global-affordable-housing-alliance-255829

    MIL OSI – Global Reports

  • MIL-OSI Russia: If talks with the US fail, the EU plans to impose duties on US goods worth 95 billion euros and initiate proceedings in the WTO

    Translation. Region: Russian Federal

    Source: People’s Republic of China in Russian – People’s Republic of China in Russian –

    Source: People’s Republic of China – State Council News

    BRUSSELS, May 8 (Xinhua) — The European Commission has launched a public consultation on a list of imported U.S. goods worth 95 billion euros (107.2 billion U.S. dollars), warning that they could be the target of retaliatory measures if ongoing talks with the United States fail to produce an agreement, it said in a statement on Thursday.

    The consultations cover a wide range of U.S. industrial and agricultural products, including wine, frozen meats, aircraft, automobiles and auto parts, chemicals, medical products, electrical equipment and machinery.

    In parallel, the European Union is considering the possibility of introducing new restrictions on the export of goods such as scrap steel and chemical products to the United States, worth 4.4 billion euros.

    The U.S. currently imposes 25 percent tariffs on steel, aluminum and cars on the EU, as well as basic 10 percent tariffs on most other goods. The EU is bracing for a possible end to a 90-day “tariff truce” that expires on July 8. If no agreement is reached, the U.S. universal tariffs could rise to 20 percent.

    The European Commission said consultations on retaliatory measures were underway on both the US universal tariffs and the US tariffs on cars and auto parts.

    In the case of a WTO dispute, after the EU formally requests consultations, the parties will have up to two months to reach a mutually acceptable solution. If no agreement is reached, the EU may request the creation of a dispute resolution panel to issue a ruling. –0–

    MIL OSI Russia News